(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections | Universal Library

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The geographical and historical dictionary of America and the West Indies"

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 

Received... .... 

Shelf No. 




THE 

GEOGRAPHICAL 

AND 

HISTORICAL 

DICTIONARY - 

OF 

. AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES. 

CONTAINING 

AN ENTIRE TRANSLATION OF THE SPANISH WORK 

OF 

COLONEL DON ANTONIO DE ALCEDO, 

1 1 

CAPTAIN OF THE ROYAL SPANISH GUARDS, AND MEMBER OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF HISTORY 

\VITH 

Harge attritions ant* Compilations 

FROM MODERN VOYAGES AND TRAVELS, 

AND FKOU 

ORIGINAL AND AUTHENTIC INFORMATION. 



G. A. THOMPSON, ESQ. 



TJSIVBRSIT7 




JN FIVE VOLUMES. 



VOL. I. 



Magna modis multis miranda videtur 

Gentibus humanls regio, visendaque fertur , 

Rebus opima bonis. LUCRETIUS, lib. I. line 



PRINTED FOR JA MES CARPENTER, OLD BOND-STREET; LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME, AND BROWN, PATER N OSTER-ROVV J WHITE. 
COCHRANE, AND CO. AND ML RKAY, FLEET-STREET, LONDON ; PARKER, OXFORD; AND UEIGHTON, CAMBRIDGE. 

1812. 



TO THE RIGHT HONOURABLE 

NICHOLAS VANSITTART, 

CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER, fyc. $c. 
SIR, 

IT was your advice and encouragement that first induced me 
to attempt the Translation of ALCEDO S Dictionary. The work 
was undertaken six years ago, when I was only twenty-three 
years old, and has ever since been the chief employment of 
those hours which the necessary attendance of my office has 
left at my disposal. 

In seeking a name to give credit to my work, I am naturally 
led to solicit yours, not merely by the impulse of gratitude 
and esteem, but by the dictates of prudence, since there is no 
name that is better calculated than yours to stamp on it the 
impression of authority, and give it currency. 

With you, Sir, whose duty it has been to provide for the 
pecuniary exigencies of your country in times that have called 
for an expenditure so unprecedented and astonishing, the 
resources she has derived from the extensive regions of the 



6 

Western World must be too familiar not to be duly appreciated . 
To display those resources in their due magnitude and import 
ance to your countrymen at large is amongst the objects of my 
labours : I trust, therefore, that yourself and the public in 
general will have the goodness to receive them, if not with 
commendation, at least without much severity of censure. 

The Egyptians wisely suspended their judgment of distin 
guished men till death had sealed their characters. Were I 
here to take the liberty of expressing my sense of your worth, 
my contemporaries would suspect me of flattery, whilst posterity 
would, with infinitely more justice, blame me for underrating 
it; nor would the attempt be less presumptuous in me than 
displeasing to yourself. I hope, however, I may be permitted 
without offence to yourself or to any one, to acknowledge my 
great obligations to you, and to assure you of the high respect, 
esteem, and gratitude with which 

I have the honor to be, 

SIR, 

Your most devoted 
and faithful 

humble servant, 

oj ri-;>jd -.,J Ji /Jij!; lifl |JS JFOYI J 

G. A. THOMPSON. 



PREFACE. 



PART I. 




THE writers of every age have been inclined to represent their own as inferior to those 
which preceded it. No writer of the present day, however, can with reason com 
plain that he has been called on either to act in, or to behold, a drama destitute, at 
least, of incident. The great theatre of human life has for the last fifty years exhibited 
in rapid succession transactions of such extraordinary novelty, of such perplexing 
intricacy, of such terrific grandeur, and of such increasing interest, that he must be 
destitute of feeling as well as of reflection, who is capable of regarding them without 
an earnest wish to trace them to the causes in which they originated, and to the con 
sequences in which they are likely to terminate. Whichever course he pursues, 
whether retrograde or prospective, he will find that part of the swelling scene, which 
has been laid in the old world, much more intelligible and of easier explication than 
that which is supplied by the new. In contemplating the former portion of the drama, 
he will be aided by all the lights which ardent inquiry and unfettered communication 
have, during a course of many centuries, been able to throw on it. In considering 
the latter, he will find himself obstructed, not only by the obscurity naturally belong 
ing to his subject, but by that in which the art of man has purposely laboured to in 
volve it. To assist in dispelling this darkness has been my principal motive for 
engaging in the work I now offer to the public. 

When Buonaparte, in the year 1808, entered Spain, the curtain, as it drew up, dis 
covered, even to the most inattentive spectator, and by no means in the back part of 
the stage, a view of the transatlantic possessions of that nation. The plot of the 
piece here so strongly developed the grasping ambition of its chief hero, the baseness 



viii PREFACE. 

of the princes and rulers who ought to have opposed him, and the unstable, though 
virtuous energies of the betrayed and deserted people, against whom the detestable 
machinations of both these distinguished parties seemed equally directed, that all 
mankind, however before divided in their sentiments of the performance, seemed to 
stand up, and with one common feeling to pronounce their sense of it. 

I was, I must confess, not amongst the last to catch the general enthusiasm ; and 
wishing to contribute my mite towards the sacred cause of truth and freedom, I 
determined to give to my country a work to which my attention had been directed, 
no less by the commendations it had experienced of learned and judicious friends, 
than by the public testimony borne to its merits by the enlightened Editors of the 
Edinburgh Review. To this end, I immediately entered upon an elaborate study of 
the Spanish language, with which my acquaintance had then been the effects of only 
a few weeks application, and before the lapse of two months from the period of my 
first resolution, began the translation of Albedo s Dictionary. 

It was mentioned in my Prospectus, and ought to be recorded here, that the 
original was published at Madrid, in 1787, by Colonel Don Antonio de Albedo, a 
native of America, in five small quarto volumes, by a large subscription of the most 
respectable characters in the state, and that its merits were its only condemnation ; 
for that the very true and accurate information it contained was looked upon with an 
eye of such jealousy by the Spanish Government, as to have caused its immediate 
suppression by the Supreme Power. The copies which escaped were very few ; I 
found, after many enquiries, that a very small number, not supposed to exceed five 
or six, were existing in this kingdom, and the late endeavours to procure any from 
the continent have always been unsuccessful, even when attempted by official pursuit, 
and at an unlimited expense. 

Whatever is good in the original, I confidently assure the Public, will be found 
in the translation, for (with the exceptions mentioned in the advertisement published 
in the First Volume, namely, in some cases of evident errata) I have faithfully 
given the whole text. To this I have added much new matter, drawn, all of it, 
from the best sources extant, and a great portion of it from those of the most un 
questionable authority; but of the nature and extent of the additions made to Albedo s 
Work I shall presently speak more fully, whilst, for an account of the indefatigable 
exertions of that author, I feel I cannot do better than to refer the reader to his own 
Preface. 

The invasion of Spain has led, as I conceived it would, to the confusion of its 
authors ; and though it has not yet been attended with all the good to that nation, 
or to the world in general, which I fondly hoped it might, it must yet be inevitably 



PREFACE. ix 

pregnant with mighty, and 1 trust most salutary, effects. These are chiefly to be 
looked for in the western hemisphere; and if the work I now offer to the Public 
can, in the smallest degree, help to produce them, I shall think my labours amply 
rewarded. I well know that the writer of a Dictionary, whether of words or things, 
is aptly considered but as the drudge of science, the mere pioneer of literature. 
With this humble character I shall be well satisfied if I shall, in any degree, have 
helped to clear the way for the Philanthropist, the Patriot, the Philosopher, the 
Statesman, or the Merchant, and supplied them in their several capacities with the 
materials either for thought or action. 

If I may stand excused for having thus far explained my views in undertaking the 
work in question, and for exhibiting to the Public the general plan on which it has 
been founded, it will be both necessary and becoming in me to shew the sources 
from whence I have chiefly derived the materials by which the superstructure has 
been raised. These are acknowledgements which I shall have peculiar pleasure in 
making, not only in justice and gratitude to my authorities, but in deference to the 
claims of my readers, and in gratification of my own feelings. 

But if the political state of the western hemisphere be, at the present moment, 
an object of the greatest, universal interest, it seems, in its relations with this coun 
try, to be of a striking and peculiar importance: I shall, therefore, endeavour to 
advance whatever may be desirable to be said as well on this as on the foregoing 
head, in the following order : 

PART II. 

On the Commercial Importance of America and the JVe&t Indies to Great Britain, deduced from Facts, 

and from Calculations on official Documents. 

PART III. 

List of the chief Books, Documents, and Authorities, consulted for the Completion of this Dictionary. 

PART IV. 

Geographical Appendix. Memoranda. 



PART II. 



PREFACE. 



PART II. 



ON THE COMMERCIAL IMPORTANCE OF AMERICA AND THE WEST 
INDIES TO GREAT BRITAIN, DEDUCED FROM FACTS, AND FROM 
CALCULATIONS ON OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS. 

IF the western hemisphere affords us a source of amusement and instruction from 
the variety of its history, and from its extraordinary physical advantages, with 
respect to its commercial relations, it has, more than any other portion of the globe, 
a right to demand our attention. Commerce, at least since the Revolution, has been 
the soul of Great Britain, and it is from America and the West Indies that the 
greatest portion of her life-blood has been drawn. The subject is in itself both 
grand and inviting : it has excited the wonder and admiration of surrounding nations 
no less than of ourselves. Some account, therefore, of the origin, progress, extent, 
and nature of our trade, when supported by official testimonies, will not, I trust, be 
in this place deemed useless or invaluable. 

To the importance of the intercourse between this country and the new world, it 
has been my endeavour to do justice in the body of this work. With regard to the 
success that has awaited my efforts, I am little doubtful; since, to whatever extent I 
may have gone, I have scrupulously avoided all theory and speculation, and have stated 
nothing but facts. In this view, I trust that the information imparted, more parti 
cularly under the heads United States and West Indies, will be found as well original as 
desirable. Something, however, is still wanting to substantiate the utility of the 
commercial documents interspersed through this work. The scattered rays must 
be drawn together into one focus, that their mutual relations may be placed in a 
more conspicuous light, and their combined influence be more duly appreciated. 

It was not until the Revolution that this country began to form a right estimate 
of the advantages of commerce. From the time of William the Conqueror to the 
reign of Elizabeth, a few feeble attempts only were made to establish or encourage 
manufactures. Commerce, either internal or external, was hardly looked upon as a 
source of emolument, and monopolies and patents without number, seemed to form 
the only revenue of the Crown, and interest of the State. 



PREFACE. xi 

But the establishment of the American colonies in the reigns of James and Charles, 
if they did not afford an immediate advantage, laid the foundation of an extensive 
and prosperous intercourse in times to come. Before England was known as a 
commercial state, Spain and Portugal had immense acquisitions in the Indies ; and 
it was with exactly the same spirit of monopoly, and abandonment of arts and ma 
nufactures, that led to the ruin of these sovereignties, that the original charters of 
James, granted to the North American colonies, were indited. Wealth, without 
industry, produces equally the debasement of individuals as of kingdoms. Spain 
and Portugal fell conquests to their influx of gold. The Dutch rose upon their 
ruins, and became the carriers and factors of the world. Their formidable navy 
awakened the apprehension and jealousy of Great Britain. The spirit of commer 
cial emulation was roused by Cromwell, and the celebrated navigation act was forth 
with passed. Immediately upon the Revolution, three other acts were passed of 
considerable importance to the extension of trade ; namely, those of 1 W. and M. 
cap. 12. and cap. 24., and 8 Geo. I. cap. 15. By the two first, bounties were 
granted on the exportation of corn, when it did not exceed a limited price ; by the 
last, near two hundred taxes, on raw materials imported, and on British manufactures 
exported, were at once repealed. 

A review of the wisely discriminative measures by which the commercial interests 
of Great Britain have been guarded and upheld to this day, would form a subject 
far too diffuse, and pregnant with historical and parliamentary circumstances, to 
afford any reasonable hope of doing justice to it in the limited scope of this Preface; 
but the following document has in itself advantages of a nature more valuable and 
intrinsic than any commentary I might offer on that subject. It is a continuous and 
organized system of facts, mutually assisting and assisted, against which there is no 
answer or appeal. It is a standing record, that in all times of internal or external 
commotion, of foreign or domestic peace, this country, like some stately vessel, has 
been still impelled forward, down a never-ebbing tide of fortune, whilst at every har 
bour into which she has entered, and at every barren point at which she has touched, 
she has left some lasting memorial of her greatness and her wealth. 



b 2 



XII 



PREFACE. 



The Annual Value of Goods IMPORTED into and EXPORTED from Great Britain, com 
pared with their EXCESS, in the several undermentioned Years, viz. from J097 to 
1812 116 Years. 





Imports. 


Exports. 


niports Excess. 


Exports Excess. 


1697 


3,482,586 


3,525,906 


_ 


43,320 


1698 


4,732,360 


6,522,104 


- - - 


1,789,744 


1699 - - 


5,707,669 


6,788,166 


- - - 


1,080,497 


1700 - - 


5,970,175 


7,302,716 


- - - 


1,332,541 


1701 - - 


5,869,606 


7,621,053 


- - - 


1,751,446 


1702 - - 


4,159,304 


5,235,874 


- - - 


1,076,569 


1703 - - 


4,526,596 


6,644,103 


- - - 


2,117,506 


1704 - - 


5,383,200 


6,552,019 


_ - _ 


1,168,819 


1705 - - 


4,031,649 


5,501,677 


_ . _ 


1 ,470,027 


1706 - - 


4,113,933 


6,512,086 


_ _ - 


2,398,153 


1707 - - 


4,274,055 


6,767,178 


- - - 


2,493,122 


1708 - - 


4,698,663 


6,969,089 


- - - 


2,270,426 


1709 - - 


4,510,593 


6,627,045 


- - - 


2,116,452 


1710 - - 


4,011,341 


6,690,828 


- - - 


2,679,487 


1711 - - 


4,685,785 


6,447,170 


- - - 


1,761,384 


1712 - - 


4,454,682 


7,468,857 


- - - 


3,014,174 


1715 - - 


5,811,077 


7,352,655 


- - - 


1,541,577 


1714 - - 


5,929,227 


8,361,638 


- - - 


2,432,411 


1715 - - 


5,640,943 


7,379,409 


- - - 


1,738,465 


1716 - - 


5,800,258 


7,614,085 


- - - 


1,813,826 


1717 - - 


6,346,768 


9,147,700 


- - - 


2,800,932 


1718 - - 


6,669,390 


8,255,302 


- - - 


1,585,912 


1719 - - 


5,367,499 


7,709,528 


- - _ 


2,342,028 


1720 - - 


6,090,083 


7,936,728 


- - - 


1,846,645 


1721 - - 


5,768,510 


8,681,200 


. . _ 


2,912,690 


1722 - - 


6,378,098 


9,650,789 


- - - 


3,272,690 


1723 - - 


6,505,676 


9,489,811 


- - - 


2,984,135 


1724 - - 


7,394,405 


9,143,35(5 


- - - 


1,748,951 


1725 - - 


7,094,708 


11,352,480 


- - - 


4,257,772 


1726 - - 


6,677,865 


9,406,731 


- - - 


2,728,865 


1727 - - 


6,798,908 


9,553,043 


- - - 


2,754,135 


1728 - - 


7,569,299 


11,631,383 


- - - 


4,062,084 


1729 - - 


7,540,620 


11,475,771 


- - - 


3,935,151 


1730 - - 


7,780,019 


11,974,135 


- - - 


4,194,116 


1731 - - 


6,991,500 


11,167,380 


- - - 


4,175,880 


1732 - - 


7,087,914 


11,786,658 


- - - 


4,698,744 


1733 - - 


8,016,814 


11,777,306 


- - - 


3,760,492 


1734 - - 


7,095,861 


11,000,645 




3,904,783 



PREFACE. 

Imports and Exports, &c. continued. 



Xlli 





Imports. 


Exports. 


Imports Excess. 


Exports Excess. 


1735 - - 


8,160,184 


13,544,144 





5,383,960 


1736 - - 


7,307,966 


11,616,356 


_ . _ 


4,308,389 


1737 - - 


7,073,638 


11,842,320 


_ _ _ 


4,768,682 


1738 - - 


7,438,960 


12,289,495 


- - - 


4,850,535 


1739 - - 


7^29,373 


9,495,366 


- - - 


1,665,993 


1740 - - 


6,703,778 


8,869,939 


- - - 


2,166,161 


1741 - - 


7,936,084 


11,469,872 


_ _ . 


3,533,787 


1742 - - 


6,866,864 


11,584 ; 427 


. _ _ 


4,717,562 


1743 - - 


7,802,353 


14,623,653 


_ _ _ 


6,821,300 


1744 - - 


6,362,971 


11,429,628 


_ . . 


5,066,657 


1745 - - 


7,847,123 


10,497,329 


_ 


2,650,206 


1746 - - 


6,205,687 


11,360,792 


_ _ . 


5,155,105 


1747 - - 


7,116,757 


11,442,049 


- - - 


4,325,291 


1748 - - 


8,136,408 


12,351,433 


_ _ _ 


4,215,024 


1749 - - 


7,917,804 


14,099,366 


- - - 


6,181,562 


1750 - - 


7,772,059 


15,132,004 


- - - 


7,359,964 


1751 - - 


7,943,436 


13,967,811 


- - - 


6,024,375 


1752 - - 


7,889,369 


13,221,116 


. _ . 


5,331,746 


1753 - - 


8,625,029 


14,264,614 


_ . . 


5,639,584 


1754 - - 


8,093,472 


13,396,853 


. . _ 


5,303,380 


1755 - - 


8,772,865 


12,182,255 


- - - 


3,409,390 


1756 - - 


7,961,603 


12,517,640 


- - - 


4,566,036 


1757 - - 


9,253,317 


13,438,285 


_ _ _ 


4,184,967 


1758 - - 


8,415,025 


15,034,994 


- 


6,619,969 


1759 - - 


8,922,976 


14,696,892 


. 


5,773,916 


1760 - - 


9,832,802 


15,579,073 


_ 


5,746,270 


1761 - - 


9,543,901 


16,365.953 


. 


6,822,051 


1762 - - 


8,870,234 


14,134^093 


- - - 


5,263,858 


1763 - - 


11,665,036 


16,160,181 


- - - 


4,495,145 


1764 - - 


10,364,307 


16,512,403 


- - - 


6,148,096 


1765 - - 


10,889,742 


14,550,507 


. _ . 


3,660,764 


1766 - - 


11,475,775 


14,024,964 


- - 


2,549,188 


1767 - - 


12,073,956 


13,844,511 


- - 


1,770,555 


1768 - - 


11,878,661 


15,117,982 


_ _ _ 


3,239,321 


1769 - - 


11,908,560 


13,438,236 


. _ _ 


1,529,675 


1770 - - 


12,216,937 


14,266,253 


.... 


2,049,716 


1771 - - 


12,821,995 


17,161,146 


_ . _ 


4,339,150 


1772 - - 


13,298,452 


16,159,412 


. ~ 


2,860,960 


1773 - - 


11,406,841 


14,763,253 


, - - - 


3,356,411 


1774 - - 


13,275,599 


15,916,343 


_ _ _ 


2,640,744 


1775 - - 


13,548,467 


15,202,365 


_ . . 


1,653,898 


1776 - - 


11,696,754 


13,729,731 


_ . _ 


2,032,977 


1777 - - 


11,841,577 


12,653,363 


*" ~ *" 


811,786 



XIV 



PREFACE. 

Imports and Exports, &c. continued. 





fmports. 


Exports. 


Imports Excess. 


Exports Excess. 


1778 - - 


10,293,243 


11,551,070 


_ 


1,257,827 


1779 - - 


10,660,492 


12,693,429 


_ - - 


2,032,937 


1780 - - 


10,812,239 


12,696,138 


- 


1,883,899 


1781 - - 


11,918,991 


10,569,186 


1,349,805 




1782 - - 


9,532,606 


12,355,750 


_ . . 


2,823,144 


1783 - - 


12,114,644 


13,851,670 


_ 


1,737,026 


1784 - - 


14,119,369 


14,171,589 


_ 


52,220 


1785 - - 


14,899,942 


15,109,533 


- . . 


209,591 


1786 - - 


14,610,162 


15,385,987 


_ . . 


775,825 


1787 - - 


16,335,096 


15,754,654 


580,442 




1788 - 


16,551,054 


16,283,159 


267,895 




1789 - - 


16,408,039 


18,170,472 


_ 


1,762,433 


1790 - - 


17,442,549 


18,884,716 


- 


1,442,167 


1791 - - 


17,688,151 


21,435,459 


. 


3,747,308 


1792 - - 


17,897,700 


23,674,315 


- 


5,776,615 


1793 - - 


17,823,274 


19,365,428 


_ 


1,542,154 


1794 - - 


20,844,998 


25,663,272 


_ 


4,818,274 


1795 - - 


21,468,369 


26,146,346 


_ 


4,677,977 


1796 - - 


21,462,709 


29,196,190 


_ _ _ 


7,733,481 


1797 - - 


19,520,872 


27,699,889 


- . . 


8,179,017 


1798 - - 


25,954,161 


31,922,580 


- . _ 


5,968,419 


1799 - - 


24,483,841 


34,074,698 


- . - 


9,590,857 


1800 - - 


28,357,814 


40,805,949 


- 


12,448,135 


1801 - - 


32,795,557 


37,786,856 


. . _ 


4,991,299 


1802 - - 


31,442,318 


41,411,966 


. 


9,969,648 


1803 - - 


27,992,464 


31,438,495 


. 


3,446,031 


1804 - - 


29,201,490 


34,451,367 


_ - 


5,249,877 


1805 - - 


30,344,628 


34,308,545 


- 


3,963,917 


1806 - - 


28,835,907 


36,527,184 


_ 


7,691,277 


1807 - - 


28,854,658 


34,566,572 


. 


5,711,914 


1808 - - 


29,629,353 


34,554,267 


_ - 


4,924,914 


1809 - - 


33,772,409 


50,286,900 


. _ - 


16,514,491 


1810 - - 


41,136,135 


45,869,860 


_ 


4,733,725 


1811 - - 


28,626,580 


32,409,671 


> 


3,783,091 


1812 - - 


28,595,426 


43,243,173 


_ 


14,647,747 


1813 - - 


* 










1,386,359,556 


1,823,288,741 


2,198,142 


439,127,327 




2,198,142 


Tnffli Rfiljvnpp of Trjirlp in favour of* C-lrpfit RritQiii fc\T 




JL V/ CCt>I JU*dl CVIH C- \JL X 1 itl.lv, 1 11 Id. V vJ vl 1 \JL \Jf 1 t^CH> JL/l 1 Let 11 1 J.U1 

116 Years, up to 1812, inclusi\ 7 e, 


.436,929,185 



* The authorities for the above table are as follow : 

From 1697 to 177$ inclusive, Sir Charles Whitworth s Tables, consisting of compilations from annual accounts 
delivered to House of Commons. 



PREFACE. xv 

In the above account we look in vain for those glaring features so common, since 
the late unsettled and distressing times, in the commercial statements of most other 
nations ; for those striking distinctions of profit and loss, those blots of defalcation, 
or those blanks of depreciation, with which the columns of their accounts have 
been so invariably disgraced. We find, on the contrary, that the increase of the 
trade of Great Britain has been rapid and progressive ; and that, if at any time a 
partial check has been experienced, it was the dam reserving the impetus of an 
overwhelming torrent, or that inherent stubbornness in material things, that relaxes 
but to recoil, and that benefiting by coercion and resistance, assumes, in proportion, 
a power more elastic, an energy more uncontrouJable. 

I do not, however, mean to deny, that the variations of our Imports and Exports, 
in the long period just alluded to, bear sufficient marks of originality, in certain 
years, to afford ground for speculation and historical research. To notice some of 
the more important facts will be desirable ; and I shall enter upon the subject with 
the greater willingness, as I shall thus be led to the more immediate object of this 
chapter, namely, of affording some, I trust, useful illustrations respecting the 
intrinsic value of our colonies in the western hemisphere, and the relative estima 
tion in which they should be held, as well with regard to each other as to the re 
maining colonies and countries to which the unbounded intercourse of Great Britain 
is extended. 

From the year 1697 to 1776, a period of 80 years, the value of the Imports in 
creased from 3,480,000 to 13 millions and an half; that of the Exports from 
3,520,000 to 17 millions, and the balance of trade in favour of this country from 
43,000 to 7,359,000. Thus the Imports and Exports had risen on a medium of 
their aggregate amount as 4 and a quarter to 1, and the balance of trade as 171 to 
1 in 80 years. In the 36 years following up to 1812, the highest amount of Im 
ports was 41,100,000, of Exports 45,800,000, and the largest balance of trade was 
16,500,000, and thus the Imports and Exports have risen on a medium of their 
aggregage value to as nearly 3 to 1, and the balance of trade as 2 and one-seventh to I , 
with regard to the higher amounts of the preceding 80 years, compared with those of 
the 36 years ending 1812. 

The total amount of Imports and Exports, and balance of trade, for the 80 years 
from 1697 to 1776, was, 



From 1774 to 1800 inclusive, Macpherson s Annals of Commerce, (this period is exclusive of Scotland.) 

From 1801 to 1812 inclusive, Parliamentary Reports, Finance, 1804 Miscellanous Accounts and Papers, 1812, 

and other authentic returns. 
The same sources of information, with regard to the same periods, were, generally speaking, had recourse to in the 

formation of all similar documents contained in this Dictionary, particularly in those of the United States and West 

Indies. 



xvi PREFACE. 

Imports. Exports. Exports Excess. 

6 1 2,090,775 886,3 19,083 274,228,308 

The excess of Exports to those colonies, now the United States, during the same 
period, was .20,657,232 *, which was more than one-thirteenth of the whole com 
mercial profit derived by Great Britain in her intercourse with all parts. 

In the following six years of struggle and perturbation, arising from the American 
Revolution, a considerable proportion of our Exports to that part of the Continent 
had necessarily fallen off, though not to such an extent as might be imagined. The 
annual average excess of Exports for the six years ending 1776 was .791,697, 
and for the six years following, or during the disturbances, .362,123, making a 
loss of profit to Great Britain during the latter period, of somewhat more than half 
of that derived from the regular trade. 

The total amount of Imports and Exports to those colonies, with the balance of 
trade, for the six years ending 1782, was 



Imports. 

197,977 


Exports. 

2,370,718 


Imports Excess. 

5,217 


Exports Excess. 

2,177,958 
5,217 



Balance in favour of Great Britain - - .2,172,741 

The total amount of Imports and Exports and Balance of Trade, between Great 
Britain and all parts, for the same period, was 

Imports. Exports. Imports Excess. Exports Excess. 

65,059,151 72,518,938 1,349,804 8,809,591 

1,349,804 



Balance in favour of Great Britain - .7,459,787 



So that during this period the intercourse of the United States formed a proportion 
of 2 to 7 of the whole balance of trade in favour of this country. 

The two next periods of 10 years each, commencing with 1783, will afford some 
general phenomena on our commercial relations, respecting the effects produced by 
peace and by war. 

The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and all parts of 
the world, between the years 1783 and 1792, both inclusive, being 10 years of peace, 
was 

See Vol. V. Page 63, of this Dictionary. 



PREFACE. xvii 

Imports. Exports. Imports Excess. Exports Excess. 

158,066,711 172,721,559 848,335 15,503,183 

848,336 



Balance in favour of Great Britain - .14,654,847 



The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and the United 
States, during the above 10 years of peace, was 

Imports. Exports. Exports Excess. 

8,101,048 25,494,296 17,393,248 

Thus, the balance of trade Great Britain derived from the United States alone in 
the above 10 years, exceeded that from all other parts of the world by nearly three 
millions. 

With respect to the war period, 

The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and all parts of 
the world, between the years 1793 and 1802, both inclusive, was 

Imports. Exports. Exports Excess. 

244, 153,913 314,073,174 69,919,261 

The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and the United 
States, during the above 10 years of war, was 

Imports. Exports. Exports Excess. 

15,768,780 53,571,870 37,803,090 

The first thing to be noticed here is the extraordinary increase of profit derived by 
Great Britain with all parts during 10 years of war, comparatively, with the preceding 
10 years of peace, as there was an increase of nearly 5 to 1 in favour of the war pe 
riod. The next observation, and what is not less worthy of remark, is, that in time 
of war, the exports to the United States diminished in so great a degree, that, in 
stead of exceeding those to all other parts, as they usually did in time of peace, they 
fell, in the 10 years just alluded to, to only somewhat more than one-half of the ex 
ports of the British empire to all parts ; being, however, still more than double of 
the excess of exports of the former period of 10 years of peace. 

But this consideration naturally leads us to another not less important, namely, 
whether the surplus of English commodities thus excluded from the United States, 
did not find a vent, not merely as we have seen in other parts, but more particularly 
in the British colonies in North America and in the West Indies. 



xviii PREFACE. 

Now, the balance of trade from the North American colonies, for any period oi 
10 years previously to that ending 1783, (when they benefited exceedingly by the un 
settled state of the neighbouring colonies) was never greater than for the 10 years 
ending 1792, which was .5,828,376*; and hence, the decrease of exports to the 
United States f, compared with the general trade of Great Britain, for the period of 
war ending 1802, may be taken as the cause of the increase of the balance of trade 
to our own colonies in North America, in the 10 years ending 1802, when it rose to 
.7,735,409 ; this increase being as about 7 to 5 in favour of the North American 
colonies, whilst the decrease on the part of the United States was as about 2 to 4. 

Thus far, however, we have only brought to account the trade of our North Ame 
rican Colonies. If we add to this another statement, also requisite to be made, of 
the trade to the West Indies, the demonstration of the proposition advanced will 
be infinitely more striking and conclusive. But, in this case, it is not the balance 
of trade to which we must refer, since that of the West Indies is always against 
Great Britain ; and this, although it may seem an anomaly, always at least to the 
amount to which she is really benefited. This will be easily understood, when it 
is remembered that colonial produce, constituting the imports, is so much real pro 
perty belonging to the inhabitants of the country, which is the same as to the 
country itself, and is, consequently, so much profit; that the exports consisting 
chiefly of articles of manufacturing industry, are also so much profit. If, also, we 
consider that the imports from the North American colonies, and, in short, that, 
generally speaking, all exchange of wealth, whether in regard to import or export, 
between colonies and the parent state, is so much actual property belonging to and 
enriching the latter, it will obviously appear that, by taking the aggregate amounts 
of import and export of the trade between Great Britain and North America and 
the West Indies, and comparing the same with the aggregate amount of imports 
and exports of any other country for a similar period, we shall have a tolerably 
fair, and perhaps only, medium by which, in a short and comprehensive manner, 
an estimate of the value of any trade compared with that of our colonies can be 
made out. I proceed, therefore, to state, 

* See vol. v. page 350, of this Dictionary, 
f See idem, page 66, idem. 



The 



PREFACE. 



xix 



The official Value of Imports and Exports between Great Britain and the United 
States, and between Great Britain and the North American Colonies and the West 
Indies, for the two periods above alluded to, viz. 





United States. 


North America. 


West Indies. 


Surplus of North 
America and 
West Indies. 


10 years of peace, J Imports 
ending 1792 -/Exports 

Total 

10 years of war, (Imports 
ending 18Q2 -^Exports 

Total 


. 

8,101,048 
25,494,296 


2! 

2,158,113 
7,986,489 


. 
36,040,686 
15,777,140 


. 
28,367,084 


33,595,344 


10,144,602 


51,817,826 


15,768,780 
53,57 1 ,870 


3,066.450 
10,801,850 


66,700,513 
38,972,038 


50,200,210 


69,340,650 


13,868,309 


105,672,551 



From whence it appears, that from the year 1 793, a comparative check was given 
to the trade of the United States by the increase of that to the colonies, for, 
whereas the intercourse of the former with Great Britain, afforded, as it has been 
already shewn, with respect to the balance of trade in her favour, for the 10 years 
ending 1 792, an excess of the balance to all other parts, the amount of imports and 
exports having been as about l-10th, or as .33,595,344 to .330,788,270, in com 
parison with those of Great Britain in general ; and whereas in the 10 years ending 
1802, the same balance of trade with the United States, so far from exceeding, fell 
to about one-half of the whole balance of Great Britain, the imports and exports 
for the same period being, however, as l-8th, or as .69,340,650 to .558,227,087, 
in comparison of those of Great Britain in general, the large and progressive ad 
vance of the trade of the remaining colonies was most striking : first, from the 
balance of trade to the North American colonies for the last period of 10 years, 
being, as already shewn, as 7 to 5 compared with the former ; and, secondly, from 
the aggregate amount of imports and exports of those colonies and the West In 
dies, being with respect to those of Great Britain in general, as about l-6th, in 
the former, or as .51,817,826 to .330,788,270, and as about one fifth, or as 
.105,672,551 to .558,227,087, in the latter of the periods under consideration; 
and here, also, I infer that the whole imports and exports of Great Britain having 
increased, in the latter period of ten years, in the ratio of as about five to three, 

c2 



xx PREFACE. 

\vhilst those of North America and the West Indies have increased in the ratio of as 
about ten to five, and the latter augmentation being more than equivalent to 
account for the increase of the trade of Great Britain in general, the comparative 
decrease of the trade to the United States was the cause of its increase to the British 
Colonies. 

I proceed, now, to treat of the actual relative importance of the trade of the Western 
Hemisphere, compared with that to all other parts. 

The amount (official value) of the imports and exports, with their excess, and the 
balance of trade between Great Britain and all the Colonies in North America, and 
between Great Britain and all parts, for the period of 13 years, ending 1812, was 



Imports. Exports. Exports Excess. 

j Annual average balance in favour 

( of Great Britain . 754,908 

399,584,739 497,660,805 98,076,066 



7,025,863 16,839,669 9,813,806 

With Colonies in North America 



With all parts . . Armual aver age balance in favour 



of Great Britain . . . . . . 7,544,312 

Thus the balance of trade derived from the North American Colonies, is as one 
tenth in proportion to the whole balance of trade derived by Great Britain with all 
other parts: it thus, also, appears that taking the aggregate amounts of the imports 
and exports, the trade of those Colonies forms one thirty-seventh and an half part of 
the whole trade of Great Britain, for the thirteen years ending 1812, or is as 
.23,865,532 to .897,245,544 *. 

Thus far the trade of our Nortli American Colonies does not look very important, 
but, if there be any weight or moment in that generally received opinion, that on their 
possession depends, in all probability, the safety of the West India islands, and in 
consequence, our lucrative connection with them, and their s with the United States, 
and that in the eventual loss either of our North American or West Indian Colonies, 
our intercourse with the United States would be either suspended through the 
hostility of that government, or be put on a footing highly disadvantageous to this 
country ; in consideration, I say, of all these points, it will be necessary to take also 
into the account the aggregate value of the imports from and exports to those several 
parts separately and collectively ; they were as follows : 

* See preceding table of Imports and Exports. 



PREFACE. xxi 

For the thirteen years ending 1812. 

Imports. Exports. Totals. 

Between Great Britain and the Colonies 

of North America . ..... 7,025,863 16,839,669 23,865,532 

Idem, and the West Indies .... 127,401,641 74,650,541 202,052,182 

Idem, and the United States ... 26,158,846 77,133,884 103,292,730 

. 160,586,350 168,624,094 329,210,444 

From whence it appears that the trade of the Western Hemisphere, estimated on 
the aggregate amount of the imports and exports for the last thirteen years, is, 
according to the official value, though not quite half, more than one third of the value 
of imports and exports between Great Britain and all parts, or as .329,210,444 to 
.897,245,544, or, at an annual average, as .25,323,880 to .69,018,888. 

It cannot be denied that the balance of trade with the Continent of Europe is in 
favour of the country ; but more than half of the exports to that quarter consist of 
transatlantic produce*. With the islands of Guernsey, Jersey, and Man the balance 
is against us, with Africa it is but inconsiderably in our favour, with Asia it is 
against us. But our colonies in the last-mentioned quarter are extensive and rich, 
and the nature of their commercial relations with the parent state may here be 
advantageously considered. 

By a general account f of the trade of Great Britain for five years, ending 1810, 
the balance of trade in her favour amounted to as follows : 

+ Official value of exports . .... 201,804,783 
Official value of imports . . . . . 162,228,462 

Balance in favour of Great Britain . . 39,576,321 

But, according to the real value, there appears by the same account, to have been a 
balance against Great Britain ; viz. 

* See this Dictionary, article WEST INDIES, Table (B.) 

t See idem idem, Table (C.) 

I By return to the House of Commons, April 8, 1S()6, it was shewn that the real is to the official value as 40 to 
25, or 8 to 5. 

The official values are calculated on estimates formed at the establishment of the office of inspector-general of 
imports and exports in the year 1696 ; and the real values are ascertained from the declarations of the exporters, on 
all articles chargeable with duty ad valorem, and from the average prices current of the year, on articles that are 
charged with a rated duty, or entitled to a drawback or bounty on the quantity exported. The quantities of foreign 
and colonial goods exported are, in like manner, ascertained with the utmost accuracy, on delivery from the ware 
houses for exportation, and the values thereof are calculated at the official rates, and also at the average market 
prices. 



xxii PREFACE. 

Real value of imports 284,230,788 

Real value of exports 282,201,409 

Balance against Great Britain . . . . 2,029,379 

It is, however, to be remarked, that, taking the trade at this period, according to 
the real value, the excess of exports to America and the West Indies was, neverthe 
less, most considerable. 

Real value of exports 

To America 76,664,017 

To West Indies . . . 51,212,611 

127,876,628 

Real value of imports 

From America , . . 39,544,707 
From West Indies . . 65,401,425 

104,946,132 



Balance in favour of Great Britain . .22,930,496 



Now, admitting the principle just urged, the advantages of a colonial intercourse, 
even when the balance is against the mother-country, it must also be allowed, that 
this benefit is neither so large or direct as that derived from an actual excess of 
exported to imported produce. Looking therefore at the comparative value of the 
trade to the East Indies and to the Western Hemisphere through this medium, one 
certainly not the most favourable to the latter, when the productions of the one and 
the other imported are relatively appreciated, we shall plainly perceive the extent to 
which the Western trade exceeds the Eastern, and the little probability there would 
be, in the case of the eventual loss of the former, of the defalcation being supplied 
by this portion of the Old World. 

By the account (C) above referred to, for the five years ending 1810, the balance of 
trade with Asia against this country was prodigious, viz. 

Real value of imports from Asia . . . 39,482,437 
Real value of exports to Asia .... 16,641,554 

Balance against Great Britain . . . ..22,840,883 

So that the difference of value, as to the balance of trade between the Eastern and 
Western Hemispheres in the above period was, 



PREFACE. xxiii 

Excess of exports to America and the West Indies . . . . -. . . . 22,930,496 
Excess of imports from Asia . . . ". + . . . , .. . ; ; ... ; 22,840,883 



Total in favour of the Western Hemisphere . f . . . . . . . .45,771,379 



Or, at the annual average of five years, ending 1810 . . , , ... ..9,254,275 



Nor does an aggregate statement of the amount of imports and exports make the 
account with Asia more favourable. For the five years ending 1810, the total value 
of these was .56,123,991, or, at an annual average, .11,224,798, whereas the value 
of those of America and the West Indies was .232,822,760, or, at an annual 
average, .46,564,552, which is as four to one in favour of the latter ; and, whilst 
the trade to America and the West Indies for the same period was nearly half of the 
total of that of Great Britain, or as .232,822,760 to .566,432,197, that to Asia 
formed only one-tenth part of it, being as .56,123,991 to .566,432,197. 

In closing these cursory remarks on the commercial relations of Great Britain, one 
other would seem to force itself upon my attention ; namely, how do these facts and 
calculations bear upon the internal situation of the country, her resources and her 
finance ? To which I answer, that, though aware of the strong and intimate connec 
tion existing between them, I am also too sensible of the impossibility, should I 
endeavour to point them out, of my doing justice to the subject in the limited 
scope of this Preface : a due sense, also, of my own inefficiency would cause me to 
shrink from the task, at least till I had better prepared myself to enter upon its 
execution. In the absence, however, of more practical results, it should appear that, 
upon a re-consideration of what has been here laid down, the following important 
conclusions may be deduced. 

First, That an insular situation, with a superiority of marine, is most favourable to 
general and colonial trade ; and that such a power will be strengthened and en 
riched by the dissentions that weaken and impoverish the rest. 

Secondly, That it is as difficult for a nation with a commanding trade to exceed her 
resources, as it is for another without commerce to supply them. 

Thirdly, That an increase of trade involves an increase of industry, and that as 
the latter generates an augmentation of capital and floating medium to represent, in 
part, the property created, a National Debt may, in that light, be considered as the 
offspring of national prosperity. 

Fourthly, That a National Debt having a direct tendency to attach the public 
creditor to the government, is a great sedative in every disposition to domestic 



xxiv PREFACE. 

disturbance, and can never be dangerous but when means are deficient to pay the 
interest thereon ; and that, with a commanding trade, it is almost impossible for 
such deficiency to arise. 

Finally, That commerce is the centre and circumference of insular greatness, 
and that the exaltation of Great Britain in the scale of nations has proceeded from, 
and must ever depend upon, an attention to its interests. 



PART III. 



PREFACE. xxv 



PART III. 



LIST OF THE CHIEF BOOKS, DOCUMENTS AND AUTHORITIES CON 
SULTED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THIS DICTIONARY. 

IN this statement it may be necessary to premise, that the translation of the original 
volumes were nearly completed within the first year after the commencement of the 
undertaking, so that the intervening period of four years to the present moment, 
has (with the exception of some indispensable engagements) been exclusively devoted 
to the compilation of materials from such works as might illustrate and fill up the 
extensive outline that had been originally chalked out ; whilst, with a view of 
bringing the Dictionary to the highest perfection of which it was capable, every source 
of information has been resorted to, and no expense or labour has been spared. 

To the name of the several authorities here quoted, I subjoin the nature and extent 
of the extracts that have been made ; no less for the purpose of acknowledging my 
obligation to each in particular, than of pointing out to the reader the grounds upon 
which any fact or document may have been inserted. 

NORTH AMERICA. 

Letters from Canada, written during a Residence there in the Years 1806, 1807, and 1808, shewing 
the present State of Canada, its Productions, Trade, commercial Importance, and political Rela 
tions ; exhibiting also the commercial Importance of New Brunswick, and Cape Breton, &c. &c. 
By HUGH GRAY. London. 1809. 

I HAVE derived considerable information from this work, either by extracts or col 
lations with other authors, especially in the articles Canada, Quebec, Montreal, New 
Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and Passamaquoddy Bay. 

A Short Topographical Description of his Majesty s Province of Upper Canada, in North America, 
to which is annexed a Provincial Gazetteer. London. 1813. 

I HAVE inserted a great number of new articles from this little volume; corrected 

d 



xxvi PREFACE. 

the topography of others, and selected from it the tables exhibiting the division of the 
province of Upper Canada, together with the bearings and distance of every principal 
place from York. 

The British Empire in America, containing the History of the Discovery, Settlement, Progress and 
State of the Continent and Islands of America. 2 vols. London. 1741. 

THESE volumes, although in a great degree superseded by the information of more 
recent historians, I have found it necessary to consult no less in the early history of 
the West Indies than of the Continental Colonies in North America, with a view to 
fill up and illustrate particular portions of historical dissertation, as, amongst others, 
in the articles Massachusetts and West Indies. 

The History of the Colony of Massachusetts Bay, from the first Settlement thereof in 1628 to the 
Year 1749. By Mr. HUTCHINSON, Lieutenant Governor of the Massachusetts Province. 
2 vols. London. 1765. 

As forming an interesting record of the transactions of a British Settlement, the 
parent of all the other Colonies of New England, and of political events in which all 
the other American Colonies were deeply concerned, I have inserted an abridgment 
of the complete history of Massachusetts under that article. 

Some Information respecting America, collected by THOMAS COOPER. London. 1794. 

THE information contained in this pamphlet was collected by the author with a 
view to serve as a guide for his own conduct, though he published it for the informa 
tion of his friends, and to account for his motives for quitting this country, and going 
to settle in the United States ; his chief reason appearing to be, as he states, the com 
parative ease of providing for a large family in the latter country. I have inserted in 
the Dictionary some extracts of the American trade, as it stood about the period of 
his journey, together with many commercial tables of coins and exchanges at the end 
of the article United States. 

Travels through Lower Canada and the United States of North America, in the Years 1806, 
1807, and 1808. By JOHN LAMBERT. 3 vols. London. 1810. 

AMONGST much light but pleasing anecdote, a great deal of weighty statistical in 
formation is contained in these volumes ; and there are, consequently, few articles in 
the Dictionary, which, with regard to the latter sort of communication, and within the 
scope of that author s research, are not indebted in a greater or less degree to the 
valuable contents of his work. 



PREFACE. xxvii 

The American Review of History and Politics, and General Repository of Literature and State 

Papers. 3 vols. London. 1812. 

THE title of this work too clearly indicates its importance with regard to that sort 
of information aspired to in the Dictionary, to need any comment; but it may be 
proper to state, that the accounts of trade, revenue, and finance, under the article 
United States, have either been formed from the Treasury Reports and other official 
documents contained in that periodical, or by such a collation of them with other 
materials as might have fallen into my possession. 

The Travels of Captain Lewis and Clarke, from St. Louis, by way of the Missouri and Columbia 
Rivers, to the Pacific Ocean, in the Years 1804, 1805, and 1806, by order of the Government 
of the United States ; containing Delineations of the Manners, Customs, Religion, &c. of the 
Indians, &c. &c. &c. London. 1812. 

BESIDES inserting numerous new articles in the Dictionary, under the heads or names 
of the different tribes, with a succinct detail of their particular manners and customs, 
I have extracted from this memoir an account of the navigation of the Missouri, its 
soil, productions, and commerce ; and this, with a more specific description of the 
degree and nature of the civilization existing amongst the natives, may be found under 
that article ; as likewise an account of the navigation, &c. &c. of the Mississippi 
under this head, being also extracted from a document in that memoir, taken from the 
journals of Wm. Dunbar, Esq. and Dr. Hunter. 

History of the Voyage from Montreal on the River St. Lawrence, through the Continent of North 
America to the Frozen and Pacific Oceans, in the Years 1789 and 1793 ; with a Preliminary 
Account of the Rise, Progress, and Present State of the Fur Trade of that Country. By ALEX 
ANDER MACKENZIE, Esq. London. 

AN abstract historical narrative of the Fur Trade has been drawn from this volume, 
and is inserted under the article Canada; also, the positions of numerous places that 
had been touched at and explored in the rout of this enterprising traveller, have been 
notified under separate articles. 

The Gazetteer of the American Continent, and also of the West India Islands, &c. &c. &c. By 

JEDIDIAH MORSE, J).D. London. 1798. 

IN almost all the minor articles of the United States this Dictionary maybe said to be 
a reprint of this Gazetteer, and respecting these the author has to regret that he could 
only procure an abstract detail of the population of each state according to the last 

d2 



xxviii PREFACE. 

census. The reader will, therefore, consider the amount of population, and in general 
the statistical information in the townships, &c. as corresponding- with that of the year 
1790 ; and for the present amounts, the numbers may, on an average, be about doubled, 
as may be seen in the account of the population in the periods 1790 and 1810, and 
statistical table of the progressive increase of the United States for twenty years ; and 
this method I have preferred, as more consistent with the character of the Dictionary, 
as being rather a book of authority and of facts, than of facts submitted on analogy 
and surmise. 

The work of Morse is too wull known not to be generally appreciated, it is an 
abstract of all the works written on America and the West Indies up to the year 
1796; besides which it con tains much local information respecting the United States 
not to be found in any other book existing. It would indeed be reprinting a cata 
logue to recapitulate all the authors and documents mentioned by Morse, in his pre 
face, as his authorities, I shall therefore forbear to restate them here. It was 
suggested by persons of talents and discernment, upon my proposition of translating 
Albedo s volumes, that the embodying with it the contents of the American Gazetteer 
would make a very complete work. Indeed a better superstructure for the American 
Dictionary could not have been laid ; but what I have already stated in regard to the 
illustration of the original, and what I am about to add, will shew how even the con 
tents of Morse s elaborate production have been improved upon by the addition and 
collation of later authorities. 

Political Essay of the Kingdom of New Spain, containing Researches relative to the Geography of 
Mexico, the Extent of its Surface and its Political Division into Intendancies, the physical 
Aspect of the Country, the Population, the State of Agriculture and Manufacturing- and Com 
mercial Industry, the Canals projected between the South Sea and the Atlantic Ocean, the 
Crown Revenues, the Quantity of Precious Metals which have flowed from Mexico into 
Europe and Asia, since the Discovery of the New Continent, and the Military Defence of New 
Spain. By ALEXANDER DE HUMBOLDT. London. 1811. 

I HAVE found it necessary greatly to condense, and, at the same time, completely to 
new-arrange the valuable work of this learned traveller ; in the first instance, by a 
general digest, under the article Mexico ; in the second, by the insertion of a greater 
part of his information on the intendancies of Nueva Espana, in new articles, under 
separate heads ; in the third, by a collation of his statistical accounts with those of 
Albedo and others, in the several capitals and towns ; and, lastly, by an insertion of 
various new settlements, and many, now by him more accurately ascertained, geogra 
phical positions. 



PREFACE. xxix 

SOUTH AMERICA. 

Histoire Philosophique et Politique des Etablissemens et du Commerce des Europeens dans les 
deux Indes. Tomes 7. a la Haje. 1774. 

BY the large scale on which this work has been planned, it may be considered a 
reservoir of much useful information ; and I have not failed to draw from it such as 
could not be afforded through other sources : but as the chief advantages I have 
derived are rather illustrations in a moral and philosophical point of view, than any 
abstract historical, commercial, or physical information, their influence is too loosely 
diffused over the Dictionary to authorize the mention of one particular instance in 
preference to the rest. 

Voyage a la Partie orientale de la Tierre Ferme, dans 1 Amerique Meridionale, fait pendant les 
Annees 1801, 1802, 1803, et 1804. Par F. DEPONS. Tomes 3. a Paris, 1806. 

THE whole of the N. and N. E. Coast of South America, including the whole of 
the Spanish dominions, bounded by Peru and Mexico on the W. and by the At 
lantic on the E. formed the object of the statistical researches of Depons ; conse 
quently I have readily adopted all the new information I could find relative to the 
governments, provinces, cities, towns, and villages, within the scope of his inquiry ; 
and, as most of the articles in the Dictionary, with respect to those territories, 
will be found to be either entirely new, or an improvement of the original work of 
A^edo, the reader is requested, except where the contrary is asserted, to consider, 
in all such cases, Depons as the authority for the information submitted. 



Interesting official Documents relating to the United Provinces of Venezuela. London. 

THE declaration of independence by a country so large and valuable as that of 
Venezuela, was, in an historical point of view, a subject of too great magnitude not 
to deserve a specific and minute attention. As a corollary therefore to the outline of 
events that led to the independence of those States, the official documents that they 
have published, namely, the Grievances complained of in their Manifesto, their 
Act of Independence, &c. and their * Federal Constitution, have been recorded 
in the Dictionary. 

Sketch of the present State of Caracas, including a Journey from Caracas, through la Vittoria 
and Valencia, to Puerto Caballo. By ROBERT SEMPLE. London. 1812. 

THIS little volume, though neatly written, is chiefly entitled to notice from its late 
information respecting the territories of which it treats. Some brief account of 



xxx PREFACE. 

Venezuela, and of other places on the coast of Caracas, is the extent of the ex 
tracts for which the Dictionary is indebted. 

Voyages dans 1 Amerique Meridionale. Par DON FELIX DE AZARA, Commissaire et Com 
mandant des limites Espagnoles dans le Paraguay. Depuis 1781 jusqu en 1801. Tomes 4. 
Paris. 1809. 

THE object of Azara was to collect the most accurate statistical information of 
that part of the South American Colonies bordered on the N. by Brasil, N. W. by 
Peru, and S. W. by Chile, namely, of Paraguay and la Plata. The result of his 
inquiries have been incorporated by the collation of his information with that of 
Albedo in some hundreds of articles, and many new ones have been added on his 
authority. The geographical positions of the several settlements now existing in 
those territories, the years of their foundation, and the amount of their several 
populations, have been extracted from the tables in his work, and may be found 
under articles Buenos Ayres and Paraguay of the Dictionary. Some illustrations 
of their natural history have also been transferred into the Appendix. 

Guia Politica, Eclesiastica y Militar de Virreynato del Peru ; or, Political, Ecclesiastical, and 
Military Guide of the Viceroyality of Peru. Published annually for the Academical Society 
of Lovers of the Country of Lima. 

THE first number of this work was published in 17.93. In 1797 it contained a 
digest of the information of the four previous years ; and having received the sanc 
tion of the Governor, contained some useful tables of a commercial, financial, and 
statistical nature. Indeed it seems always to have been well compiled, and in a 
manner to give, in a small compass, the greatest possible information respecting 
the power, resources, and actual state of that viceroyalty ; and I much regret that, 
not having been able to obtain any information respecting the subsequent numbers (and 
it is not improbable that they w r ere suppressed) I was obliged to seek for other autho 
rities in completing the account of those far-famed territories. And this I have done, as 
the reader will find, by consulting those no less accredited works, the Viagero Universal, 
and Alveary Ponce. But of the preciseness and value of the information of the perio 
dical just alluded to, the reader will be convinced, amongst various other instances, 
by turning to those under the articles Xauxa, Urubamba, Yauyos, &c. in the 
Dictionary. 



PREFACE. 



The Geographical, Natural, and Civil Histpry of Chile. By Abbe Don J. IGNATIUS MOLINA. 
With Notes, from the Spanish and French Versions. United States. 1808. 

THERE are, I believe, few persons (certainly amongst those with whom I have 
met) who have not read and been delighted with this entertaining production. So 
convinced was I of the valuable and perspicuous information it contained with 
regard to those southern limits of the Spanish dominion, that I resolved not to 
omit any thing in the Dictionary that had been stated by Molina, and seemed 
worthy of record. But this has been a work of considerable difficulty and labour, 
for not only has the manner of imparting such information to my readers been 
necessarily completely changed to suit itself to the style of the work before them, 
but it has been condensed into somewhat less than one-half of the original, and this 
more especially by curtailing the more minute and uninteresting part of the detail 
of the Araucanian wars, or of such other heads of investigation as appeared to have 
been already fully treated of, either under the original article, or the provinces of 
the kingdom of Chile, by Albedo. 

History of Brasil. By ROBERT SOUTHEY. Part the First. London. 1810. 
THE article Brasil in the Dictionary is almost exclusively indebted, with regard 
to the historical information, to the labours and researches of this author, as far as 
his narrative is now before the Public, that is to say, for the period between the 
year 1498 and 1642. Some other articles have also been entirely newly written or 
corrected by the same authority. 

History of Brasil, comprising a Geographical Account of that Country, tog-ether with a Narra 
tive of the most remarkable Events which have occurred there since its Discovery, &c. &c. 
By ANDREW GRANT, M.D. London. 1809. 

A CONTINUATION of the History of Brasil has been brought down to the present 
day from the period above mentioned, namely, from 1642 to the middle of the last 
century, by a succinct narration of the events alluded to in the annexed title ; and 
from that period to the present day, by a particular detail of each, as they attached 
to the different captaincies, either upon the credit of the same authority, or of 
.such other as might, in the course of my researches, have fallen in my way. 



xxxii PREFACE. 

Travels in the interior of Brasil, particularly in the Gold and Diamond Districts of that Country, 
by Authority of the Prince Regent of Portugal, including a Voyage to the Rio de la Plata, 
&c. &c. By JOHN MAWE, Author of the Mineralogy of Derbyshire. London. 1812. 

MUCH useful information has been derived from this work respecting the soil, 
productions, and mineralogy of all the most important places of Brasil, no less than 
of those of Monte Video, and other parts of the province of Buenos Ayres, so that 
from 25 to 30 long and important articles have either been fresh arranged, or newly 
prepared from the observations of this interesting traveller. 

WEST INDIES. 

The West India Common-Place Book, compiled from Parliamentary and Official Documents, 
shewing the Interest of Great Britain in its Sugar Colonies, &c. &c. &c. By Sir WILLIAM 
YOUNG, Bart. F.R.S. M.P. London. 1807. 

ALTHOUGH, through the liberality of friends, I had, from time to time, been 
put in possession of most of the important parliamentary documents that might assist 
me in the subject in which I was engaged, yet such is the clearness and perspicuity 
with which the voluminous information of the annexed work is arranged, that I can 
not but express myself in the most unqualified manner indebted to it ; since, indeed, 
wherever it has answered my purpose, I have made use of the subject matter of the 
text, no less than of such tables as might conduce to its illustration; but not, I trust, 
with such a close imitation either of method or arrangement as in any way to injure 
the originality of the Common-Place Book. With respect to the value of the extracts 
I have made, the reader will be enabled in some degree to judge by the following 
account of the high pretensions of the honourable author, though so modestly asserted 
by himself. 

" When (says he, in his Preface, page 11) I first took my seat in the House 
of Commons, now more than twenty-two years past, I carefully observed the course 
and succession of parliamentary business, with the view of chalking out some line of 
industry, rather than of talent, in which I might qualify myself to be humbly useful 
to my country ; and I selected the Poor Laws, the British Fisheries, and the Com 
merce of the Kingdom, as the leading subjects on which my attention was to be fixed, 
and my attendance given on the Committee. From that time (June, 1784) I kept a 
Common-Place Book, in which I entered, under distinct heads, whatever occurred 
under these matters in debate, or I could collect from the Statute Book and other 
reading; and, at the same time, I carefully arranged and preserved, every document 
returned to Parliament, and some which were not printed by order of the House, I 
copied in the Journal Office." 



PREFACE. xxxiii 

The History, Civil and Commercial, of the British Colonies in the West Indies. By BRYAN 
EDWARDS, Esq. F. R. S. S. A. 3 Vols. London. 1801. 

THIS generally appreciated work, though consulted by Morse and other authors of 
later date, of whose labours T have availed myself, was yet too clear and circumstan 
tial in the original not to require my attentive perusal, and the consequence has been 
that I have found it necessary, in justice to the plan of the Dictionary, to form from 
the historical information contained in Edwards s volumes, a newly digested, and con 
cise History, not only in separate articles relating to most of the islands, but con 
jointly under the head WEST INDIES. Some of his statistical information has also 
been acceptable. 

Present State of the Spanish Colonies, including a particular Report of Hispanola, or the Spa 
nish Part of Santo Domingo, &c. &c. &c. By WILLIAM WALTON, Junr. Secretary to the Ex 
pedition which captured the City of St. Domingo from the French ; and resident British Agent 
there. 2 Vols. London. 1810. 

SOME information of an interesting and useful nature, extracted from the annexed 
work, has been scattered over several parts of the Dictionary ; such for instance as 
may be traced in the account of the Spanish intercourse with Vera Cruz, under that 
article, and in the later detail of historical transactions relative to St. Domingo, under 
the article West Indies; with various other cursory statements and remarks, for which 
as they might be too tedious to detail, it is hoped this general acknowledgment of 
obligation will suffice. 

A Treatise on the Wealth, Power, and Resources, of the British Empire in every Quarter of the 
World ; illustrated by copious Statistical Tables, constructed on a new Plan. By P. COLQU- 
HOUN, LL. D. London. 1814. 

No one, unless prepared to push his researches to the extent of those of this dis 
tinguished author, or unless enjoying every means of information on the subjects on 
which he has been peculiarly engaged, could do justice to his compilation, by pro 
ducing any original statements, however nearly by approximation they might corres 
pond with those in the Statistical Tables here quoted. 

I trust I have paid no undue tribute to his judgment in having given the amount of 
population, and the estimated value of the colonies, as set forth in his most useful 
and elaborate treatise. 



xxxiv PREFACE. 



ALL PARTS OF AMERICA, AND WEST INDIES. 

State of the Trade of Great Britain, in its Imports and Exports, progressively, from the Year 
1697 to 1773, &c. &c. &c. By Sir CHARLES WHITWORTH, M. P. Folio. London, 1776. 

This was the first and last work of the kind ever undertaken, in this or perhaps 
any other country. In as far as relates to the trade of the western hemisphere and 
to the trade of Great Britain with all parts, I have, by the assistance thereby afforded, 
given complete accounts of the Imports and Exports, from the Revolution down to 
the present day, distinguishing those, 

1st. of Great Britain - with North America. 

2d. of do. - with the West Indies. 

3d. of do. - - with the United States. 

4th. of do. - - with all parts of the world. 

Annals of Commerce, Manufactures, Fisheries, and Navigation, &c. &c. &c. ; with an Account of 
the Commercial Transactions of the British Empire and other Countries. By DAVID MACPHER- 
SON. 4 Vols. London. 1805. 

THIS valuable compilation, amongst other important records of the trade to Ame 
rica and the West Indies, is enriched with a series of official documents, from whence 
I was enabled to bring down the Tables of Import and Export above alluded to, and 
as inserted in the Dictionary, to the year 1800 inclusive. 

The History of the Public Revenue of the British Empire. By Sir JOHN SINCLAIR, Bart. 

3 Vols. London. 1790, and 1804. 

MANY of the financial and commercial calculations in the Dictionary have been 
made upon the credit of the accounts and statements found in the elaborate and useful 
production of the distinguished author here quoted. 

An Inquiry into the Colonial Policy of the European Powers. By HENRY BROUGHAM, Jun. Esq. 

2Vols> Edinburgh, 1803. 

I OWN myself indebted for several useful hints and illustrations to this able treatise. 

i i-j oru i i i Hi in. : r-<: . , :>;{ ., I . 

The Financial Accounts and Papers laid before Parliament. 

BY these, as far as they have been laid before the House of Common* for some years 
pftst, I have been able to supply the deficiencies of modern authors in all objects of 
statistical research. 



PREFACE. xxxv 

Some Series of Caracas and other South American Gazettes. 

AN intimate view of the more recent affairs of the Spanish colonies has thus been 
brought before me, from whence I have reflected such lights upon those subjects in 
the Dictionary as might be deemed desirable. 

A Number of Original and Personal Communications, of the Sources of which the Translator does 
not feel himself warranted more specifically to treat. 

BUT though restricted from speaking of the sources of such communication, it will 
be necessary to mention their nature ; and I shall, therefore, at the same time, beg to 
offer my sincerest acknowledgments for the liberal communications of those Gentle 
men, who, from the situations they have held, or from the interest they have had in 
America or the West Indies, have been peculiarly entitled to my gratitude, and who 
have added so much to the value of the book by the local information they have, in so 
many instances, contributed. 

I am also particularly bounden in duty to express my sincere thanks for the as 
sistance and advice I have had the good fortune to enjoy, during the whole course 
of my labours, from one, who, equally distinguished for his judgment and experience, 
is filling, with universal applause, an exalted station in the British Government; by 
whose powerful assistance I have been able to supply whatever of statistical, financial 
and commercial information was necessary to the completion of a Work, which, I 
trust, will prove as novel in its principle as useful in its design. 



e 2 PART IV. 



XXXVI 



PREFACE. 



PART IV. 



TABLE of the Geographical Positions of the more important Places in the Spanish 
Colonies, determined by Astronomical Observations. 

(The positions marked with an asterisk, are established either by triangulations, or angles of altitude 

and azimuths.) 



Names of Places. 


N. Latitude. 


Longitude W 
from London 
In degrees. 


Longitude 
W. from Pa 
ris. In time 


Names of Observers and Remarks. 


INTERIOR OF NEW SPAIN. 


o / // 

19 25 45 

19 18 37 
19 15 27 
19 16 8 
20 10 4 
20 17 28 
20 17 55 


o / // 

99 5 30 

99 7 
99 12 45 


h / // 

6 45 42 

6 45 48 
6 46 11 


Humboldt, at the convent 
of St. Augustin. 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 


S. Augustin de las Cuevas, (village) - 
Cerro de Axusco*, (mountain) - - - 
Venta de Chalco, (farm) - - - 


98 28 
98 49 
98 33 
98 51 30 
99 21 45 
99 25 38 
99 52 30 
100 10 30 
100 55 
100 55 

100 52 15 

101 20 
101 30 
101 1 45 
99 14 45 
99 28 

99 29 
99 28 
99 24 
99 29 
98 33 

98 21 
98 35 

98 13 30 


6 43 4 
6 44 37 
6 43 32 
6 44 46 
6 46 47 
6 47 2i 
6 48 50 
6 50 2 
6 53 
6 53 

6 52 49 

6 54 40 
6 53 22 
6 53 27 
6 46 19 
6 47 12 

6 47 16 

6 47 12 
6 46 56 
6 47 16 
6 43 33 

6 42 44 
6 43 40 

6 42 14 




Totonilco el Grande, (village) - - - 




19 16 19 
19 11 33 




dem. 
idem. 






20 36 39 
20 40 
21 15 

19 42 




idem, 
idem, at the house of Don 
Diego Rul. 
idem, at the bishop s pa 
lace, 
dem. 
dem. 
dem. 
dem. 
dem, near the water-spout 
machine, 
dem. 
dem. 
dem. 
dem. 
dem, summit of themtfun- 
tain. 
dem. 
dem. 

dem. 




Valla dnlirl fr\t\r\ 












Pont d Tstln ffarm k 


18 37 41 






18 35 
18 20 


Tepecuacuilco, (village) - * - - 




17 56 4 
18 35 47 

19 2 
19 10 

19 2 6 


Popocatepetl*, (volcano) - - - 

San Nicolas de los Ranches, (village) 
Itztacihuatl*, (mountain) - - - - 
Pyramide de Cholula, (ancient monu- 





PREFACE. 

Table of Geographical Positions (continued.) 



xxx vn 



Names of Places. 


N. Latitude. 


Longitude W. 
from London. 
In degrees. 


Longitude 
W. from Pa 
ris. In time. 


Names of Observers and Remarks. 


La Puebla de los Angeles, (city) - - 


o / // 

19 15 
19 26 30 
19 33 37 
19 28 57 
19 37 37 
19 30 8 
19 31 49 
19 2 17 

19 28 25 
19 30 40 
19 46 52 
19 26 4 
19 42 47 
19 43 17 
19 47 58 
19 38 39 
19 28 48 
19 48 38 
19 28 38 
19 49 28 
19 42 25 
19 35 5 
19 54 30 

19 50 45 
20 49 45 
21 10 
22 27 50 
22 35 15 
21 34 
22 21 30 
21 33 30 
21 28 50 
21 33 
20 32 10 
20 55 50 
20 30 14 
19 11 52 
19 10 10 
19 10 55 
19 11 16 
19 12 55 
19 12 12 
19 12 55 
19 13 20 
19 14 30 


o / // 

98 2 45 


h / // 

6 41 31 


Humboldt. 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 
Humboldt and Ferrer, 
summit of the mountain. 
Ferrer. 
Velasquez, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 
,idem. 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 

Ferrer and Cevallos. 
Cevallos and Herrera. 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 
Humboldt and Ferrer. 
Ferrer, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
dem. 
dem. 
idem. 

idem. 

i 




97 13 45 
97 8 45 


6 38 15 
6 37 55 


Coffre de Perote, (mountain) - - - 




96 55 
96 66 35 
94 15 15 

96 48 32 
98 51 15 
99 4 6 
99 2 30 
99 1 15 
99 8 5 
99 9 45 
98 56 
99 4 45 
99 12 45 
99 4 45 
99 13 30 
99 4 15 
99 1 36 
99 16 

90 30 45 
90 24 30 
89 59 45 
89 47 40 
89 40 45 
88 10 15 
89 38 15 
86 45 
86 44 
86 51 13 
91 54 5 
92 11 52 
92 10 23 
96 9 0, 
96 6 40 
96 6 10 
96 5 26 
96 45. 
96 4 35 
96 5 5 
96 8 22 
96 11 20 


6 37 
6 36 58 
6 38 21 

6 36 34 
6 44 45 
6 45 36 
6 45 30 
6 45 25 
6 45 54 
6 45 59 
6 45 4 
6 45 39 
6 46 11 
6 45 39 
6 46 14 
6 45 37 
6 45 26 
6 46 24 

6 11 23 
6 10 58 
6 9 19 
6 8 30 
683 
5 2 1 
6 7 57 
6 56 20 
6 56 16 
6 56 45 
6 15 56 
5 18 1\ 
6 18 If 
6 33 56 
Q 33 47 
S 33 45 
S 33 42 
S 33 47 
S 33 38 
S 33 40 
3 33 53f 
S 34 5 


Cerro de Macultepec, (mountain) - - 
Pic d Orizaba*, (volcano) - - - - 






Fl Ppfinl* (\\\\\\ 






Hacienda de Xalpa*, (farm) - - - 
Cerro de Chiconautla*, (hill) - - - 
San Miguel de Guadalupe*, (convent) 


Garita de Gaudalupe*, (barrier) - - 
Cerro de Sincoque*, (hill) - - - - 
Hacienda de Santa Ines*, (farm) - - 
Cerro de San Christoval *, (mountain) 
Puente del Salto *, (bridge) - - - 

EASTERN COAST OF NEW SPAIN. 


Punta de la Disconocida ----- 

Castillo del Sisal - - - 


Alpprun /^wpctprn nnirif^ - 


Alacran, (northern extremity) - - - 
Mouth of the Rio de los Lagartos : 
Punta S O dpi Pnprto 


North point of the Conboy - - - - 
South point of the Conboy - - - - 


Shallow of Diez Brazas - - - - - 
Small island to the S. W. of the triangle 




Island of Sacrifices, (centre) - - - 
She 1 How of the Paiaro - 




Islot^ Blanquillas, (centre) - - - - 
Anegada de Fuera (south point) - - 









XXXVI11 



PREFACE. 

Table of Geographical Positions (continued.) 



Nam^s of Places. 


N. Latitude. 


Longitude W. 
from London. 
In degrees. 


Longitude 
W. from Pa 
ris. In time. 


Names .pf Observers and Remarks. 


Mouths of the Rio Antigua - - - - 


o / // 

19 18 41 
19 37 45 
19 39 42 
19 43 15 
21 15 48 
23 45 18 
24 36 
25 55 

16 50 29 

17 15 
17 32 
19 6 
20 25 30 

20 45 
21 1 30 

21 16 
21 26 15 
21 32 48 
21 33 
21 45 30 
20 50 30 
22 52 23 
23 3 25 
23 26 
24 47 
26 59 30 
28 2 10 
28 18 22 
28 53 
29 40 40 

32 25 10 
32 39 30 
32 43 
33 16 30 
33 29 

34 
34 17 
34 26 
36 36 
37 9 15 
37 48 10 


/ // 

96 17 17 
96 26 5 
96 25 43 
98 25 43 

98 12 23 
97 58 40 
97 31 10 

99 46 

100 45 15 
101 28 45 
104 33 5 
105 39 

108 47 15 
107 15 

106 17 45 
105 3 
105 17 45 
105 17 45 
106 41 35 
105 57 5 
109 53 15 
109 43 25 
110 18 15 
112 21 15 
113 48 15 
115 23 15 
115 46 15 
118 17 15 
115 57 15 

117 18 55 
117 18 15 
118 30 15 
119 36 15 
117 53 30 

120 31 15 
119 25 30 
119 45 30 
121 51 8 
122 22 53 
123 1 15 


h / // 

6 34 29 
6 35 4 
6 35 3 
6 35 3 

6 42 9| 
6 41 15 
6 39 25 

6 48 24 

6 52 21 
6 55 15 
7 7 32 
7 11 56 

7 12 29 

7 18 20 

7 14 31 
7 9 S2 
7 10 31 
7 11 11 
7 16 6 
7 13 8 
7 28 53 
7 28 14 
7 30 33 
7 38 5 
7 44 33 
7 50 33 
7 52 25 
8 2 29 
7 53 9 

7 58 36 
7 58 33 
8 3 21 

8 7 45 
8 54 

8 11 25 
872 
8 8 22 
8 16 44| 
8 18 51| 
8 21 25 


Ferrer, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 

Humboldt, at the gover 
nor s house. 
Expedition of Malaspina. 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 

idem, 
idem. 

idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 

idem. 
Vancouver andMalaspi na. 
Expedition of Malaspina. 
idem. 
Vancouver andMalaspina. 

Expedition of Malaspina. 
Vancouver. 
Vancouver andMalaspina. 
Expedition of Malaspina. 
idem, 
idem . 




Punta Mari Andrea ------ 




Lago de San Fernando, or laCarbonera 
Mouth of the Rio Bravo del Norte 

WESTERN COAST OF NEW SPAIN. 


Western extremity of las PlayasdeCujuca 

Mnrrr* Pptatlan fhilll 


Port de Selagu (a little doubtful) - - 


Small island to the N. N. W. of ,Cape 


Cprrn dpi Vallp fhilh 


Isles Marias, (Cape south of the most 


Mountain of San Juan - - - - . 










Mission de S. Josef, (village) - - - 
Mission de Todos los Santos - - - 
Mountain of San Lazaro - - - - 
Mountain to the north of the Abreojos 
Island of Cedars, (south point) - - - 
Isla de San Benito (the highest part) - 
Isla Guadalupe, (Cape south) - - 


Isla de S. Martin or de los Coronados 
(the largest and most eastern islot) 


Isla S. Salvador, (south point) - - - 
Isla San Nicolas, (west cape) - - - 


Isla de Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, (west 


Santa Buenaventura ----.._ 
Presidio de Santa Barbara (mission) - 









PREFACE. 

Table of Geographical Positions (continued.} 



XXXIX 



Names of Places. 


N. Latitude. 


Longitude W. 
from London. 
In degrees. 


Longitude 
W. from Pa 
ris. In time. 


Names of Observers arid Remarks. 




o / // 

37 48 30 
40 29 
49 35 13 

18 37 

18 48 
19 4 
19 15 40 

15 44 
15 47 
15 50 
16 7 
15 25 
16 37 
17 16 
17 18 
18 3 
21 9 
23 
23 30 
24 25 
25 28 
26 50 
27 8 
27 45 
28 50 
30 36 


o / // 

132 37 
124 28 45 
126 35 15 

114 3 45 

110 9 15 
111 5 45 
118 53 45 


h / // 

8 19 48 
8 27 15 
8 35 41 

7 54 33 

7 29 57 
7 33 43 
7 28 55 


Vancouver andM alaspina. 
Expedition of Malaspina. 
idem. [This position and 
the preceding are be 
yond the actual bounds 
of New Spain. 
Collnet, Camacho, & Tor 
res fmemoire of M. 
Espinosa%) 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 

Pedro de Laguna. 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 
Mascaro and Rivera. 
Count de la Laguna. 
Mascaro and Rivera. 
Oteyza. 
Mascaro and Rivera, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 
Mascaro and Lafora. 
Mascaro and Rivera. 
Mascaro. 
Mascaro and Rivera. 
Mascaro. 
Fathers Diaz and Font. 
Father Font. 
Lafora, 

Collations by Arrowsmith. 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 






REVILLAGIGEDO IgLANDS. 

Isla de Santa Rosa, (centre) _ - - 
Isla del Socorro, (summit of the moun 
tain, which is more than 1,115 me 
tres high, or 3,657 feet) - - - - 


Isla de San Benedito, (south cape) 

POSITIONS LESS CERTAIN. 

Gruatiilco (port) - - 




-; V!J 

- ^ 


_ 


























San Antonio de los Cues, (village) - 
Guadalaxara, (city) - 






103 2 30 
101 35 
106 6 30 
103 35 
103 13 30 
108 13 30 
109 3 30 
110 8 30 
104 30 
108 58 30 
106 45 30 
111 46 
104 43 


7 1 30 
6 55 40 
7 13 46 
7 3 40 
7 2 14 
7 22 14 
7 25 34 
7 29 45 
7 7 40 
7 25 14 
7 16 22 
7 36 24 
7 8 12 












Real del los Alamos, (mine) - - - 










31 2 
32 9 
32 45 
33 30 
36 12 

L v> . ) j St * i 

e\:. -:\ 1 f\ri 
* .? tR* 

12 Os. 
2 55 Os. 
5 24 Os. 
3 59 s. 
4 27 0*. 
2 10 20 s. 


Paso del Norte, (Presidio) - - - - 
Junction of the Rio Gila and Colorado 
Las Casas grandes (near Rio Gila) 






104 43 -0 

- 1 1. i 

| - 

78 20 
78 50 
78 28 
79 15 
76 24 30 
79 40 -0 


7 8 52 


NEW GRANADA, QUITO, &C. 















xl 



PREFACE. 

Table of Geographical Positions (continued.) 



Names of Places. 


N. Latitude. 


Longitude W 
from London 
In degrees. 


Longitude 
W. from Pa 
ris. In time 


Names of Observers and Remarks. 




o / // 

1 42 05. 
2 25 05. 
56 On. 
13 On. 
20 OH. 
3 51 5n. 
I 13 On. 
2 28 20 n. 
3 15 On. 
4 36 On. 
3 11 20 n. 
5 25 On. 
6 45 On. 
9 On. 
8 47 On. 
10 27 10 n 
11 16 On 
11 30 On. 
9 45 On 
5 15 30 n. 

8 8 205. 
6 52 05. 
12 2 20 s. 
11 35 Os. 
13 46 s. 
12 57 5. 
13 42 5. 
16 17 205. 
16 39 s. 
18 27 s. 
17 30 5. 
19 47 5. 
20 17 s. 
17 36 5. 

1 54 On. 
1 12 On. 
4 30 5. 
7 05. 
20 05. 
1 19 05. 
3 10 05. 
4 26 05. 
2 28 05. 


/ / 

78 35 
77 48 
79 24 
78 3 30 
77 55 
76 49 
77 5 30 
76 29 
75 12 
74 8 
73 57 20 
73 47 
75 18 
79 18 
77 34 
75 23 30 
74 7 30 
72 55 30 
74 33 30 
74 15 10 

78 52 
78 40 
76 58 30 
75 17 20 
76 8 30 
73 58 
71 6 
71 58 10 
69 43 
70 19 
68 26 
67 25 
70 6 20 
71 12 

67 37 
67 30 
67 40 
67 20 
65 20 
61 58 20 
59 57 
59 20 
54 57 


h / // 

. - - 

. 


Collations by,Arrowsmith. 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 

idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem. 

idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
idem, 
dem. 
dem. 
dem. 
idem. 












Pjicfo 




























PERU, &C. 




















La Pax - 






Ilo 


RIO NEGRO, &C. 


Ft dp S .Toyp 






S. Anto. do Casanhoronova - - - - 




Rorha Villa 







TABLE OF CONTENTS 



OF THE 



INTRODUCTORY MATTER. 



1. Translator s Preface. 

2. List of Subscribers to the Translation. 

3. Translator s Advertisement. 

4. Albedo s Dedication. 

5. Albedo s Preface. 

6. Albedo s Additions and Corrections stated. 

7. List of Albedo s Subscribers. 

8. A general Table of Kingdoms , Provinces, Syc. into which Spanish America 

is divided; with a continuation, illustrating at one view the other respective 
Dominions and Governments in America and the West Indies. 

N. B. The Translator s Preface and List of Subscribers, Nos, 1 and 2, will be 
delivered with the last Volume, and may be bound up with thejirst. 



VOL, I. 



TRANSLATOR S ADVERTISEMENT. 



THE history of Algedo s work is already before the world, as stated in my prospectus ; * 
the particulars of such statement were derived from his own preface, which is now de 
livered entire, and to which I beg leave particularly to call the reader s attention. The 
manner in which the original deficiencies of that author were to be corrected, and in 
which the historical and geographical relations of the countries treated of, were to be 
brought down to the present day, has been explained in the prospectus, and the volume 
now before the public will best show how those promises have been fulfilled. 

Although from the forward state of the work, (the whole of it, with some small excep 
tions, being ready for press), I might now enter into an analysis of my labours ; I shall 
reserve that task until the whole shall have been published, when there will be delivered 
to the subscribers a regular preface, containing such general considerations respecting 
America and the West Indies, as could not, with equal convenience, have been incor 
porated with the work itself. 

Whatever might have been my own opinion as to the necessity of giving a literal and 
complete translation of Alcedo, I found myself bound so to do, as well from the sensation 
which the book had awakened at the first issuing of the prospectus, as from the opinion 
of its earliest and most distinguished patrons, that, considering how rare and curious was 
supposed to be the information it contained, it would be thought defective by the public 
if any part of the original were omitted ; although, on the other hand, something might 
have been gained in point of conciseness and regularity of method. The translation, 
therefore, is as literal as the respective idioms of the two languages would permit, 
saving in some trifling cases of evident errata: the additional matter is always included in 
brackets; and if, as in various instances, it be continued for several pages, the brackets 
will be found at the beginning and end of each page. 

Like Algedo, I have forborne to quote my authorities specifically in each article, for 
the sake of avoiding unnecessary repetitions; though, like him, I refer my readers to 
particular authors to illustrate my subject, when the matter has grown too voluminous 
under my hands. It is true that I have assumed a complete discretionary power with re 
gard to the additional information, but I shall not fail, in justice to those writers to whom 
I am so much indebted, to give in the preface a list of my authorities, as well as of the 
original documents to which I may have had access. I cannot, however, forbear mention 
ing for the present, how far more copious and extensive is the information of this publica 
tion than that of any which has hitherto appeared. In some of the articles, as may be 

b <2 



( via ) 

seen under the heads Brazil, Canada, aiul Chile, in this volume, not less than from 20 to 
46 pages of additional matter have been introduced, each article having its separate index 
of contents. Independently likewise of the very elaborate work of Morse, containing 
upwards of 7000 articles, nearly the whole of which have been transfused into these 
volumes; many large and valuable extracts, as well as new articles, have been selected from 
Molina, Humboldt, Depons, Azara, and other writers of less consideration, even with 
respect to the Spanish provinces of America ; upon which subject A^edo is far more 
copious and complete than any other writer. In the West India islands, as under the 
heads Antigua, Barbadoes, St. Christopher, &c. comparative accounts of the earlier ex 
ports and imports have been selected, and those of the latest years introduced. 

Our author, we find, had thought it necessary to annex to his book a large vocabulary 
of provincial terms, forming a catalogue of the plants, birds, animals, &c. found in 
America: it is obvious that this information is still more desirable in the translation; and 
this glossary has, therefore, been carefully revised, and enriched with valuable additions; 
and there being several Spanish terms which will not admit of direct translation in the 
dictionary, these likewise, with a full explanation of their meaning, will be found in the 
same glossary ; each such term being, for the convenience of the reader, invariably found 
printed in italics in the body of the work. 

To conclude, so much additional light has been thrown upon the geography of 
America since the publication of Alcedo, that, in order to render these volumes as perfect 
as possible, the position of every place has been carefully revised, and corrected according 
to Mr. Arrowsmith s several maps of North America, of the United Slates, of the West 
fndia Islands, of Mexico, and of South America ; the last of which has been recently 
constructed from original materials, which till lately remained inaccessible at Madrid 
and at Lisbon ; whilst, at the same time, all the places not heretofore found in his maps 
have been inserted from the Dictionary, as it issued sheet by sheet from the press. 

The above maps of Mr. Arrowsmith, whose eminence in that line it is unnecessary to 
mention, will consequently be ready to be delivered at a somewhat reduced price to the 
subscribers to this book, about the time of the publication of the last volume, and will form 
a complete ATLAS to Alcedo, who had no means of improving and illustrating his 
Dictionary by so important a supplement. 

G. A. THOMPSON, 



ALCEDO S DEDICATION 



To His Royal Highness the Prince of Spain. 

SIR, 

THE Dominions of America, to which Heaven has destined you the heir, 
as being part of this monarchy, have their fortunes united with those of your Royal 
Highness. To Charles I. [more commonly known in this country as the Emperor 
Charles V.] they owe the first elements of civil government, and the system 
established for the propagation of the gospel amongst those gentiles ; to Charles II. 
the protection and encouragement of the missions, by which so many souls have been 
brought into the bosom of the church; and to Charles III. your Royal Highness s 
august father, the most happy establishments, the present well-organized political 
economy of Europe, the promotion of the arts and the advantages of commerce; to the 
excellency of which institutions every day bears testimony, and for a continuation of the 
benefits of which we look with confidence, seeing that your Royal Highness is gathering 
instruction in the wise school of your father. 

Surely then, Sir, the New World could not find a better Maecenas than 
in the person of your Roj^al Highness, to protect a work written by one of its sons; and 
the Author, with great deference, submits it to your consideration, as containing the 
description of all your Royal Highness s kingdoms and provinces in that part of the 
world, together with their riches and productions. 

May your Royal Highness deign to receive it with your accustomed 
benignity ; and may Heaven grant us the life of your Royal Highness as many years 
as the universal wishes of Spain desire it. 

SIR, 

At the feet of your Royal Highness, 

ANTONIO DE ALCEDO. 



ALCEDO S PREFACE. 



THE history of America and the West Indies has been for some time an object of 
the study and interest of all European nations, from the desire of information concerning 
the geography, navigation, customs, and productions of those parts, and for the sake of 
encouraging commerce between the Old World and a country considered as the very 
fountain of riches. Hence it is that foreigners have dedicated themselves to writing and 
publishing on this subject whatsoever they knew or could collect; procuring from Spain 
all the histories and treatises which had been already made by the natives and the first dis 
coverers and conquerors of those regions : in so much, that books which were heretofore 
common, and in no estimation, are now scarcely to be obtained at any price. 

What has in no small degree contributed to the connection between the Old and 
New Worlds, is the introduction of certain American productions into the former, which 
through luxury have been rendered inrlispensible, such as cacao, cochineal, tobacco, 
vicuna wool, &c. ; as also, for their specific medicinal virtues, bark, jalap, zarzaparilla, 
calaguala, canchaguala, and the balsams of Tolu, Maria, Canime, &c. not to be found in 
any other part. 

These, it appeared to me, were sufficient reasons for requiring an universal history 
of America, which might contain every thing worthy of note, as well in its civil, natural, 
and ecclesiastical relations, as in its geography, productions, commerce, navigation, and 
interests with European powers: but being well aware of the difficulty of combining such 
information, it seemed to me more advisable to reduce it to the form of a dictionary. 

A publication of this nature could never have been completed by the labour of an 
individual ; but being aware that this timidity might ever operate as an insuperable 
obstacle to its execution, I determined, by the advice of a person of superior talents 
and intelligence, to be the first to lay the foundation, at least, of the undertaking; being, 
however, at the same time, somewhat instigated by the reflection, that I had myself visited 
many parts of America and the West Indies; and that I could avail myself of some most 
exact and important information in the vivd voce communications of a minister, [pro 
bably the M. R. P. Fr. Pedro Gonzalez de Agiieros, Franciscan missionary in the Ar 
chipelago of Chiloe], who having filled several of the highest offices in those countries 
for the space of upwards of forty years, had acquired a very uncommon stock of valuable 
knowledge, so as to have obtained at court the title of the " Oracle of America;" a 
title, for the justification of which, it were only necessary to refer to the vast number of 
public documents and decrees which have been drawn up by him for the Council of 
the Indies, and to the variety of works he has written, independent of those which have 
been published, and have met with general applause and estimation. In short, it is from 
such sources, as well as from a vast library of Indian books and papers, that I have found 
materials to labour incessantly for the space of twenty years, without other intermission than 
such as was called for by the duties of my profession; though even then, each trifling in 
terval I could spare was devoted to my principal object. 



The work being finished, I could not yet prevail upon myself to bring it to light, 
convinced that it must necessarily have many defects, although unknown to myself. It 
was then that the advice of a person of superior judgment, and a well founded confidence 
in the protection of the public, overcame my scruples, and I was persuaded to offer it at 
least as a foundation, whereon something more noble might afterwards be erected ; in the 
same manner as has occurred with regard to the dictionaries of Moreri, Vosgien, and La 
Martiniere, and many others, which, having been at first very defective, became enlarged 
and rendered complete by the labour of many. In this state of the business there came to 
my hands a Geographical Dictionary of South America, written in Italian by the Ex- 
Jesuit D. Juan Domingo Coleti, who had lived for some years in the province of Mainas ; 
also a Dictionary of North America, in English, with the title of" American Gazetteer;" 
and it immediately occurred to me that my own was now no further necessary : but having 
examined them both, I became persuaded that they were rather a reason why I should 
publish this ; since, without robbing them of any just merit, and remembering too, that 
each of them was confined to the descriptions of certain provinces , they possess by no 
means the same extent of information as this, as may be seen by referring to the letter A, 
which, in neither of those books, exceeds an hundred articles ; whereas the same letter in 
my dictionary contains upwards of a thousand, [and in this translation more than 1700.] 
But the principal cause which fixed me in my resolution was the recollection that I was 
treating of a country, in one of the best towns of which, I with pride and gratitude ac* 
knowledge myself to have been born ; and I do at the same time candidly allow, that I have 
made a free use of the two dictionaries just spoken of, as well in adding to, as in correcting 
the many articles I had already written. 

Whoever shall consider with impartiality the troublesome investigation of more than 
three hundred Indian volumes, the confusion and little exactness in many, and the diffi 
culty and labour of conciliating opposite opinions, and extracting the naked truth, will, I 
doubt not, make some allowance for the defects they may find ; and all I hope is, that 
they may have the goodness to apprise me of them whenever they shall think them worthy 
of emendation; when, so far from being mortified, I shall feel the most lively gratitude 
for their attention, stating their communications to the public, that they may not be de 
frauded of the merit to which they may be entitled. This, in truth, is the rational way of 
contributing to the public weal, and not the plan, as adopted by some, of endeavouring to 
find out diminutive errors, for the sake of satisfying their capriciousness, or of gaining the 
reputation of being wise, though fortunately the contrary be generally the effect of their 
labours. 

Some will observe that there are many articles very small and scanty of information : 
to this I answer, that my first object was only to have given a history of the kingdoms, 
provinces, capitals, and rivers of note; but that I afterwards included an account of the 
lesser settlements and rivers, concerning which there is for the most part but little to say, 
although there be a great advantage in knowing all their names and their relative distances. 
I have suppressed quoting, at the end of each article, the author from whom the principal 
information may have been extracted, in order to avoid a useless and troublesome repeti 
tion ; and in as much as I thought it would be preferable to give, at the end of the book, a 
list of the authors who have written upon the subject in question, after the plan of the cele 
brated Don Nicolas Antonio ; and also, by way of appendix, another dictionary, or alpha 
betical list of the provincial terms and foreign names of the fruits, trees, animals, &c. 

I have now only to add, that whatsoever information is read in this dictionary, con 
cerning a town, its number of inhabitants of any class, the existence of convents, forts, 



&c. is relative to the state in which those countries were in the time in which those au 
thors wrote, from whom the extracts are made; not but that I have in very many instances 
acquired the most recent information : and although I may regret that I may have some 
times stood in need of certain accounts, documents, and papers in the hand of government, 
or which might be even lying in the cabinets of the curious; yet, as they were still unpub 
lished, and not within my reach, I have been forced to content myself with such as have 
either passed through the press, or my good fortune and diligent research have thrown 
into my wav. Vale. 



A L C E D O S 
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS STATED. 



THE desire we have felt of rendering this work more perfect, by every means 
in our power, has caused us to be continually employed in its execution ; and since we; 
have discovered many errata which have unavoidably arisen in the press, we lose no 
time in bringing them to light ; taking, at the same time, an opportunity of adverting 
to certain communications forwarded to us from certain literary characters who have 
been zealous in promoting our undertaking, and contributing to the public weal : amongst 
the number of whom are, the most Illustrious Senor Don Juan Manuel Moscoso, bishop 
of Cuzco ; Don Joseph de Ugarte, colonel of militia of the province of Abancay; the 
Fr. Pedro Gonzalez de Agiieros, of the order of St. Francis, and missionary apostolic 
for many years in the Archipelago of Chiloe; the Fr. Francisco de Ajofrin, a Capuchin; 
Don Manuel del Campo, native of the city of Cartago ; and Don Joseph Undo; all of 
whom are actually residing at this court, and to whom I with great gratitude acknow 
ledge all the important favours the public, no less than myself, has received. But, and 
although we are convinced it were in the power of many others to have manifested the 
same dispositions, who have contented themselves with criticising the errors they have 
been able to discern; and although we could, if we thought proper, shew on what little 
foundation their arguments were built, we shall decline entering into any controversy 
with them, but shall content ourselves with following the plan we have designed in the 
preface, supporting ourselves in our laborious employ with the consolatory reflection, that 
the work has obtained undeniable credit, as well in this kingdom as in America and in 
foreign parts, and that all wise persons are well aware of the difficulties which must na 
turally accrue to the beginning of an undertaking of this nature, and that time alone can 
bring it to perfection: To this, we cannot forbear adverting to the very great loss we have 
experienced by the fire which occurred in the palace and secretary of state s office, in 
1734 ; insomuch that we were obliged to go about soliciting information from the curious, 
as was particularly the case for the completion of the series of bishops and governors, 
not having been able to obtain any intelligence respecting them in the various papers 
and documents which lay before us ; and it is entirely from this latter source that we have 
completed the lists of bishops of Arequipa, Caracas, and Cuzco. 



The Royal Academy of History, 24 copies. 

Don Joaquin Dareche y Urrutia. 

Don Andres Gilabert. 

Don Miguel Murillo. 

Don Antonio Joseph Mosti, inhabitant of Cadiz. 

Don Pedro de la Roca. 

Don Cayetano Foncerrada. 

The most Excellent Seiior Don Luis de Urbina, 
lieutenant-general, and miltary fiscal of the 
supreme council of war. 

The most Excellent Senor Duke of Alva. 

Don Ramiro Ponce, chaplain of honour to his 
Majesty, and canon of the holy church of 
Jaen. 

Don Agustin Madan, 2 copies. 

Don Pedro Colmenares. 

Don Joaquin Pantaleon de Asteguieta, canon in 
the collegiate church of Mendinaceli. 

Don Manuel Antonio de Arce y Carrion. 

Don Dionisio Garcia Urbano. 

The most Excellent Senor Don Pedro Lerena, se 
cretary of the revenue office. 

Don Antonio Lucas, Marquis of Beniel. 

The M. R. P. Fr. Juan Antonio Roarte, a calced 
Trinitarian in Salamanca. 

Don Juan Antonio de la Pefia. 

The Count of Carpio, of his Majesty s council. 

The M. R. P. Fr. Tomas de la Virgen. 

Don Alexandro Cameron, rector of the royal 
Scotch college of Valladolid. 

The R. P. Don Romualdo Ramirez, administra 
tor of San Anton A bad. 

Don Lucas Palomeque, an officer in the revenue 
department. 

Don Jacobo Maria Espinosa, knight of the dis- 
tinguised order of Charles III. fiscal of the 
royal audience of Cataluna. 

Don Joseph Madrazo de la Escalera. 

Don Juan de Villalonga, captain of engineers. 

Don Joaquin de Necochea, of the commerce of 
Cadiz. 

Don Juan Manuel Lopez de Sagredo, inhabitant 
of Granada. 

Don Juan de Ardois, inhabitant of Cadiz. 

The Count of Guendulain, native of Pam 
plona. 

VOL. I. 



Don Francisco Xavier Ximinez de Fexada, native 

of Pamplona. 
Don Francisco Ibanez. 
Don Juan Francisco Solano. 
Don Ignacio Francisco de Arjona. 
Don Ignacio Campesirio. 
Don Rudesindo Ruiz de Cabrejas. 
Don Juan Estevan de Espeleta. 
Don Martin Damaso de Uriz. 
Don Manuel Man so. 
Don Mateo Gutierrez de Villegas. 
Don Luisde Oyarzabal. 
Don Tomas de Iriarte. 
Don Joseph Manuel de Encalada. 
The library of the Capuchin fathers of Prado. 
Don Juan Antonio de la Fuente, inhabitant of 

Cadiz. 

Don Domingo de Marcoleta. 
Don Joaquin Mendez de Vigo, inhabitant of 

Oviedo. 

Don Joseph Delgado y Campo. 
Don Francisco Dusay y Fivaller. 
Don Ramon de Marimon, first lieutenant of Spa 
nish guards. 
The Illustrious Senor Don Roque Martin Merino, 

bishop of Teruel. 
Don Fernando Luengo Rodriguez, dignified canon 

of the holy church of Teruel. 
Don Inigo Cortes de Velasco. 
The P. M. Fr. Benito Araujo, benedictine monk, 

and abbot of the royal monastery of San Vi 
cente de Oviedo. 
The P. M. Fr. Vicente Giron Benedictino, regent 

of the royal monastery of San Vicente de 

Oviedo. 

Don Joseph Sandoval, inhabitant of Malaga. 
Don Joseph de Viu, prebendary of the holy church 

of Toledo. 

Don Juan Francisco del Castillo y Carroz. 
The Illustrious Senor Count of Tepa, of the 

council and chamber of the Indies. 
Don Manuel Comes, inhabitant of Cadiz. 
Don Jayrae Martinez. 
Don Cayetano Maria Huarte, prebendary of the 

holy church of Cadiz, and visitor of its 

bishopric. 



Don Martin rle TJHoa, oidor of the royal audience 

of Sevilla. 
Don Joaquin cle Molina, captain of the royal 

armada. 
Don Manuel Espinosa Tello, lieutenant of the 

royal armada. 
The most Illustrious Seiior, Don Joseph Constancio 

de Andinos, bishop of Albarracin. 
The Brigadier Marquis of Granada, captain of the 

regiment of royal Spanish guards. 
Don Ignacio de Meras Queipo. 
Don Francisco Durango. 
Don Angel Triqueros, secretary to the embassy at 

the court of Turin. 
Don Antonio de Lara y Zuniga, of the council of 

H. M. at the court of inquisition of Sevilla. 
Don Tomas Isidre de la Pinta. 
Don Cayetano Hue. 
Don Cayetano Font Clossas. 
Don Pedro Juez Sarmiento, lieutenant-colonel of 

the royal armies, adjutant-major of royal 

Spanish guards. 
Don Narciso de Pedro, colonel at the Plaza of 

Valencia. 

Don Joseph Francisco Ferrer de Ibauez, inhabi 
tant of Barcelona. 
Don Vicente Domingo. 
Don Manuel de Robles, door-keeper of H. M. 

chamber, 2 copies. 
Don Antonio Garcia Conde, lieutenant-colonel of 

the royal armies, second adjutant-major of 

the royal Spanish guards. 
Don Juan Bautista Munoz, cosmographer-general 

of the Indies. 

Don Agapito Domenchu, presbyter. 
Don Ramon Antonio de Castro. 
Don Felipe Baron de Lamberts, brigadier of the 

royal armies. 
Don Francisco Xavier Becar, canon of the holy 

church of Barcelona. 

Don Francisco Cinza, inhabitant of Vizcaya. 
Don Vicente Ferrer de Plauden. 
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Ilijar. 
Don Manuel de San Pedro y Tobia. 
The M. II. P. Fr. Antonio Calonje, benedictine 

monk and lieutenant-major of San Martin. 
Don Miguel de Iribarren. 
Don Francisco Seneca. 
Don Joseph Sala, canon of Grandia. 
Don Francisco de Turnes, magistral canon of the 

holy church of Lugo. 
Don Juan Antonio Montes, second adjutant-major 

of the royal Spanish guards. 
Don Joseph de la Pena y Alfeidan, archdeacon of 

Azumara, in the holy church of Mondofiedo. 



The M. R. P. Fr. Dionisio de Otano, of the order 

of San Benito. 

Don Miguel Antonio Torrente. 
Don Antonio Perez, of the teller s office in the 

Indies. 

Don Joseph Tello y Pallares. 
The Doctor Don Sebastian Rodriguez Viedma. 
Don Antonio Cortes Moreno. 
Don Manuel de Ataide y Portugal. 
Don Joseph Colon de Larreategui, oidor of Valla- 

dolid. * 

The most Excellent Senor, Marquis of Santa Cruz. 
Don Antonio de Sancha, bookseller at this court, 

2 copies. 

Don Francisco de Soria y Soria. 
Don Lorenzo Buxeda. 
Don Roque Jzquierdo. 
Don Joseph Carnpana. 
The R. P. M. Don Agustin Vazquez, general of 

San Bernardo, and abbot of the monastery of 

Poblet in Cataluna. 
Don Nicolas Ballester y Flotats. 
Don Mariano Rivas, inhabitant of Barcelona. 
Don Miguel Grijalva Guzman, archdeacon of 

Sepulveda, canon of the holy church of 

Segovia. 
Don Salvador Texerino y Texada, presbyter of 

Salamanca. 
Don Diego Alvarez de la Fuente, inhabitant of 

Malaga. 
The most Excellent Senor, Don Manuel de Florez, 

lieutenant-general of the royal armada, and 

viceroy of Nueva Espana. 
Don Juan Francisco Ibanez de la Renteria. 
Don Tadeo de Arguedas. 
Don Mariano Cerda. 
Don Candido Marca Trigueros. 
The most Excellent Senor, Marquis of La Lapilla. 
Don Mateo Alfonso de Prado, a counsellor at this 

court. 
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Vauguyon, 

French ambassador at the court of Madrid. 
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Uceda, squire 

of the body to his most Serene Highness the 

Prince of Asturias. 
Don Francisco Joseph Villodres, canon of the holy 

cathedral church of Cordoba. 
Don Joaquin Juan de Florez. 
Don Alfonso Tabares, inhabitant of the town of La 

Solana in La Mancha. 

The R,. P. M. Fr. Adriano de Huerta, of the reli 
gion of San Bernardo, abbot of the monastery 

of Osera. 
The Marquis of Mos, colonel of militia, of Be- 

tanzos. 



Don Antonio Borras, of the commerce of Reus in 

Cataluna. 

Don Joaquin Sotomayor y Cisneros, 2 copies. 
Don Miguel Arnaud de Courbille, commissary of 

war. 
Don Tomas Martinez de Aguilera, racionero of the 

holy church of Sigiienza. 
Don Alonso Ceferino Borbon. 
Don Antonio Iglesias, bookseller, 4 copies. 
Don Juan Manuel Mascarenas, inhabitant of the 

town of Berin in Galicia. 
Don Miguel de Larrea. 
Don Bartolome de Siles. 
Don Juan Antonio Ximenes de Aguilera. 
The R. P. Fr. Joseph Mancebo, of the order of St. 

Augustin. 
Don Francisco de Paula Cabeda Solares, of his 

Majesty s royal apothecaries hall. 
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Almodovar, 

major-domo to the Infanta Dona Maria Ana 

Victoria. 
The Lieutenant-colonel Don Francisco Mayorga, of 

the order of Alcantara, second lieutenant in 

the regiment of royal Spanish guards. 
Don Joseph Galan. 
Don Joseph Sanroman. 
Don Joseph Badan. 

Don Jacinto Lorenzana, inhabitant of Leon. 
Don Dionisio Saenz Galinsoga, presbyter. 
Don Joseph Espriella. 
Don Isidro de Antayo, second adjutant of the 

royal Spanish guards. 
Don Andres de Zabala y Aragon. 
The Marquis of Rivas, inhabitant of Seville. 
Don Domingo Antonio de Urruchi. 
Don Antonio Gimbernat, surgeon to his Majesty. 
The Doctor Don Pedro de la Torre Herrera, canon 

of Alcala of Henares. 
Don Pedro Perez de Castro, of the college of 

counsellors in this court. 

Don Joaquin Espalter y Roix, resident at Bar 
celona. 
Don Juan Vicente Canet y Longas, inhabitant of 

Valencia. 
Don Miguel de Hermosilla, engineer of the royal 

armies. 
Don Francisco Joseph BernaJ, paymaster at the 

port of Guayra. 



The M. R. P. Fr. Joaquin Herrezuelo, preacher at 
San Martin de Santiago. 

Don Manuel de Arredondo, regent of the royal 
audience of Buenos Ayres. 

Don Joseph Ignacio del Pumar, native of the city 
of Barinas in America. 

Don Vicente Navarro, canon of Huesca. 

Don Andres de Quevedo, second lieutenant of gre 
nadiers in the royal Spanish guards. 

Don Joseph Rubio, second lieutenant in the regi 
ment of royal Spanish guards. 

Don Antonio Pasqual y Garcia de Almunia, per 
petual regidor amongst the nobles of the city 
of Valencia. 

Don Manuel Joseph Marin. 

Don Justo, pastor of Astiqufeta y Sarralde, resi 
dent at Mexico. 

Don Silvestre Diaz de la Vega, accountant of the 
tobacco-revenues at Mexico. 

The Doctor Don Manuel de Florez, secretary of 
the lllmo Sr. archbishop of Mexico. 

Don Felipe Albera, bookseller at this court. 

The Doctor Don Estevan Gutierrez. 

Don Pedro Joseph de Lemus, inhabitant of 
Mexico. 

Don Tomas de Berganza. 

Don Joseph de Aguilar. 

The most Excellent Sr. Duke of Alburquerque, 
Marquis of La Mina, gentleman of the cham 
ber to his Majesty, and brigadier-general in 
the royal armies. 

The R. P. Fr. Juan Fiayo, a Franciscan, and 
preacher in the convent of Cartagena, in the 
Indies. 

Don Pedro Tomas de Villanueva, resident at Car 
tagena, in the Indies. 

Don Antonio Bergosa y Jordan, inquisitor of 
Mexico. 

Don Isidro Limonta, colonel of infantry, king s 
lieutenant at the Plaza of Cuba. 

Don Joseph Martin de Garmendia, inhabitant of 
Villafranca of Guipuzcoa. 

Don Gabriel Manuel Espinosa de los Monteros, re 
sident at Barcelona. 

Don Francisco Arias Velasco, perpetual regidor of 
the city of Oviedo. 

Don Manuel Malco, of his Majesty s council of the 
royal revenue. 



GENERAL TABLE 

OF THE KINGDOMS AND PROVINCES INTO WHICH 

SPANISH AMERICA 

is DIVIDED; 

AND OF THE VICEROYALTIES, GOVERNMENTS, CORREGIMIENTOS, AND 
ALCALDIAS MAYORES ESTABLISHED IN THEM. 



SOUTH AMERICA 

is divided into three Viceroyalties, containing the following Kingdoms and Provinces : 

VICEROYALTY OF THE NEW KINGDOM OF GRANADA. 

KINGDOM OF TIERRA FIRME. 

Governments. 



Panama, 
Porto velo, 



Veragua, 
Darien. 



Cartagena, 


Guayana, 


Caracas, 


Cumana, 


Popayan, 


Santa Marta, 


Maracaibo, 


Choco, 


Tunja, 


Zipaquira, 


Bogota, 


Ubate, 


Boza , 


Coyaima, 


Pasca, 


Muzo, 


Panches, 


Turmeque, 


Guatavita, 


Tensa, 



Guayaquil, 

Jaen de Bracamoros, 



Alcaldia Mayor. 
Nata. 

NEW KINGDOM OF GRANADA. 

Governments. 

Antioquia, 

San Faustino, 

San Juan de los Llanos, 

San Juan Jiron, 

Corregimientos. 

Duitama, 

Cliivata, 

Paipa, 

Sogamoso, 

Neiva, 

Gameza, 

KlxNGDOM OF QUITO. 

Governments. 

Esmeraldas, 
Mainas, 



Mariquita, 
Isla de Puerlorico, 
Isla de la Trinidad, 
Isla de la Mar<i;arilac 



Chita, 
Sachica, 
Velez, 
San Gil, 
Servita, 



Quixos y Macas,. 
Cuenca. 



( xvii ) 



Pasto, 

Xibaros, 

Ibarra, 



Corregim ten tos . 

Tacunga, Riobamba, 

Ambato, Loxa, 

VICEROYALTY OF PERU. 

KINGDOM OF PERU. 

Governments. 



Zamora, 
Ciiimbp. 





Guarochiri, 
Tarma, 


Guancavelica, 
Cuzco. 


Corregimientos. 


Abancai, 


Chachapoyas, 


Huarochiri, 


Sana, 


Aimaraes, 


Chancay, 


Huailas, 


Santa, 


Andahuailas, 


Castro Virreyna, 


Huanuco, 


Truxillo, 


Angaraes, 


Collalmas, 


Huanta, 


Vilcas Huaman, 


Arequipa, 


Conchucos, 


Luya y Chillaos, 


Caxamarca, 


Arica, 


Condesuyos, 


Lucanos, 


Urubamba, 


Calca y Lares, 


Cotabamba, 


Moquebua, 


Yauyos, 


Camana, 


Cbilques y Masques, Parinacochas, 


Yea, 


Canes y Canches, 


Cbumbivilcas, 


Piura, 


Xauxa, 


Caiiete, 


Guaraanga, 


Paucartambo, 


Caxatambo. 


Canta, 


Guamacana, 


Pataz, 




Cercado, 


Guamalies, 


Quispicanchi, 




VICEROYALTY OF THE PROVINCES OF THE RIO 


DE LA PLATA. 






Governments. 




Buenos Ayres, 


Santa Cruz de la 


Sierra, Puno, 


Chiquitos, -,* 


Chucuito, 


Montevideo, 


Paz, 


Moxos, 


Tucuman, 


Paraguay, 


Potosi, 








Coregimientos. 




Mizque, 


Chayanta, 


Atacama, 


Oruro, 


Paucarcolla, 


Larecaja, 


Asangaro, 


Ornasuyos, 


Pilaya y Paspaya, 


Lipes, 


Carabaya, 


Sicasica, 


Purnabamba, 


Paria, 


Carangas, 


Tomina. 


Yarnparaez, 


Pacajes, 


Tarija, 




Cochabamba, 


Apolabamba, 


Porco, 





CAPTAINSIIIP-GENERAL AND PRESIDENCY OF CHILE. 

KINGDOM OF CHILE. 
Governments. 



Concepcion, 
Valdivia, 



Valparaiso, 
Chiloe, 



Aconcagua, 
Cuyo, 
Copiapo, 
Coquimboj 



Colcagua, 
Chilian, 
Maule, 
Melpilla> 



Corregimientos. 

Puchacay, 
Quillota, 
Rede, 
SantiagOj 



Islas Malvinas, 

Islas de Juan Fernandez. 



Rancagua, 
Kata. k 



( xviii ) 



NORTH AMERICA, 

which has only one Viceroyalty, and contains the following Kingdoms and Provinces : 

VICEROYALTY OF NEW SPAIN. 
KINGDOM OF NEW SPAIN. 
Governments. 

Vera Cruz, 
Acapulco, 



Actopam, 

Apam, 

Acayuca, 

Antigua, 

Acatlan, 

Atrisco, 

San Bias, 

Chalco, 

Cuyoacan, 

Chietla, 

Chiautla, 

Coatepec, 

Cozamaluapan, 

Cordoba, 

Cadreita, 

Chilapa, 

Cuernavaca, 

Colima, 

Cholula, 



S. Christoval, 
Ezallan, 
Guijolotitlan, 
Huamelula, 



Cuiceo de la Laguna, 

Guimeo, 

Guanajuato, 

San Luis de Potosi, 

San Luis de la Paz, 

Maravatio, 



Amula, 
Autlan, 



Coaguila, 


Yucatan, 


Pucbla de los Angeles. 


Tabasco. 


Alcaldias Mayores. 




Huajuapan, Qnantla Amilpas, 


Tampico, 


Huichiapan, Quantitlan, 


Tulin/inco, 


Htielutla, Querefaro, 


Tetela Xonotla, 


Guejotzinco, Temastelpec, 


Tezcuco, 


Ixtepexi, Tepeaca, 


Teotihuacan, 


Ixtlahuaca, Tccali, 


Tlaxcala, 


Izucar, Tehuacan de las 


Tuxtla, 


Ixmiquilpan, Granadas. 


Tlapa, 


Justlahuac, Teufitlan, 


Villalta, 


S.Juande los Llanos, Teutila, 


Valladolid, 


Lerma, Tehuantepec, 


Valles, 


Mexilcaltzinco, Teocuilco, 


Xalapa, 


Miahuatlan, Tepozcolula, 


Xuchimilco, 


Metepec, Tepexi de la Seda, 


Xicayan, 


Malinalco, Tacuba, 


Yahualica, 


Mextitlan, Toluca, 


Zacualpan, 


Nexapa, Tenango del Valle, 


Zapotlan, 


Nochiztlan, Tetela del Rio, 


Zumpango, 


Nuevo Santander, Taxco, 


Zimapan, 


Oaxaca, Tixtla, 


Zacatlan delas Man 


Orizava, Tocliimilco, 


zanas, 


Otumba, Tula, 


Zempoala, 


Papantla, Tetepango, 


Zimatlan. 


Quatro Villas, Tehusitlan, 




KINGDOM OP MECHOACAN. 




Alcaldias Mayores. 




San Miguel el Grande, Zelaya, 


Zarnora, 


Tancitaro, Pasquaro, 


Cinaque, 


Tlasasalca, Chaco, 


Motines, 


Tlalpujagua, Guadalcazar, 


Tinguindin, 


Villa de Leon, Jaso y Teremendo, 


Xiquilpa, 


Xiquilpa, Chilchota, 


Zacatula. 


KINGDOM OF NUEVA GALICIA. 




Alcaldias Mayores. 




/ay ula, Guadalaxara, 


Tepic, 


Zacatecas, Tala, 


Sentipac, 



Tequepexpa, Caxititlan, Acaponeta, Juchipila, 

Tonola, Tlajomulco, Nayarith, Colotlan, 

Ostotipaquillo, Zapotlan, Barca, Xerez, 

Analco, Izatlan, Tecpatitlan, Fresnillo, 

Ma/apil, Guauchinango, Lagos, Ibarra, 

Aguas Calientes, Purificacion, Cuquio, Sierra de Pinos, 

Zapopan, Ostotipac, Tecualtichi, Charcas. 
Xaln, Compostela, 

CAPTAINSHIP-GENERAL OF THE ISLAND OF CUBA. 

Governments. 

Cuba, Florida, Louisiana. 



A 

GENERAL TABLE 

OF THE BRITISH DOMINIONS AND GOVERNMENTS IN 

NORTH AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES. 

viz. 

BRITISH DOMINIONS IN NORTH AMERICA. 

Hudson s Bay, tinder N.S.Wales,) Nova Scotia, the government of 

the management of East Main, > rinsettled. New Brunswick, Lower Canada, 

the Hudson s Bay Labrador, J Lower Canada, St. John s, under the 

Company. Newfoundland, Upper Canada, government of Nova 

Cape Breton, under Scotia. 

BRITISH DOMINIONS IN THE WEST INDIES. 

Governments. 

Jamaica, Island, Barbadoes, Island, 

Bahama Islands, Trinidad, Island. 

Leeward Islands, 
For the enumeration of the islands comprised in these governments, see article ANTILLES. 

Islands and Territories conquered in the present War. 

Martinique, Curacoa, Surinam, 

Guadaloupe, St. Eustatius, Demerara, 

St. Lucie, Santa Cruz, Essequibo. 

Conquered by the Portuguese and British. 
Cayenne. 



PORTUGUESE DOMINIONS. 

BRAZIL 

is divided into the following fourteen Provinces or Captainships : 



Rio Janeyro, 
Todos Santos, 

llheos, 
Paraiba, 



Para, 
Maranan, 
Espiritu Santo, 

Itaraaraca, 



Seara, 

Puerto Seguro, 
Pernarabuco, 



INDEPENDENT. 

The Island of Hayti or St. Domingo. 



Sergipe del Rey. 
San Vicente, 
Rio Grande. 



OF THE 
REPUBLIC OF NORTH AMERICA, 

OR THE 

UNITED STATES, 
AND TERRITORIAL GOVERNMENTS. 



Virginia, 
New York, 
Pennsylvania, 
Massachusetts, 
Maine, 

Orleans, 
Mississippi, 


North Carolina, 
South Carolina, 
Kentucky, 
Maryland, 
Connecticut, 

TERRITORIAL 

Indiana, 
Columbia, 


Tennessee, West, 
Tennessee, East, 
Georgia, 
New Jersey, 
Ohio, 

GOVERNMENTS. 

Louisiana, 
Illinois, 



Vermont, 
New Hampshire, 
Rhode Island, 
Delaware. 



Michigan. 



The Russians have formed some settlements upon a part of the n. w. coast 
of America, tying w. and n. of Cook s Inlet. 



THE 



GEOGRAPHICAL AND HISTORICAL 



DICTIO NARY 



OF 



AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES 




ABA 

lies at the head of Penn s 
Creek, Northumberland county, Pennsylvania ; 
about 30 miles w. from Lewisburgh, and 40 w. by 
n. from Sunbury. Lat. 40 52 30" n. Long. 77 
31 30" o>.] 

ABACACTIS,- or ABACARIS, a settlement of 
Indians, of this name, in the province of the Ama- 
zonas, and in the part or territory possessed by the 
Portuguese. It is a reduction of the religious 
order of the Carmelites of this nation, situate on 
the shores of a lake of the same name. It lies 
between this lake and a river, which is also so 
called, and which is a large arm of the Madeira, 
which, passing through this territory, afterwards 
returns to that from whence it flowed, forming the 
island of Topinambes. 

[ABACO, one of the largest and most northern 
of the Bahama islands, situate upon the s. e. end 
of the Little Bahama bank. The Hole in the 
Rock, or (as it is most commonly called) the 
Hole in the Wall, is the most southern point of 
the island, and bears about 18 leagues north from 
the island of New Providence, about 9 or 10 
leagues in a n. w. direction from Egg Island, 
and about 10 or 12 in a n. e. direction from 
the Berry islands. About 10 leagues to the n. of 
the Hole in the Wall, on the e. side of the island, 
is Little Harbour, the entrance to which is be 
tween the main land of Abaco and Ledyard s Key, 

VOT,. i. 



ABA 

and within which there is good anchorage. There 
is also an anchorage to the w. of the Hole in the 
Wall. 

The island of Abaco is at present uninhabited. 
In 1788 it contained about 50 settlers and 200 
Negroes. The lands granted by the crown, pre 
vious to May 1803, amounted to 14,058 acres, for 
the purpose of cultivation ; but the settlers who 
occupied it have since removed. It contains great 
quantities of the various kinds of woods which 
are common to almost all the Bahama islands. 

To the northward of Abaco, is a long chain of 
small islands or keys, (including Elbow Key, 
Man of War Key, Great Guana Key, the Gala 
pagos, &c. fec.) reaching, in a n. w. direction, 
almost to the Matanilla reefs on the Florida 
stream ; from whence the Little Bahama bank ex 
tends, in a southerly direction, to the west point 
of the island of the Grand Bahama. [Lat. 26 
22 n. Long. 77 14 w. See BAHAMAS.] 

[ABACOOCHE, or COOSEE, a large river, ris 
ing in the s. w. territory, passing into Georgia, 
through the Cherokee into the Creek country, 
where it unites with the Oakfuskee, and forms the 
Alibama.] 

ABACQUA, a settlement of the province and 
government of Buenos Ayres, situate on the shore 
of the river Parana, near the spot where it enters 
the Paraguay, to the e. of the city of Corrientes. 



ABA 

ABACU, a point of land on the s. coast of the 
island of St. Domingo. 

ABADES, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of Popayan, in the district and jurisdic 
tion of San J uan de Pasto. 

ABANCAY, a province and corregimiento of 
Peru, bounded on the e. by the large city of Cuzco, 
(its jurisdiction beginning at the parish of Santa 
Ana of that city), and on the w. by the province 
of Andahuailas ; w. by that of Calcaylares, form 
ing, in this part, an extended chain of snow-covered 
mountains ; s. by the provinces of Cotabamba and 
Aimaraez ; s. w. by Chilques and Masques. It 
extends 26 leagues from e. to w. and is 14 broad. 
Its most considerable river is the Apurimac, which 
is separated from it at the n. w. and bends its 
course, united with other streams, towards the 
mountains of the Andes. This river is crossed by 
a wooden bridge of 80 yards long and 3 broad, 
which is in the high road from Lima to Cuzco, and 
other provinces of the sierra. The toll collected 
here is four rials of silver for every load of goods 
of the produce of the country, and twelve for those 
of the produce of Europe. The temperature of 
this province is mild, and for the most part salu 
brious, with the exception of a few vallies, where, 
on account of the excessive heat and humidity, 
tertian agues are not uncommon. It produces 
wheat, maize, and other grain in great abundance, 
and its breed of horned cattle is by no means in 
considerable ; but its principal production is 
sugar, which they refine so well, that it may chal 
lenge the finest European sugars for whiteness : 
this is carried for sale to Cuzco and other pro 
vinces, and is held in great estimation. It also 
produces hemp, cloth manufactures of the coun 
try ; and in its territories mines of silver are not 
wanting, especially in the mountain which they 
call Jalcanta, although the natives avail them 
selves not of the advantages so liberally held out to 
them. Its jurisdiction comprehends 17 settle 
ments, f \\erepartiwentO) quota of tribute, amounted 
to 108,750 djllars, and it rendered yearly 870 
for the alcdbala. 

The following are the 17 settlements : 
The capital, Limatambo, 

Huanicapa, Mollepata, 

Curahuasi, Pantipata, 

Cachora, Pibil, 

Antilla, Chonta, 

Anta, Pocquiura, 

Ibin, Surite, 

ChachaypucquiOj Huaracondo. 

Sumata, 

ABANCAY, the capital of the above province, 
5 



ABE 

founded in a spacious valley, which gives it its 
title : it is also so called from a river, over which 
has been thrown one of the largest bridges in the 
kingdom, being the first that was built there, and 
looked upon as a monument of skill. In the above 
valley the jurisdiction of this province, and that of 
Andahuailas, becomes divided. It is also memor 
able for the victories gained in its vicinity by the 
king s troops against Gonzalo Pizarro, in the years 
1542 and 1548. It has a convent of the religious 
order of St. Dominic ; this order being the first of 
those which established themselves in Peru. 20 
leagues distant from the city of Cuzco. Lat. 13 
31 30* s. Long. 72 26 w. 

ABANCAY, a settlement of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Cuenca, in the kingdom of Quito, 
situate on the shore of the river Paute. 

ABANES, a barbarous nation of Indians, of the 
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, in the plains of San 
Juan, to the n. of the Orinoco. They inhabit the 
woods on the shores of this river, as well as other 
small woods ; and are bounded, e. by the Salivas, 
and w. by the Caberres and Andaquies. They 
are docile, of good dispositions, and are easily 
converted to the Catholic faith. 

ABANGOUI, a large settlement of the pro 
vince and government of Paraguay. It is com 
posed of Indians of the Guarani nation, and situate 
on the shore of the river Taquani. It was disco 
vered by Alvar Nunez, Cabezade Vaca, in 1541. 

ABARANQUEN, a small river of the pro 
vince and government of Guayana, or Nueva 
Andalusia. It rises in the country of the Quiri- 
quipas Indians, runs from s. to n. and enters the 
Aruy. 

[ABARY, a small river of Guayana, between 
the Berbice and the Demerary. See MAH AICA.] 

[ABBEVILLE County, in Ninety-six district, 
S. Carolina, bounded on the n. e. by the Saluda, 
and on the s. w. by the Savannah, is 35 miles in 
length and 21 in breadth ; contains 9197 in 
habitants, including 1665 slaves.] 

[ABBOTS, a small river of N. Carolina, Avhich 
runs s. w. and enters the Pcdi, at a little distance 
from the source of this river, in the territory of the 
Granville limits.] 

ABECOCH1, a settlement of Indians of S. Caro 
lina, situate on the shore of the river Cousa. The 
English have a settlement here, with a fort for its 
defence. 

ABE1CAS, a nation of Indians of New France, 
bounded on the n. by the Alibaniis, and e. by 
the Cheraquis. They live at a distance from the 
large rivers, and the only produce of their terri 
tory is some canes, which are not thicker than a 



A B I 

finger, but of so hard a texture, that, when split, 
they cut exactly like a knife. These Indians speak 
the Tchicachan language, and with the other na 
tions are in alliance against the Iroquees. 

ABERCORN, a (own of the province and co 
lony of New Georgia, on the shore of the river 
Savannah, near where it enters the sea, and at a 
league s distance from the city of this name. [It is 
about 30 miles from the sea, 5 miles from Ebenezer, 
and 13 n. w. of Savannah.] 

ABIDE, mountains, or serrania, of the pro 
vince and government of Cartagena. They rim 
from w. to n. e. from near the large river of Mag- 
dalena to the province of Choco, and the S. Sea. 
Their limits and extent are not known, but they 
are leagues wide, and were discovered by Capt. 
Francisco Cesar in 1536 ; he being the first who 
penetrated into them, after a labour of 10 months, 
in which time he had to undergo the most extreme 
privations and excessive perils ; not that these ex 
ceeded the hardships which were endured by the 
licentiate Badillo, who entered upon its conquest 
with a fine army. 

AB1GIRAS, a settlement of Indians, one of the 
missions, or a reduction, which belonged to the 
regular order of the Jesuits, in the province and 
government of Mainas, of the kingdom of Quito ; 
founded in the year 1665, by the father Lorenzo 
Lucero, on the shore of the river Curarari, 20 
leagues from its mouth, and 240 from Quito. 

[ABINEAU Port, on the n. side of lake Erie, 
is about 13 miles w. s. w. from fort Eric. Lat. 
42 6 n. Long. 79 15 o>.] 

[ABINGDON, a town at the head of the tide 
waters of Bush river, Harford county, Maryland, 
12 miles s. w. from Havre-de-Grace, and 20 n. e. 
from Baltimore. Cokesbury college, instituted by 
the methodists in 1785, is in this town. Lat. 
39 27 30" n. Long. 76 20 35" w.l 

[ABINGDON, the chief town of Washington 
county, Virginia, contained but about 20 houses 
in 1788, and in 1796 upwards of 150. It is about 
145 miles from Campbell s station, near Holston ; 
260 from Richmond in Virginia, in a direct line, 
and 3JO as the road runs, bearing a little to the s. 
of w. Lat. 36 41 30" n. Long. 81 59 .] 

[ABINGTON, a township in Plymouth coun 
ty, Massachusetts; 22 miles 5. e. from Boston, and 
contains 1453 inhabitants. Lat. 42 4 30".] 

[ABINGTON, a parish in the town ot Pom- 
frei in Connecticut. Lat. 42 4 30". Long. 70 51 
30".] 

[ABINGTON, a village in Pennsylvania, 12 
miles w. of Philadelphia.] 

ABIPI, a small settlement of the jurisdiction of 



A B I 3 

Muzo, and corregimiento of Tunja, in the Nuevo 
Reyno de Granada. It is of a hot temperature, 
producing some wheat, maize, yucas, plantains, 
and canes ; it has been celebrated for iis rich mines 
of emeralds, which aie. however, at present aban 
doned from want of water ; it is nearly three 
leagues distant from the large mine of Itoco. 

ABIPONES, a nation of barbarous Indians, of 
the province and government of Tucuman, in 
habiting the s. shores of the river Bermejo. Their 
number once exceeded 100,000 ; but they are cer 
tainly at present much reduced. They go naked, 
except that the women cover themselves with little 
skins, prettily ornamented, which they call quey- 
api. They aro very good swimmers, of a lofty 
and robust stature, and well featured : but they 
paint their faces and the rest of their body, and arc 
very much given to war, which they carry on 
chiefly against such as come cither to hunt or to 
fish upon their territory. Their victims they have 
a custom of sticking upon lofty poles, as a land 
mark, or by way of intimidation to their enemies. 
From their infancy they cut and scarify their 
bodies, to make themselves hardy. When their 
country is inundated, which happens in the five 
winter months, they retire to live in the islands, or 
upon the tops of trees : they have some slight no 
tion of agriculture, but they live by fishing, and 
the produce of the chase, holding in the highest 
estimation the flesh of tigers, which they divide 
among their relations, as a sort of precious relic or 
dainty ; also asserting that it has the properties of 
infusing strength and valour. They have no know 
ledge either of God, of law, or of policy ; but they 
believe in the immortality of the soul, and that 
there is a land of consummate bliss, where they 
shall dance and divert themselves after their death. 
When a man dies, his widow observes a state of 
celibacy, and fasts a year, which consists in an ab 
stinence from fish : this period being fulfilled, an 
assembly run out to meet her, and inform her that 
her husband has given her leave to marry. The 
women occupy themselves in spinning and sewing 
hides ; the men are idlers, and the boys run about 
the whole day in exercising their strength. The men 
are much addicted to drunkenness, and then the 
women are accustomed to conceal their husband s 
weapons, for fear of being killed. They do not rear 
more than two or three children, killing all above 
this number. 

AB1SCA, an extensive province of the king 
dom of Peru, to the e. of the Cordillera of the 
Andes, between the rivers Yetau and Anmrumago,, 
and to the s. of Cuzco. It is little known, con 
sisting entirely of woods, rivers, and lakes ; and 
B 2 



4 A B R 

hither many barbarous nations of Indians have re 
tired, selecting for their dwelling places the few 
plains which belong to the province. The Em 
peror Yupanqui endeavoured to make it subser 
vient to his controul, but without success : the same 
disappointment awaited Pedro de Andia in his 
attempt to subjugate it in the year 1538. 

ABISMES, QUARTEL DBS, that part or divi 
sion of the island of Guadaloupe which looks to 
the n. e. It takes its name from its having some 
creeks, or inlets, which serve as places of shelter 
for vessels, in case of invasion either from enemies 
or from hurricanes. Here they ride quite safe, 
for the bottom is very good ; and being made fast 
to the strong palm-trees which abound here, they 
stand in no need of being anchored, which would 
be inconvenient, and attended with risk, on ac 
count of the thick roots thrown out by the 
above trees. Further on is a small island called 
Des Cochons, where an engineer, of the name of 
Renau, endeavoured, without success, in 1700, to 
build a fort, for the sake of securing the harbour, 
which is a good one. 

ABITANJS, a mountain of the province and 
corregimiento of Lipes in Peru. In the Quechu- 
an tongue it signifies the ore of gold, from a cele 
brated mine which is at present nearly abandoned, 
from the want of workmen. It is nearly contigu 
ous to thetesettlement of Colcha. 

[ABITIBBI, a small lake in Upper Canada, on 
the s. side of which is a settlement called Frederick, 
which last lies in n. lat. 48 35 . w. long. 82. Also 
the name of a river which runs n. and joins Moose 
river near its mouth at James s bay.] 

ABIT1BIS, a lake of the country of Hudson, 
in the territory of the Indians of this name. [This 
lake is n. of Nipissing lake, the . e. boundary of 
Canada, in New South Wales : it has communi 
cation with James s bay, near Moose fort. Lat. 
48 39 n. Long. 79 2 o>.] 

ABITIGAS, a nation of barbarous Indians, of 
the province and corregimiento of Tarma in 
Peru. It is very numerous and warlike; and they 
live a wandering life in the woods. It is CO 
leagues to the e. of the mountains of the Andes ; 
bounded on the s. by the Ipilcos Indians. 

ABORROEN, a port of the coast of Brasil, in 
the province and captainship of Seara, between the 
river Escorgogive and the bay of Inobu. 

ABRA, an island of the straits of Magellan, at 
the entrance of the third and last narrow pass, 
called the Passage. 

[ABRAM S CREEK falls into Hudson s river, 
near the city of Hudson.] 

ABREOLHOS, or ABREOGOS, Point of, on 



A C A 

the coast of Brasil, and of the province and cap 
tainship of Espiritu Santo, between the rivers 
Percipe and Quororupa, in s. lat. 18 19 30". 
w. long. 39 51 30". Here are some hidden rocks, 
or sand-banks, extremely dangerous ; and al 
though there are various navigable channels, it 
requires the utmost caution to avoid shipwreck, 
this having been the lot of an infinite number of 
vessels. These sand-banks are more than 20 
leagues distant from the continent, and extend 
themselves upwards of five leagues to the e. of the 
island of Tuego. Their situation, taken in the 
the centre, is in 170 51 20" s. lat. w. long. 39 

lo. 

[ABROJOS, or BAXOS DE BABUCA, a bank, 
with several small rocks and isles, e. of Turk s 
island, in n. lat. 21 5 . w. long. 70 40 . Between 
this bank and Turk s island is a deep channel, for 
ships of any burden, three leagues wide.] 

ABROJOS, a shoal of the N. sea. See the ar 
ticle PANUELA QUADRADO. 

ABSECON BEACH, on the coast of New 
Jersey, 16 miles s. w. from Little Egg harbour. 

ABUCARA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, in a valley of 
the same name. It was anciently the capital of 
this province, and had the same denomination. 
At present it is much reduced, the corregidor 
haying left it to establish himself in Lucanas. 
Lat. 15 33 5. Long. 73 28 w. 

ABUCEES, S. JOSEPH DE LOS, a settlement 
of the missions of the Sucumbios Indians, who 
were founded by, and maintained at the expence 
of, the abolished order of the Jesuits, in the pro 
vince and government of Quixos and Marcas, of 
the kingdom of Quito ; situate on the shore of a 
small river, which enters the Putumayo. Lat. 
36 n. Long. 75 22 w. 

ABLJRRA, S. BARTOLOME DE, a town of the 
province and government of Antioquia, in the 
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, founded in 154?, by 
the Marshal George Robledo, in u fertile and ex 
tensive valley of the same name, which was dis 
covered in 1540 by Captain Geronimo Luis 
Texelo. It abounds in all kinds of fruits, seeds, 
and vegetables, and is of a hot temperature. In its 
district are found many huacas, or sepulchres of 
the Indians, in which great riches are deposited. 
It has now so much fallen to decay, that it is no 
more than a miserable hamlet. In its vicinity are 
some streams of salt water, from which the Indians 
procure salt for their use. Lat. 5 51 30" . 
Long. 75 17 w. 

ACA, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of 
Tlaxclala, in Nueva Espana. 



A C A 

[ACAAY, a parish in Paraguay, situate on a 
small river which runs into the Rio Paraguay. 
It is about 14 leagues s. e. of Asuncion. Lat. 25 
54 1" s. Long. 57 23 to.] 

ACACUNA, a mountain of Peru, in the pro 
vince and corrcgimiento of Arica in Peru. It is 
very lofty, and is four leagues distant from the 
S. sea ; is very barren, and situate between the 
promontory of Ilo and the river Sama. Lat.70 3 
29 s. [Long. 18 35 a?.] 

ACADIA, a province and peninsula of N. Ame 
rica, on the e. coast of Canada, between the island 
or bank of Newfoundland and New England, by 
which it is bounded on the w. It is more than 
100 leagues in length from n. w. to s. e. arid nearly 
80 in width, from n. e. tos. w. from the gulph of 
St. Lawrence to the river Santa Cruz. It was dis 
covered in 1497 by Sebastian Cabot, sent thither 
from England by Henry VII. The French, un 
der the command of Jacob Cartier, of St. M aloes, 
established themselves here in 1534, in order to 
carry on a cod -fishery on the bank of Newfound 
land ; and in 1G04, Peter Guest, a gentleman of 
the household of Henry IV. of France, was sent by 
that king to establish a colony, which he founded 
at Port Royal. The English entered it under 
Gilbert Humphry, in consequence of a grant 
which had been made to this person by Queen 
Elizabeth, and gave it the title of Nova Scotia. 
In 1621 King James 1. made a donation of it to 
the Earl of Stirling ; and in 1627 the French, 
commanded by Kirk de la Rochelle, made them 
selves masters of it, destroying all the establish 
ments of the English, who were obliged to sur 
render it up, in 1629, by the treaty of St. Ger- 
mains. The French shortly afterwards lost it ; a 
Governor Philip having taken possession of it ; 
but they, however, regained it in 1691, through the 
conduct of Mr. De Villebon. In order to settle 
the pretensions of the rival courts, commissioners 
were, by mutual consent, appointed in the peace 
ofRiswick, in 1697, to consider which should be 
the limits of Nova Scotia and New England ; and 
in the peace of Utrecht, it was entirely ceded to the 
English, who afterwards returned to it. This 
beautiful country contains many rivers and lakes ; 
the principal of these is the Rosignol, well stocked 
with fish : there are also many woods, full of ex 
cellent timber, and thronged with very singular 
birds ; as, for instance, the Colibri, or humming 
bird, and various others. The same woods abound 
in many kinds of fruits and medicinal herbs. It 
is very fertile in wheat, maize, pulse of all sorts, 
and also produces cattle of various kinds, animals 
of the chase, and abundance of fine fish. Its 



A C A 5 

principal commerce is in skins and salt fish. The 
winter is longer and colder than in Europe. The 
capital is Port Royal. [The name of Acadia was 
first applied to a tract from the 40th to the 46th 
degree of n. lat. granted to De Mons, Nov. 8, 
J603, by Henry IV. of France. For the present 
state of this country, see NOVA SCOTIA.] 

ACAGUATO, a settlement of the head settle- 
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tan- 
citaro. It is so reduced as to consist of no more 
than 15 families of Indians, who maintain them 
selves by sowing some maize, and other vegetable 
productions. Eight leagues s. of the capital. 

ACAHILA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Yamparaes in Peru, dependent 
on the archbishopric of Charcas, and annexed to 
the curacy of S. Christ obal de Pilcomayo. 

ACAIA, a settlement of the province and corre 
gimiento of Caxatambo in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Churin. 

ACAMBARO, the head settlement of the dis 
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Zelaya, in the 
province and bishopric of Mechoacan. It con 
tains 490 families of Indians, 80 of Mustees and 
Mulattoes, and a convent of the order of St. Fran 
cis. In its district there are other small settle 
ments or wards. Seven leagues s. of its capital. 

ACAM1STLAHUAC, the head settlement of 
the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tasco, an 
nexed to the curacy of its capital, from whence it 
is distant two leagues to the e. n. e. It contains 
50 Indian families^ 

ACAMUCH1TLAN, a settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of Texopilco, and alcal 
dia mayor of Zultepec. It contains 60 Indian fa 
milies, whose commerce is in sugar and honey. 
It produces also maize, and cultivates many vege 
table productions. Five leagues n. of its head 
settlement. 

ACAMON, a river of the province and govern- 
ment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. ft arises 
in the serranias of Usupama; runs w. n. w. and 
enters the Caroni. 

ACANTEPEC, the head settlement of the al 
caldia mayor of Tlapa. It is of a cold and moist 
temperature, contains 92 Indian families, among 
which are included those of another settlement in 
its vicinity, all of whom maintain themselves by 
manufacturing cotton stuffs. 

ACANTI, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Darien, in the kingdom of Tierra Firme. 
It rises in the mountains which lie towards the n. 
and empties itself into the sea between Cape Tibu- 
ron and the bay of Calidonia. 

ACAPALA, a settlement of the province and 



6 A C A 

alcaldia mayor of Chiapa, in the kingdom of 
Guatemala. Lat. 16 53 n. Long. 93 52 w . [It 
is situate on the Tobasco river, near the city of 
Chiapa, and not far from a bay in the S. sea, 
called Teguantipac.] 

ACAPAZINGO, SAN DIEGO DE, the head set 
tlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of Cuer- 
navaca. 

ACAPETLAHUA1A, a settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of Escateopan, and alcal 
dia mayor of Zaqualpa. It contains 180 Indian 
families. 

ACAPONETA, the alcaldia mayor of the 
kingdom of Galicia, and bishopric ofGuadalaxa- 
ra, in Nueva Espana. Its jurisdiction is reduced. 
It enjoys various hot and cold temperatures, and 
has therefore the crops peculiar to both climates ; 
and the same are sown in its district, and produce 
abundantly. The capital is the town of the same 
name, situate between the two rivers St. Pedro 
and de Canas ; the latter dividing Nueva Espana 
from the provinces of Rosario and Cinaloa, as also 
the bishoprics of Durango and Gaudalaxara, from 
whence it is distant 83 leagues, w. n. w. It has a 
convent of the order of St. Francisco. Long. 105 
40 30*. Lat. 22 43* 30". 

ACAPULCO, or Los REYES, the capital city of 
the government of Nueva Espana, situate on the 
coast of the S. sea. Its inhabitants amount to nearly 
400 families of Chinese, Mulattoes, and Negroes. 
It has a parish church, with two vicars, and two 
convents, one of the order of St. Francis, and the 
other of St. Hyppolite de la Casidad, which is a 
royal hospital ; an office of public accounts, with 
an accountant and treasurer for the managing and 
keeping the accounts of the duties produced by the 
goods brought in the China ships. The city is 
small, and the churches and houses are moderately 
ornamented. The greater part of the city is on 
the sea-shore. The air is of an extremely hot and 
moist temperature ; for, independent of its being 
in the torrid zone, it is entirely shut out from the 
. winds, being surrounded by lofty serranias. 
These circumstances render it very unhealthy, 
especially in the wet season, on account of the 
damps and sea-winds blowing from the s. e. to 
the great detriment of the inhabitants and mer 
chants who come to trade here ; this being the 
principal cause why there are scarcely more than 
eight Spanish families who reside here. It is 
equally in want of every sort of provision, owing 
to the reduced and barren state of the land, and is 
forced to seek its necessary supplies from the In 
dian settlements within its jurisdiction. The only 
commerce which it can be said to have, isafairwhich 



A C A 

is held on the arrival of the ships from China ; and 
when these depart, there are no other means for 
the people of maintaining a trade, and if the above 
resource should happen to fail for three or four 
years, the place must inevitably be abandoned. 
At the distance of a musket-shot, and on a pro 
montory running far into the sea, is situate the 
castle and royal fort of San Diego, mounted with 
31 pieces of artillery, the greater part of them 
24 pounders, for the defence of the entrance of the 
port, which is safe, and so spacious, that .500 
ships can lay at anchor in it with ease. It is sur 
rounded by lofty rising grounds. Its principal 
mouth is on the s. side, formed by an island of an 
oblong figure, and somewhat inclining to the s. w. 
The same island forms also another mouth, which 
they call chica, or little. The canals on either 
side of the island are 25 fathoms deep. The go 
vernor of the castle has the rank ofcastellano, with 
the title of lieutenant-general of the coasts of the 
S. Sea ; and for the defence of these coasts, there 
are three companies of militia, composed of the 
the whole of the inhabitants, namely, one company 
of Chinese, another of Mulattoes, and the third of 
Negroes, who run to arms whenever they hear 
the cannon fired three times at short intervals. 
In the settlements of its neighbourhood they grow 
cotton, maize, and other seeds, vegetables and 
fruits. They have cattle of the large and small 
kind, and some tobacco, all of which productions 
are sufficient for the use of the castle and the city, 
which is 80 leagues distant from Mexico. [The 
famous cut in the mountain, (abra de San Nicholas), 
near the bay de la Langosta, for the admission of 
the sea winds, was recently finished. The popu 
lation of this miserable town, inhabited almost ex 
clusively by people of colour, amounts to 9000 
at the time of the arrival of the Manilla galleon 
(nao de China}. Its habitual population is only 
4000. The chief trade of Acapulco continues still 
to be its commerce with Manilla. The Manilla 
ship arrives once a year at Acapulco, with a cargo 
of Indian goods, valued at 12 or 1 300,000 dollars, 
and carries back silver in exchange, with a very 
small quantity of American produce, and some 
European goods. Lat. according to Humboldt, 
1650 29 . Long, by ditto, 99 46 . Lat, accord 
ing to the Spaniards, 16 50 30". Long, by ditto, 
100. Both longitudes being measured from the 
meridian of Greenwich .] 

ACARAGA, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Paraguay. It rises in the province of the 
Parana, and running n. enters the Uruguay, where 
is the city of Asuncion. It is navigable by ca 
noes throughout, and abounds in fish. 



ACARAI, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of Paraguay, founded near the river Pa 
rana, and rather towards the w. by the missionary 
Jesuits, in 1624, where they also built a fort to 
protect it against the incursions of the infidel In 
dians. 

ACARAI, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Paraguay. It runs s. s. e. and enters the 
Parana opposite the settlement of La Poblacion Nu- 
eva. 

ACARAPU, a small river of the province and 
colony of Surinam, in the part of Guayana be 
longing to the Dutch. It is one of those which 
enter the Cuyuni. 

ACAR1, a settlement of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Camana, in Peru, situate in a beau 
tiful and extensive valley, in which there is a very 
lofty mountain, which they call Sahuacario, com 
posed of misshapen stones and sand, in which, at 
certain times of the year, especially in the months 
of December and January, is heard a loud and con 
tinued murmuringjwhich excites universal astonish 
ment, and which, no doubt, is to be attributed to 
the air in some of its cavities. On its skirts are 
two fortresses, which were built in the time of the 
gentilism of the Indians. There is a port half-way 
between the town of St. Juan and the city of Are- 
quipa, which is 8 leagues distant from the lat 
ter, and 1 1 from the former. It is very convenient, 
and has an excellent bottom, but is frequented only 
by small vessels. It is in lat. 15 15 . s. Long. 
75 30" w. 

ACARI, a point or cape of the coast of the S. 
sea, of the same province, and of the corregimicnto 

c r< 

of Camana. 

ACARI, a river of the above province, which 
runs to the s. e. 

ACARI, another river, of the province and cap 
tainship of Para in the kingdom of Brasil. It is 
small, runs n. afterwards inclines to the n. n. w. 
and enters the river of Las Amazonas, just where 
this empties itself into the sea. 

ACARIGUA, a settlement of the province and 
government of Venezuela, situate on the shore of 
the river of its name, and close upon the . side of 
the town of Ararul. 

ACARIGUA, a river of the above province and 
government, which rises near the town of Araure, 
and runs s. to enter the river of La Portuguesa. 

ACARRETO, a port of the coast of Tierra 
Firme, in the province and government of Darien, 
near cape Tiburon. [Lat. 8 S9 y n. Long. 77* 
24 30" o>.] 

ACARUACA, a small river of the province 
and country of the AmazonaSj in the part belong- 



A C A 7 

ing to the Portuguese. It runs from n. to *. form 
ing a bow, and enters the Matari. 

[ACASABASTIAN, a river in the province of 
Vera Paz in Mexico. It runs into the Golfo 
Dulce, and has a town situated on its banks of the 
same name. The source of this river is not far 
from the S. sea.] 

ACASABASTLAN, a settlement of the kingdom 
of Guatemala, in the province and alcaldia mayor 
of Chiapa. 

{[ACASATHULA, a sea-port, situated on a 
point of land, in the province of Guatemala Pro 
per, in Mexico, on a bay of the S. sea, about four 
leagues from Trinidad. It receives the greatest 
part of the treasures from Peru and Mexico. In 
its neighbourhood are three volcanoes.] 

AC ASS A, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Guayana, in the part possessed by the 
French. It enters the sea between the Ayapoco 
and Cape Orange. 

ACATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle 
ment and alcaldia mayor of Thehuacan, where 
there is a convent or vicarage of the order of St. 
Francis. It contains 860 Indian families (includ 
ing those of the wards of its district) in a spacious 
valley, which begins at the end of the settlement 
and extends itself above a league. In this valley 
are 12 cultivated estates, on which live 40 Indian 
families. It is four leagues s. s. w. of its capital. 

ACATEPEC, another settlement in the head set 
tlement and district of Chinantla, of the alcaldia 
mayor of Cozamaloapan. It is situate in a very 
pleasant plain, and surrounded by three lofty 
mountains. The number of its inhabitants is re 
duced. A very rapid and broad river passes near 
this settlement; and as this is the direct way to the 
city of Oaxaca and other jurisdictions, and as the 
travellers, who come here in great numbers, must 
necessarily cross the river in barks or canoes, the 
Indians, who are very expert in this sort of navi 
gation, contrive by these means to procure them 
selves a decent livelihood. 10 leagues w. of its 
head settlement. 

ACATEPEC, another settlement of the alcaldia 
mayor of the same kingdom, situate between two 
high ridges. It contains 100 Indian families, and 
is annexed to the curacy of San Lorenzo, from 
whence it is two leagues distant. 

ACATEPEC, another settlement, having also the 
dedicatory title of San Miguel, in the alcaldia 
mayor of Huamelula, situate in a hollow. The 
climate here is hot. At its skirts runs a river, the 
waters of which fertilize the land, which abounds 
in gardens and cultivated spots. It contains 39 
Indian families; and is annexed to the curacy of 



> 



A C A 



Tlacolula, from whence it is distant a league and a 
half to the n. 

ACATEPEC, another settlement of the head set 
tlement and alcaldia mayor of Xicayan, of the 
same kingdom. It contains 12 Indian families, 
and is 10 leagues distant from its head settlement. 

AGATEPEQUE, S. FRANCISO DE, asettlement 
of the head settlement of St. Andres de Cholula, 
and alcaldia mayor of this name. It contains 140 
Indian families, and is half a league to the s. of its 
capital. 

ACATEPEQUE, another settlement of the head 
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Igualapa, situate 
at a league s distance to the e. of the same. 

ACATIC, a settlement of the head settlement 
and alcaldia mayor of Tecpatitlan, in the kingdom 
and bishopric ot Nueva Galicia. It is four leagues 
to the s. of its capital. 

ACATICO, a settlement of the head settlement 
and alcaldia mayor of Cuquio, in Nueva Espana. 

ACATLAN, a settlement and capital of the al 
caldia mayor of this name. It is of a mild tempe 
rature, and its situation is at the entrance of the 
Misteca Baxa. It contains 850 families of Indians, 
and 20 of Spaniards and Mustees. In its vicinity 
are some excellent salt-grounds, in which its com 
merce chiefly consists. The jurisdiction of this 
alcaldia , which contains four other head settle 
ments of the district, is fertile and pleasant, 
abounding in flowers, fruits, all kinds of pulse and 
seeds, and is well watered. They have here large 
breeds of goats, which they slaughter chiefly for the 
skin and the fat, salting down the flesh, and sending 
it to La Puebla and other parts to be sold. In its 
district are many cultivated lands. It is 55 leagues 
leagues to the e. s. e. of Mexico. Long. 275 10 . w. 
Lat. 19 4 fi. 

ACATLAN, another settlement of the same name, 
whh the dedicatory title of S. Andres, in the head 
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Xalapa, in the 
same kingdom, situate on a clayey spot of ground, 
of a cold moist temperature, rendered fertile by an 
abundance of streams, which in a very regular man 
ner water the lands ; although , it being void of moun 
tains and exposed to the n. winds, the fruits within 
its neighourhood do not come to maturity. It con 
tains 180 Indian families, including those of the 
new settlement, which was established at a league s 
distance to the 5. of its head settlement, and which 
is called San Miguel de las Aguastelas. Acatlan 
is a league and a half distant from its head settle 
ment. 

ACATLAN, another settlement, having the de* 
dicatory title of San Pedro, belonging to the head 
settlement of Malacatepec and alcaldia mayor of 



A C A 

Nexapa, in the same kingdom. It contains SO In 
dian families, who trade in wool and HI the fish 
called bobo, quantities of which are found in a 
large river which runs close by the settlement, and 
which are a great source of emolument to them. 
It is four leagues /?. of its capital. 

ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set 
tlement of Zitlala, of the same alcaldia and king 
dom. It contains 198 Indian families, and its 
situation is a league and an half n. of its head set 
tlement. 

ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set 
tlement and alcaldia mayor of Sentipac, of the 
same kingdom. It is of a cold temperature, con 
tains 42 Indian families, and is 15 leagues n. e. of 
its capital. 

ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set 
tlement of Atotonilco, and alcaldia mayor of Tu- 
lanzingo in the same kingdom. It contains 115 
Indian families, and a convent of the religious 
order of St. Augustin. Two leagues n. of its head 
settlement. 

ACATLAZINGO, SANTA MARIA DE, a set 
tlement of the head settlement of Xicula, and al 
caldia mayor of Nexapa, situate in a plain that is 
surrounded on all sides by mountains. It contains 
67 Indian families, who employ themselves in the 
culture of the cochineal plant. 

ACATULA, a settlement of the province and 
government of Venezuela, situate on the shore of 
the river Guasqui, to the e. of the city of Coro. 

ACAXEE, a nation of Indians of the province 
ofTopia. It is well peopled, and was converted 
to the Catholic faith by the father Hernando de 
Santaren, and others of the abolished society of the 
Jesuits, in 1602. They are docile, of good dispo 
sitions and abilities. In the time of their idolatry, 
they used to bend the heads of their dead with their 
bodies and knees together, and in this posture inter 
them in a cave, or under a rock, giving them provi 
sions for the journey which they fancied them about 
to make ; also laying by them a bow and arrows 
for their defence. Should an Indian woman hap 
pen to have died in child-bed, the infant was put 
to death ; for they used to say, it was the cause of 
her death. These Indians were once induced by a 
sorcerer to make an insurrection, but it was quelled 
by the governor of the province, Don Francisco de 
Ordinola, in the year 1612. 

ACAXETE, SANTA MARIA DE, the head set 
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tep- 
caca, situate on the slope of the noted sierra of Tlas- 
cala. It is of a cold and dry temperature, contains 
seven Spanish families, 10 of Mustees and Mulattoes, 
and 176 of Mexican Indians. In its vicinity is a re- 



A C A 

servoir, formed of hewn stone, which serves at once 
to catch the waters as they come down from the 
sierra, and to conduct them to Tepcaca, three 
leagues n. n. w. of its capital. 

ACAXUCHITLAN, the head settlement of the 
alcaldia mayor of Tuluzingo, to the n. e. It con 
tains 406 Indian families, and is a curacy of the 
bishopric of La Puebla de los Angeles. Distant 
four leagues to the e. of its capital. 

ACAYUCA, the alcaldia mayor of Nueva Es- 
paria, and of the province of Goazacoalco. Its 
jurisdiction is very extended, and consists, for the 
most part, of places of a hot and moist temperature, 
but so fertile is it that it gives annually lour crops 
of maize; and as there is no demand for this pro 
duction in the other provinces, it follows, of course, 
that the Indians here are little given to industry. 
Indeed the ground never requires the plough, and 
the whole of their labours during the seed-time 
consist merely in smoothing the surface of the 
mountains, and in scratching up the ground with 
a pointed stick. It is at times infested by locusts, 
which destroy the plants and crops ; and having 
never been able to find a remedy against this evil, 
the inhabitants had recourse to the protection of 
the virgin of La Conception, which is revered in 
the head settlement of the district of the Chichi- 
mecas ; and it is said that, owing to her mediatory 
influence, the plague has been thought to diminish. 
This province is watered by the abundant river of 
the Goazacoalco. The settlements of this alcaldia 
are, 

Xocoteapa, Olutla, 

Macayapa, Otcapa, 

Menzapa, Pochutla, 

Molocan, Ostitan, 

Theimanquillo, Cozolcaque, 

Tinantitlan, Ixhuatla, 

Chinameca, Macatcpeque. 

Zoconusco, 

ACAYUCA, the capital of the above, situate on 
the coast of the N. sea. Its inhabitants are com 
posed of 30 families of Spaniards, 296 of In 
dians, and 70 of Mustees and Mulattoes. It lies 
a little more -than 100 leagues s. e. of Mexico. 
Lat. 17 53 n. Long. 94 46 30" w. 

ACAYUCA, another settlement in the alcaldia 
mayor of Pachuca, in the kingdom of Nueva Es- 
paiia, annexed to the curacy of Tezayuca, and 
containing 100 Indian families. 

ACAZINGO, ST. JUAN DE, the head settle- 
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tep 
caca, situate in a plain of a mild temperature, and 
watered by two streams which run close to all the 
houses of the settlement, to the great comfort of 

VOL. I. 



A C H 9 

the inhabitants. In the middle of the above plain 
there is a beautiful fountain, a convent of the reli 
gious order of St. Francis, a very ancient build 
ing, and some other buildings, which have been 
erected since the conquest of the country. The 
parish church is a piece of the most ancient archi 
tecture. The inhabitants are composed of 150 
families of Spaniards, 104 of Mustees, 31 of Mu 
lattoes, and 700 of Indians ; 3| leagues c. to the 
n. e. of its capital. 

ACAZUTLA, a port of the S. sea, on the coast 
of the province of the alcaldia mayor of Zuchi- 
tepec, in the kingdom of Guatemala, between the 
point of Los Remedios, and the settlement of 
Guapaca. [Lat. 14 42 n. Long. 90 3 w.~] 

ACCHA, a settlement of the province a;id cor- 
regimienloof Chilques arid Masques in Peru, situ 
ate on the skirt of a mountain, which has a pro 
minence, seeming as though it were about to fall 
upon the settlement. This mountain is constantly 
dwindling away without any assignable cause. 
Lat. 13 19 s. Long. 71 13 w. 

ACCHA-AMANSALA, a settlement of the pro 
vince and corregimiento of Chilques and Masques 
in Peru. 

ACCIIA-UR1NZABA, a settlement of the pro 
vince and corregimiento of Chilques and Masques 
in Peru. 

ACCITES, a river of the province and go 
vernment of Caraccas, in the kingdom of Tierra 
Firme. It rises in the mountains, and enters the 
Orituco. 

[ACCOCESAWS. The ancient town and prin 
cipal place of residence of these Indians is on the 
w. side of Colorado of Rio Rouge, about 200 miles 
s. w. of Nacogdoches, but they often change their 
place of residence for a season : being near th 
bay, they make great use of fish, oysters &c. ; 
kill a great many deer, which are the largest and 
fattest in the province ; and their country is uni 
versally said to be inferior to no part of the pro 
vince in soil, growth of timber, good ness of water, 
and beauty of surface ; they have a language pe 
culiar to themselves, but have a mode of commu 
nication by dumb signs, which they all understand : 
number about 80 men. Thirty or forty years 
ago, the Spaniards had a mission here, but broke 
it up, or moved it to Nacogdoches. They talk 
of resettling it, and speak in the highest terms of 
the country.] 

[ACCOMACK County, in Virginia, is situated 
on a peninsula, bounded //. by Maryland, e. by 
the ocean, and on the w. by Chcsapeak bay, 
and contains 13,959 inhabitants, including 4262 
skyes.] 

c 



10 



A C H 



ACHA, Mountains of, in the province and 
government of G nay ana ; they run from n. to *. 
on the shore of the river Carom. 

ACHACACHE, a settlement of the province 
and corregimtenlo of Omasuyos, the capital of 
this province, in Peru. It contains, besides the 
parish chapel, another, in which is an image of 
Christ, with the dedicatory title of La Misericordia. 
[Lat. 16 33 30" s. Long. 79 23 20 a?.] 

ACHAGUA, a nation of Indians of the Nuevo 
Reyno de Granada, who dwell among the plains 
of Gazanare and Meta, and in the woods which 
skirt the river Ele. They are bold in their en 
gagements with wild beasts, but with human be 
ings they have recourse rather to poison and 
stratagem ; they are dexterous in the use of the 
dart and spear, and never miss their aim ; are 
particularly fond of horses, of which they take the 
utmost care, anointing and rubbing them with oil ; 
and it is a great thing among them to have one of 
these animals of peculiar size and beauty. They 
go naked, but, for the sake of decency, wear a 
small apron made of the thread of aloes, the rest 
of their bodies being painted of different colours. 
They are accustomed, at the birth of their chil 
dren, to smear them with a bituminous ointment, 
which hinders the hair from growing, even upon 
the eye-brows. The women s brows are also en 
tirely deprived of hair, and the juice of jugua 
being immediately rubbed into the little holes 
formed by the depilatory operation, they remain 
bald for ever afler. They are of a gentle disposi- 
sition, but much given to intoxication. The 
Jesuits reduced many to the catholic faith, forming 
them into settlements, in 166 1 . 

ACHA LA, Mountains of, in the province and 
government of Tucuman, bounded by the moun 
tains of Augo or Mendoza, of the kingdom of 
Chile ; they run from n. n. w. to s. s. c. at the 
sources of the river Quarto. 

ACHAMQU1. See CHANQUI. 

ACHAS, a settlement of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Guamanga in Peru, situate on the 
confines which divide the above province from 
Huanta. 

ACHEPE, Bay of, a small port of the N. sea, 
on the e. coast of the Isla Real, or Cape Breton. 
It is close to N. cape. 

[ACHIACH1CA, a town in Mexico. See 
ANC F.LOS.] 

ACHIANTLAS, MIGUEL DE, the head settle 
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Te- 
pozcolula. It contains a convent of monks of 
Santo Domingo, and 260 families of Indians, who 
occupy themselves in cultivating and improving 



AGO 

the land. It is eight leagues to the w. with an in 
clination to the s. of its capital. 

AC11IBAMBA, a river of the province and 
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ; 
it rises in the mountains, and enters the Mara- 
non. 

ACFI1NUTLAN, a very lofty mountain of the 
province and government of Guayana, or Nueva 
Andalucia. It is on the shore of the river Orinoco, 
and to the e. of the Ciudad Real, (royal city), the 
river Tacuragua running between them. 

AC1IIRA. See CATA-MAGU. 

ACHITE, a small river of the province and 
government of Guayana. It runs from 5. to n. 
and enters the Cuyuni. 

ACHOCALLA, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Pacages in Peru, annexed 
to the curacy of Viacha. 

ACHOGOA, a settlement of the province and 
government of Cinaloa, founded by the mission 
aries of the Jesuits, between the rivers Tuerte, 
Mayo, and Ribas. 

ACHOMA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Collahuas in Peru. In its vici 
nity is a volcano, called Amboto and Sahuarcuca, 
which vomits smoke and flames; the latter of 
which are seen clearly at night. 

ACHONGA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Lircay. 

ACHOUPEKAHIGAN, a river of Canada. 
It runs e. afterwards turns to the s. and enters the 
lake of St. Thomas. 

[ACKLIN S Island. See CROOKED Island.] 

ACLA, a small city of the kingdom of Tierra 
Firme, in the province of Darien, founded by 
Gabriel de Roxas, in 1514, on the coast of the S. 
sea, at the mouth of the gulph of Uraba, in front 
of the island of Pinos, with a good fort, then much 
frequented and very convenient, from having a 
good bottom, but somewhat incommoded by cur 
rents. Pedro Arias Davila built here a fort for 
its defence in 1516 ; but the settlement, never 
theless, did not keep long together, the Spaniards 
having abandoned it, on account of its unhealthi- 
ness, in 1532. [Lat. 8 56 n. Long. 77 40 a>.] 

ACOBAMBA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru. It was the 
capital, but at present the town of Guancavelica 
bears that title, on account of its being the resi 
dence of the governor and other people of conse 
quence. It is of a good temperature, and so 
abundant in grain, that its crops of wheat amount 
to 25,000 bushels yearly. In an estate near it, 
are some pyramidical stones, and in other parts 



AGO 

are the ruins of some well made benches in the 
shape of couches, which have been much injured 
by time, and were there before the coming of the 
Spaniards. Lat. 13 lb 30" s. Long. 74 32 
30" w. 

ACOBAMBA, another settlement of the same 
name in the province and corregimiento of Jauja, 
annexed to the curaey of Cocliangara. 

ACOBAMBA, another settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Tarma. 

ACOBAMB1LLA, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed 
to the caracy of Conaica. 

ACOCHALA, a very lofty mountain of the 
province and corregimiento of Lipes, in the arch 
bishopric of Charcas, where there are some very 
fine silver mines, which are, however, little work 
ed for want of hands. 

ACOLA, a settlement of the province and cor 
regimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of its capital. 

ACOLMAN, SAN AGUSTIN DE, a settlement 
of the head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Tez- 
coco, in Nueva Espana, situate in a pleasant 
valley of a benign temperature. There are some 
wards united to its district, and the number of 
its inhabitants, including these wards, amounts to 
240 Indian families, besides a convent of monks of 
the order of St. Augustin. 

ACOMA, a settlement of Nucvo Mexico, situ 
ate on the shore of a river which enters the Grande 
of the N. between the settlements of San Juan and 
La Laguna. [It is on a high mountain, with a 
strong castle, and is the capital of the province. 
[Lat. 35 24 n. Long. 106 U 10 to.] 

ACOMACK, a county of the province and 
colony of Virginia, which preserves i(s Indian 
name. It is the largest county of the province, 
containing 200,925 acres of ground : but not so 
well peopled as the others, and has only one parish, 
which is of the same name. Different rivers take 
their rise here ; among the most noted is the Clis- 
fconossea. 

ACOMAIO, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Huanuco in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Santa Maria del Valle, situate on 
the confines of the infidel Panataguas Indians. 

ACOMAIO, another settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Quispicanchi in Peru. 

A CO MARC A, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Vilcas Huaman in Peru, annexed 
to the curacy of Vilcas. 

ACOMES, a fall of the river Amariscoggin, in 
the province of Continent, one of the fouf which 
compose the colony of New England. 



AGO 



11 



ACOMULCO, a settlement of the head settle 
ment and alcaldia mayor of Zochicoatlan in 
Nueva Espafia. It contains 12 Indiau families, 
and is two leagues to the u. of its capital. 

ACONCAGUA, a province and corregimietito 
of the kingdom of Chile ; bounded n. by a part 
of the province of Quillota, e. by the Cordillera, 
s. by the valley of Colina, of the jurisdiction of 
Santiago, zo. by the province of Quillota. Its 
territory is level and well watered. It is divided 
into two parts by a large river of the same name, 
having a bridge built of stone and mortar, with 
two arches. It produces abundance of wheat and 
much wild marjoram, which is carried to Peru, 
and forms the principal branch of its commerce. 
In this province is the royal road, lying through 
the Cordillera in the way to Mendoza, which is 
very rough and dangerous, on account of the 
many slopes and steep declivities towards the river ; 
the path is very narrow, and in various places it is 
necessary to open a pass by means of a pick-axe ; so 
that, if at any time the mules should crowd together, 
they would push each other into the river, which has 
not unfrequcntly been the case. The royal treasures 
are carried by this road from the month of Novem 
ber to April and part of May. A few years since, 
some small houses of brick and mortar have been 
built on one or other side of the Cordillera, which 
they call casuchas (miserable huts) ; in these thej 
put, in the winter time, some coal, biscuit, and 
hung beef, so that the couriers, providing them 
selves with the keys of the doors at Mendoza, or, on 
the other side, at the Guardia of Aconcagua, may 
have something to live upon, in case they should 
be stopt by a fall of snow on their journey ; and 
with this precaution, a courier goes every month 
to Santiago, carrying with him the mails brought 
by the ships from Europe. In the winter it is 
customary to walk on foot over the snow, from 
Paramillo, which is three leagues from the top of 
the Cordillera, and four from its descent to the 
place which is called Los Ojos de Agua, through 
the valley of Putaendo ; but towards the n. there 
is another way, which thej r call De Los Patos, 
which is the road generally taken in going to tbp 
city of San Juan ; but the Cordillera being more 
lofty here, it is only passable in the months of 
February and March. The inhabitants of this 
province amount, on an average, to 8000 souls. 
The capital is San Felipe el Real. [Lat. 32 11 
s. Long. 70 12 30" w.~] 

ACONCAGUA, a large river which runs through 
the above province, rising in the mountains of the 
Cordillera^ and running through it by the side of 
the road which leads to Buenos Ayres ; branching 



12 AGO 

out various ways, and watering, from the place in 
which it rises, the extensive vallies of Curimon, 
Aconcagua, Quillota, and Concon ; in which are 
cultivated large crops of wheat, flax and hemp ; 
and it, moreover, enters the sea in as large a stream 
as if it had never undergone the like ramifications : 
its mouth is in 33 lat. 

ACONCAGUA, a settlement of the same pro 
vince, which was formerly its capital, until the 
foundation of the city of S. Felipe. It is very 
thinly peopled, and is situate in the valley of this 
name. 

ACONCAGUA, a volcano of the same province. 

ACONCHI, a settlement of the province and 
government of Sonora in Nueva Espana. 
3 ACON1CH1, a settlement of Indians of N.Ca 
rolina, situate on the shore of the river Eno. 

ACONICHI, an island in ihe middle of the river 
Dan, in the same province. 

ACONQUIJA, the most lofty mountain of the 
province and government of Tucuman, in the 
district of the city of Catamarca, and very near 
it. It is perpetually covered with snow, and 
abounds with minerals of gold. Its jurisdiction 
is disputed by the province of Atacama. 

ACOP1A, a settlement of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Quispicanchi in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Sangarara. 

ACORA, a settlement of the province and 
government of Chucuito in Peru, situate on the 
shore of the Gran Laguna (great lake). Lat. 16 
40 30" s. Long. 70 15 w. 

ACORI, a small river of the province and cap 
tainship of Para in Brazil. It runs w. bet ween the 
Pacajes and Yavarais, and enters the river of the 
Ama^onas, in the arm formed by the island of 
Marajo. 

ACORIA, a settlement of the province and 
ccrregimievto of Angaraes in Peru. 

ACORO, a settlement of the province and cor- 
regimienlo of Huanta in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Tambillo. 

ACOS, a settlement of the province and corre- 
ginrifnto of Jauja in Peru. 

At os, another settlement of the province and 
rorregt mifnto of Quispicanchi, annexed to the 
curacy of Acomayo. 

ACOSTA, a settlement of the province and 
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, situate on 
the n. shore of the large river of San Francisco, 
near where it enters the sea. 

ACOSTAMBA, a settlement of the province and 
correginricnto of Ctistro-virrcyna in Peru, an 
nexed to the curacy of Pilpichacha. 

ACOSTA M BO, a settlement of the province 



ACT 

and covregimiento of Huanta in Peru, annexed 
to the curacy of Huaribamba. 

ACOTAMA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Iguari. 

ACOTITLAN, a settlement of the head settle 
ment and alcaldia mayor of Autlan. It con 
tains 15 Indian families, who employ themselves in 
breeding the larger sort of cattle, in making sugar 
and honey, in dressing seeds, and extracting oil 
of cacao, which abounds greatly, from the num 
ber of trees yielding this fruit. It is annexed to 
the curacy of Tccolotlan, from whence it is two 
leagues to the s. w. 

[ACOUEZ, an Indian nation in Canada.] 

ACOXCH1APA, a settlement of the head set 
tlement of Xonacatepec, and alcaldia mayor of 
Cuemavaca, in Nueva Espana. 

[ACQUACKNACK, or ACQUAKINUNK, a 
town on the w. side of Passaic river, in Essex 
county, New Jersey, ten miles . of Newark, and 
17 n. w. from New York. Lat. 40 47 n. Long. 
74 10 w. 

ACTIPA, SAN MATEO I>E, a settlement of the 
alcaldia mayor of Tezcoro in Nueva Espaiia, an 
nexed to the curacy of Capulalpa. 

ACTIPAQUE, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle* 
ment of the head settlement and alcaldia mayor 
of Toluca in Nueva Espaiia, four leagues to 
the s. of its capital, and situate on the shore of 
the lake Tezcoco. 

[ACTON, a township in Middlesex county, 
Massachusetts, containing 853 inhabitants; 24 
miles n. w. of Boston.] 

ACTOPAN, the district and alcaldia mayor of 
Nueva Espana, commonly called Octupan. Its 
productions and commerce are as follows : They 
consist in seeds, rigging, saltpetre, and the feed 
ing of goats and sheep, chiefly prized on account 
of their skins and their fat. It is of a mikt tem 
perature ; but the ground is infested with prickly 
plants, thorns, and teasels. There are some estates 
here of about eight or ten labouring families each. 
In this district, and in its environs, are many sing 
ing birds, which, in the Mexican language, are 
called zenzontla ; and among others is the nightin 
gale. The capital bears the same name, and in it 
there are no less than 2750 families of Otho- 
mies Indians, divided into two parties, and sepa 
rated by the church, which is a convent of the 
order of St. Augustin, and a very ancient piece of 
architecture. It also contains 50 families of Spa 
niards, Mulattoes, and Muslccs. 23 leagues n. n. e. 
of Mexico. Long. 98 49 w.. Lat. 20 19 30" n. 

ACTUPAN, SAN PEDRO m, the head set- 



A C U 

tlemcnt of the district of the alcaldia mayor of 
Xochimilco, in the same kingdom. It contains 
210 Indian families, including those of its wards. 

ACUA, a river of the kingdom of Brazil, in 
the island of Joancs or Marajo. It runs s. s. e. 
and enters the large arm of the river of the Amo- 
zonas. 

ACUIAPAN, a settlement of the head settle, 
ment and alcaldia mayor of Zultepec in Nueva 
Espafia, situate between two craggy steeps, and 
annexed to the curacy of Temascaltepec. It con 
tains 38 Indian families, who carry on a commerce 
by the dressing of hides of large and small cattle. 
Six leagues n. of its capital. 

ACU1LPA, a settlement of the head settlement 
of Olinaltt, and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in 
Nueva Espaiia. It is of a hot and moist tempe 
rature, abounding in grain, chia, (a white medicinal 
earth), seeds, and other productions, with which 
its inhabitants carry on a trade. These consist of 
92 Indian families. It is a little more than three 
leagues from its head settlement. 

ACUIO, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of 
Cinaqua in Nueva Espana ; of a hot temperature, 
and inhabited only by nine Indian families, whose 
commerce consists in collecting salt and wild wax. 
It belongs to the curacy of Tauricato, and in its 
district are 1 1 sugar mills, and seven pastures fit 
for the larger cattle, and which are so extensive 
and considerable as to employ in them 50 families 
of Spaniards, and 235 of Mustees^ Mulattoes, and 
Negroes. 30 leagues towards the s. of its capital. 

ACUL, a settlement of the island of St. Do 
mingo, in the part possessed by the French ; si 
tuate on the n. coast, on the shore of the port of 
Petit-Goane. 

ACUL, another settlement in the same island, 
belonging also to the French ; situate s. of the 
Llanos of the N. 

ACUL, another settlement on the s. coast, upon 
the bay which forms the point of Abacu. 

ACUL, a river of the above island. It is small, 
and runs-into the sea behind the point of Abacu. 

ACULA, SAN PCDKO DE, a settlement of the 
head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Cozama- 
loapan in Nueva Espana, situate upon a high 
hill, and bounded by a large lake of salubrious 
water, called by the Indians Pitetla ; which lake 
empties itself into the sea by the sand bank of Al- 
varado, and the waters of which, in the winter 
time, overflow to such a degree as nearly to inun 
date the country. It contains 305 Indian families, 
and is four leagues to the e. of its capital. 

AC U LEO, a lake of the kingdom of Chile, 
which empties itself into the river Maipo, famous 



ADA 



13 



for good fish, highly prized in the city of San- 
tiago. It is three leagues in length, and in some 
parts one in breadth. It is in the district of the 
settlement of Maipo, of the province arid corre- 
gimiento of Rancagua. 

AC LIMA, a river of the captainship of Seara 
in Brazil : it enters the sea between the lake 
Lpieni and the cape of Las Sierras. 

ACLliAGU, ANGORAS, or CAMOSIX, a river 
of the province and captains/tip of Seara in Bra 
zil, which rises in the province of Pernambuco, 
runs n. for many leagues, and enters the sea be 
tween the points of Tortuga and Pahneras. 

ACURAIP1TI, a river of the province and 
government of Paraguay, which runs s. s. e. and 
enters the Parana. 

ACUT1TLAN, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Tepuxilco, and alcaldia 
mayor of Zultepec, in Nueva Espana. It contains 
45 Indian families, who trade in sugar, honey, and 
maize, and many other of its natural productions. 
It is five leagues n. e. of its head settlement, and a 
quarter of a league from Acamuchitlan. 

ACUTZIO, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of Tiripitio, and alcaldia mayor of Valla- 
dolid, and bishopric of Mechoacan. It contains 
136 families of Indians, and 11 of Spaniards and 
Muatees. There are six large cultivated estates in 
its district, which produce abundance of wheat, 
maize, and other seeds ; and these estates keep in 
employ eight families of Spaniards, 60 of Mulat 
toes, and 102 of Indians, who have also under 
their care many herds of large and small cattle, 
which breed here. It is one league and a half s. 
of its head settlement. 

ADAES, NUESTRA SGNORA DEL PILAR DE 
Los, a town and garrison of the province of Los 
Texas, or Nuevas Felipinas, and the last of these 
settlements, being upon the confines of the French 
colonies. It is of a mild temperature, very fertile, 
and abounding in seeds and fruits, which the earth 
produces without any cultivation ; such as ches- 
nuts, grapes, and walnuts. The garrison consists 
of a captain and 57 men, for the defence of the In 
dian settlements lately converted by the missions 
belonging to the religious order of St. Francis. 
It is 215 leagues from its capital, and 576 from 
Mexico. Long. 93 35 . Lat, 32 9 . 

AOAES, a lake of the above province, about five 
leagues broad, and 10 in circumference, forming 
agulphjin which large ships can sail with ease. It 
is more than 180 fat horns deep, as was once proved, 
when it was found that a line of that length did not 
reach the bottom. It abounds in a variety offish, 
which are caught in vast quantities without nets > 



ADA 



ADO 



the same being the case with regard to the nume 
rous rivers which intersect and fertilize the pro 
vince ; all of them entering and augmenting the 
already abundant stream of the Mississippi. In 
the middle of the lake is a pyramid ical mount, of 
above 100 yards in circumference, composed of a 
stone similar to crystal, and being the loftiest of 
any in the province. Its borders abound with 
cattle, called cibolaa^ a sort of wild cow, having the 
neck well covered with a long and soft wool, and 
affording delicious food to the natives. By the fat 
which they procure from the numerous ant-eaters, 
which breed here, they supply the want of oil. 
There are also some castors, and other kinds of 
mountain-animals. Two leagues from the gar 
rison. 

ADAES, a river of the above province, which 
runs s. e. in the district or country of the Indians, 
who give it the denomination ; and enters the river 
Mexicano. 

[ADA1ZE are Indians of N. America, who live 
about 40 miles from Natchitoches, below the Yat- 
tasses, on a lake called Lac Macdon, which com 
municates with the division of Red river that 
passes by Bayau Pierre. They live at or near 
where their ancestors have lived from time imme 
morial. They being the nearest nation to the old 
Spanish fort, or mission of Adaize, that place was 
named after them, being about 20 miles from them 
to the s. There are now but 20 men of them re 
maining, but more women. Their language dif 
fers from all others, and is so difficult to speak or 
understand, that no nation can speak ten words of 
k ; but they all speak Caddo, and most of them 
French, to Avhom they were always attached, and 
join them against the Natchez Indians. After the 
massacre of Natchez, in 1798, while the Spaniards 
occupied the post of Adaize, their priests took 
much pains to proselyte these Indians to the Roman 
Catholic religion, but, we are informed, were totally 
unsuccessful.] 

[ADAMS, a township in Berkshire county, 
Massachusetts, containing 2040 inhabitants, is a- 
bout 140 miles n. w. of Boston. In the n. part 
of this town is a great natural curiosity. A pretty 
mill stream, called Hudson s brook, which rises in 
Vermont, and falls into the n. branch of Hoosuck 
river, has, for 30 or 40 rods, formed a very deep 
channel, in some places CO feet deep, through a 
quarry of white marble. Over this channel, where 
deepest, some of the rocks remain, and form a 
natural bridge. From the top of this bridge to 
the water is 62 feet ; its length is about 12 or 15, 
and its breadth about 10. Partly under this bridge, 
and about 10 or 12 feet below it. is another, which 



is wider, but not so long ; for at the e. end they 
form one body of rock, 12 or 14 feet thick, and 
under this the water flows. The rocks here are 
mostly while, and in other places clouded, like 
the coarse marble common at Lanesborough, and 
in other towns in Berkshire county.] 

[ADAMSTOWN, a town in Lancaster county, 
Pennsylvania, containing about 40 houses ; 20 
miles n. e. of Lancaster.] 

ADAUA, a river of the province and govern 
ment of St. Juan de los Llanos, in the Nuero 
Reyno de Granada. It rises between the Meta and 
Meteta, runs e. and enters the Orinoco in the 
port of San Francisco de Borja . 

ADAUQUIAIVA, a small river of the province 
and government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalu- 



cia, which rises 



near the sierra of Parime ; and 
to e. enters the sources of the 



running from is* 
Cauca. 

[ADA YES. See MEXICANO River.] 

ADDI, a settlement of the province and govern 
ment of Sonora in Nueva Espaiia ; situate on the 
shore of a small river, between the settlements of 
Uquitoa and Tibutana. 

ADDIS, a settlement of the island of Barba- 
docs, one of the Antilles ; situate in the district 
of the parish of Christ Church, on the s. coast. 

[ADDISON, a township of the district of Maine 
in Washington county, 10 miles s. w. of Machias, 
on the sea-board, between Englishmen s bay and 
Pleasant river. It was called No. 6. until it was 
incorporated in Feb. 1797.] 

[ADDISON County, in Vermont, is on the e, side 
of lake Champlain, and is divided nearly into 
equal parts by Otter creek ; has Chittenden county 
on the n. and Rutland county on the s. and con 
tains 6449 inhabitants, dispersed in 21 townships. 
It is about 30 miles by 27. A range of the green 
mountains passes through it. Chief town Middle- 
bury, granted Nov. 1761.] 

[ADDISON, a town of the above county, con 
taining 401 inhabitants. It lies on lake Champ- 
lain, and is separated from Newhaven, on the e. 
by Otter creek. Snake mountains on the s, e. lie 
partly in this township, granted 1761.] 

[ADEQUATANGI& Creek, in New York 
state, is the eastern head-water of Susquehannah 
river.] 

ADICONI, a port on the coast of the N. sea, 
in the province and government of Venezuela. It 
is e. of the peninsula of Para^uana. 

[ADMIRALTY Bay, and Port Mulgrave, on 
the n. zo. coast of America, lie in Lat. 59 31 n. 
Long. 140 18 . a>.] 

ADOLES, a settlement of Indians, of the pro- 



A G A 

vince of Orinoco, and part of the Saliva nation, 
forming a separate district, and situate in the 
plains of San Juan, of the new kingdom of Gra 
nada, near the river Sinaruco. It was destroyed 
by the Caribee indians in 1684. 

ADORATORIO, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Huarochiri in Peru, situate 
w. of Lurin. 

[ADSON S Town lies near the n. e. line of New 
Jersey, and s. e. of the Drowned Lands ; 27 miles 
n. of Morristown, and 24 ??. w. of Patterson.] 

ADUANA, a settlement of the province and 
government of Maracaibo, situate on the shore of 
the lake of this name, on the e. side. 

ADVANCE. See FORWARD. 

AE1QUAIA, the head settlement of the alcaldia 
mayor of Tonala in Nueva Espana. 

AERIUCTUQUEN, a mountain of the pro- 
v.inceand colony of Surinam, or part of Guayana, 
in the Dutch possessions. It is the beginning of 
the great sierra of Binocote, between the rivers 
Cutini and Caroni. 

AFFREUX, a lake of the province and colony 
of Virginia, near the coast. 

[AFLJERA, one of the islands of Juan Fer- 
nandes, on the S. sea coast, in the kingdom of 
Chile. About 400 leagues to the n. of Cape Horn. 
This coast swarms with sea lions and wolves. 
Lat. 33 47 s. Long. 80 41 w. 

AGA, a mountain of the province and captain 
ship of Rio Janeiro in Brazil. It is between the 
rivers Irutiba and Tapoana, on the sea-coast. 

AGACES, a nation of Indians, of the province 
of Paraguay, on the shore of the river of this 
name, towards the e. The people are numerous, 
valiant, and of a lofty stature. In ancient times 
they were masters of that river, cruising about in 
it, and being the enemies of the Guaranies ; but 
after several conflicts, they were at last subjected 
by Alvar Nunez Cabeza de Vaca, governor of the 
province, in 1542. 

AGALTECA, a river of the province and go 
vernment of Honduras, in the kingdom of Guate 
mala. 

[AGAMENTIGUS, a river of the province and 
colony of New England, of York county, dis 
trict of Maine. It is indebted to the ocean for its 
waters, through Pascataqua bay ; having no con 
siderable aid from streams of fresh water. Its 
mouth is about four miles s. from Cape Neddie 
river. Small vessels can enter here.] 

[AGAMENTIGUS, a mountain of consider 
able elevation in the district of Maine, distant 
about six miles from Bald Head, and eight from 
York harbour. Lat. 43 12 n. and Long. 70 



AGO 



15 



43 w. from Greenwich. It is a noted land-mark 
for seamen, and is a good directory for the entry 
of Pascataqua harbour, as it lies very nearly in 
the same meridian with it and with Pigeon hill, 
on Cape Ann. The mountain is covered with 
wood and shrubs, and affords pasture up to its 
summit, where there is an enchanting prospect. 
The cultivated parts of the country, especially on 
the s. and s. w. appear as a beautiful garden, in 
tersected by the majestic river Pascataqua, its 
bays and branches. The immense ranges of 
mountains on the n. and n. zo. afford a sublime 
spectacle; and on the sea side the various in- 
dentings of the coast, from Cape Ann to Cape 
Elizabeth, are plainly in view in a clear day ; and 
the Atlantic stretches to the e. as far as the power 
of vision extends. At this spot the bearing of the 
following objects were taken, with a good sur 
veying instrument, October II, 1780. 

Summit of the White mountains, n. 15 w. 

Cape Porpoise, n. 63 e* 

Rochester hill, n. 64 w. 
.Tuckaway South peak, s. 80 w. 

Frost s hill, Kittery, s. 57 w. 

Saddle of Bonabeag, n. 14 w. 

Isle of Shoals Meeting-house, s. 6 e. 

Varney s hill, in Dover, distant 10| miles by 
mensuration, n. 89 w. Variation of the 
needle, 6 w.~\ 

[AGAMUNT1C, or AMAGTJNTIC Pond, in 
the district of Maine, sends its waters northward to 
the Chaudiere, through the west branch of that 
river.] 

[AGCH1LLA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Pilaya and Paspaya in Peru. 
It has in its district seven public chapels, within 
four leagues distance.] 

AGENAGATENINGA, a river of the pro 
vince and country of the Amazonas, in the Portu 
guese territory. It rises in the country of the 
Anamaris Indians, runs n. and enters the abundant 
stream of the Madera. 

AG1QUA, a river of N. Carolina, which runs 
n. w. and afterwards turning to the w. enters the 
Cherokees. 

AGNALOS, a nation of infidel Indians, of the 
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, inhabiting the moun 
tains n. of the river Apure. 

AGNAPURAS, a chain of mountains, or a 
cordilhra of the kingdom of Peru, which run for 
leagues from n. to s. without termination, and 
separate the Taucas from the Chizuitos Indians. 

[AGOM1SO, an island of Hudson s bay, near 
its w. coast; n. n. e. from Albany fort.] 

AGON1CHE, a river of Nova Scotia, running 



16 A G U 

from s. to e. between 4 the rivers Mechicor and St. 
John, and entering the sea at the mouth of the 
bay of Fundy. 

AGRATUMATI, a river of the province and 
government of Darien, in the kingdom of Tierra 
Firme. It rises in the mountains of the if. and 
enters the sea by the Little Beech, opposite Cali- 
donia. 

AGREDA, or NUEVA MA LAGA, a city of the 
province and government of Popayan, in the king 
dom of Quito, founded by Geronimo Aguado in 
J54I. It is small, and of a hot temperature, but 
abounds in gold mines. Forty-five leagues s. w. 
of its capital, 42 from Quito, and 37 to the e. of 
the S. sea. 

AGRESINAS, a settlement founded by the 
Portuguese fathers of the Carmelite order, in the 
country of the Amazonas, situate on the shores of 
the river Amazonas. 

AGRIAS, a nation of Indians of the province 
and government of Santa Marta, to the w. of the 
Cienega Grande. It was formerly very numerous, 
but at present considerably reduced. 

AGUA, Port of, on the n. coast of the island 
of St. Domingo, between Point Rabel and the Bay 
of Marques. 

AGUA, a small island, situate near the w. coast 
of the island of Vaca, in the channel formed by the 
island of St. Domingo, in front of the bay of 
Mesle. 

AGUA, also OJGS DE AGUA, two springs or 
fountains of the province and corregimiento of 
Cuyo, in the kingdom of Chile, near the lake of 
Inca, from whence the river Quillota takes its 
source. 

AGUA BLANCA, a settlement of the province 
and government of Venezuela, situate between the 
rivers Sarare and Acarigua, to the e. of the town of 
Araure. 

AGUA BUF.NA Y DULCE, or FRESH WATER, 
a bay of the strait of Magellan, near the bay 
of La Gente. . 

AGUA-CALIENTE, a settlement of the kingdom 
of Guatemala. 

AGUA-CLARA, a river of the province and 
government of Paraguay. It runs e. and enters 
the Parana on the w. side. 

AGUA COLORADA, a river of the same province 
and government as the former, which runs e. and 
enters also the large river of Parana. 

AGUA DE CULBBRA, SAN FRANCISCO XA- 
VIER DE LA, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of Venezuela, a reduction of Indians of 
the Capuchin lathers ; but the place is also inha 
bited by some Spanish families. It belongs to the 



A G U 

district and jurisdiction of the city of San Felrpc ; 
and in its vicinity dwell a great number of people 
in tiie estates belonging to it, and which produce 
abundance of cacao, plantains, ywo?s, and other 
vegetable productions. 

AGUA-DULCK, CALETA DE, or Creek of, on 
the s. coast of the strait of Magellan, on the side 
of the bay of San Martin. 

AGUA ESCONUIDA, a settlement of the pro 
vince and government of Sonora in Nueva Espana, 
situate at the foot of a mountain, and to the n. of 
Santa Clara. 

AGUA-VERDE, an island of the gulph of 
California, or Red sea of Cortes, situate near the 
coast, between the islands of Carmen and Mon- 
serrat. 

AGUACAGUA, a settlement of the province 
of Guayana, and government of Cumana, one of 
those belonging to the missions of the Catalanian 
Capuchin lathers. It is on the shore of the river 
Caroni, near the mouth, through which this en 
ters the Orinoco. Lat. 8 22 n. Lono-. 62* 
42 to. 

AGUACATAL, a settlement of the province 
and government of Antioquia, situate in the val 
ley of Pcneo, on the shore of the river Cauca. 
Lat. 8 n. Long. 75 28 w. 

AGUACATENANGO, a settlement of the pro 
vince and alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the king 
dom of Guatemala. [Lat. 16 18 n. Long. 
91 57 w.l 

AGUACATLAN, the head settlement of the 
district of the alcaldia mayor of Xala in Nueva 
Espana. In 1745 it contained 80 families of In 
dians, who employed themselves in the culture of 
maize and French beans. It has a convent of the 
religious order of St. Francis, and lies two leagues 
s. e. of ils capital. 

AGUAC11APA, a settlement of the province 
and government of Nicaragua in the kingdom of 
Guatemala. 

AGUADA, a settlement of the island of Porto- 
rico ; situate in the bay of its name, between the 
capes Boriquen and St. Francis. It serves as an 
inlet for ships going to Tierra Firme and Nueva 
Espana to take in water. PLat. 18 25 n. Loner. 
67 6 a;.] 

AGUADA, the aforesaid bay in the above island. 

AGUADA, the point on the coast and at the head 
of the above island, 27 leagues distant from the 
cape of San Rafael, of the island of St. Domingo. 

AGUADA, a river near the cape or former point, 
and in the same island, being a place where ships 
are accustomed to take in water. 

AGUADA, a small river of the province and 



A G U 

captainship of the Rio Grande in Brazil. It 
rises near the coast, and runs s. s. e. entering the 
sea close to the cape of San Roque. 

AGUADA, a sharp point or small island of the 
S. sea, near the coast, in the province and corre- 
gimiento of Atacama. 

AGUADA, a point on the coast of Tierra Firme, 
in the province and government of Cartagena. It 
is one of those which form the mouth of the gulph 
of Uraba or Darien. 

AGUAD1LLA, a river of the province and 
kingdom of Tierra Firme. It rises in the moun 
tains on the s. and enters the large river Chagre 
very near its mouth, and the castle of this name. 
Here ships take in water, on account of the conve 
nience of a bay, for the defence of which there is, 
upon the shore, a battery belonging to the same 
castle, which was built under the directions of 
Don Dionisio de Alcedo, in 1743. 

AGUADORES, River of the, in the island 
of Cuba. It runs into the sea on the s. coast of 
this island, having at its mouth a watch-tower and 
guard to give notice of vessels which may enter the 
port of Santiago de Cuba, from whence it is 
seven leagues distant. 

AGUA1O, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of Sierra Gorda, in the bay of Mexico, 
and kingdom of Nueva Espana, founded in the 
year 1748 by the Colonel of the militia of Quere- 
taro, Don Joseph de Escandon, Count of Sierra 
Gorda. 

AGUAIO, another settlement, with the dedicatory 
title of San Miguel, in the new kingdom of Leon, 
inhabited by Spaniards ; 10 leagues distant from 
La Punta. 

AGUAIUS, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of Quixos and Marcas in the kingdom 
of Quito. 

AGUAGE, a settlement and real of mines of the 
province and government of Sonora in Nueva 
Espana. Lat. 29 n. Long. 1 1 1 5 w. 

AGUAJES, a settlement of the province of 
Tepeguna, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situ 
ate on the shore of the river of Las Nasas. 

AGUALEI, a small river of the province and 
government of Guayana, which rises in the sierras 
of Usupama, and enters the Caroni on the e. side. 

AGUALULCO, a settlement and capital of the 
jurisdiction of Izatlan in Nueva Galicia. It has 
a convent of the religious order of St. Francis, and 
in 1745 it contained upwards of 100 families of 
Indians, including the wards of its district ; 17 
leagues w. of Guadalaxara. Lat. 20 44 n. 
Long. 103 33 w. 

TOL. I. 



A G U 



17 



AGUAMENA, a settlement of the jurisdiction 
of Santiago de las Atalayas, and government of 
San Juan de los Llanos, in the Nuevo Reyno de 
Granada, annexed to the curacy of that city. It is 
of a hot temperature, and produces the same fruits 
as the other settlements of this province. 

AGUAMIRO, a settlement of the province and 
cerregimiento of Huamalies in Peru, celebrated for 
some medicinal and very salutary baths. 

AGUAN, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Honduras, wliich runs into the sea at the 
gulph of this name. 

AGUANATO, SANTA MARIA DE, a settlement 
of the head settlement of the district of Puruandiro, 
andalcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in the prdvince 
and bishopric of Mechoacan. It is of a cold tem 
perature, situate at the foot of the sierra of Curupo, 
and contains 36 families of Indians, who gain theit 
livelihood by trading in dressed hides. Sixteen 
leagues from Pasquaro or Valladolid. 

AGUANO, a lake of the province and govern* 
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It is 
formed by an arm or channel of the river Gualla- 
ga, and is very near the shore of that river. 

AGUANOS, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settlement 
of the province and government of Mainas in the 
kingdom of Quito ; one of those which belonged 
to the missions held there by the Jesuits, and 
thus called from the nation of Indians of whom it is 
composed. It was founded in 1670 by the father 
Lorenzo Lucero. 

AGUANOS, another settlement, with the dedica 
tory title of San Francisco, in this province, and 
of these missions. 

AGUAPAI, a river of the province and go 
vernment of Paraguay. It rises between the Pa 
rana and the Uruguay, near the settlement of San 
Carlos, runs s. forming a curve, and returning e. 
enters the last of the above rivers not far from the 
settlement of La Cruz. 

AGUAPAI, another river of the same province 
and government, which runs w. and enters the 
Parana close to the Juan Gazu. 

AGUAPEI, a river of the same province and 
government as the two former. It is very small, 
and rises in the mountains of Nuestra Senora de 
Fe ; runs from n. tos. and enters the Parana. 

AGUARAU, a river of the proyince and go 
vernment of Paraguay, which runs w. and enters 
the Parana between the Inau and Piray. 

AGUAR1CO, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement of 
Indians, converted by the missions of the Jesuits, 
in the province and government. of Mainas; situ 
ate on the shore of the river Napo. 



AGUARICO, another settlement oftbe same pro 
vince, and belonging to the same missions, and 
bearing the dedicatory title of San Estanislao. 

AGUARICO, a river of the same province and 
government, being one of those which enter the 
Napo by the n. side. At its mouth, or entrance, 
begins the large province of the Ericabellados ; 
and here it \vas that the Portuguese attempted to 
establish themselves in 1732, invading it with a 
certain number of Piraguas, (small vessels), which 
came from Para. They were, however, through 
the well-timed precautions of the president of Qui 
to, forced to retire without attaining their object. 
This river contains much gold in its sands, and 
its body is much increased by other streams, such 
as those of the Azuela, Cofanes, Sardinas, and Du- 
ino. It descends from the grand Cordillera of the 
Andes, near the town of San Miguel de Ibarra, 
washes the territory of the Sucumbios Indians, and 
enters the Napo in lat. 123 s. 

AGUAR1NGUA, an ancient and large settle 
ment of the nation of the Taironas Indians, in the 
province and government of Santa Marta. 

AGUARO, a river of the province and go- 
Ternment of Honduras. It enters the S. sea to the 
e. of Aguan. 

AGUARO, CANO DE, a river of the province and 
government of Venezuela. It enters the Guarico, 
and is famous for abounding in fish, particularly 
a kind called pabon, which has a circular spot of 
sky-blue and gold upon its tail, resembling 1 an eye, 
and which is much esteemed for its excellent fla 
vour. 

AGUAS, a small river of the province and 
government of Paraguay. It runs n. n. w. and 
enters the Uruguay close to the Juipa. 
AGUAS-BLANCAS. See YAGUAPIIU. 
AGUAS-BELLAS, a small river of the pro 
vince and government of Paraguay. It runs e. 
and enters the Parana. 

A^UAS-CALIENTES, an akaldia mayor of the 
the kingdom of Nucva Galicia, and bishopric of 
Guadalaxara, in Nueva E*paiia. Its jurisdiction 
includes four head settlements of the district, and 
two large estates called the Pavellon, as also the 
estate Del Fuerte, in which quantities of grain and 
seed are cultivated. The principal settlement is 
the town of the same name, of a moderate tempera 
ture, its inhabitants consisting of 500 Spanish fa 
milies, as also of some of Mustees and Mulattoes; 
and although some Mexican Indians are to be 
found here, they merely come to traffic with the 
productions of the other jurisdictions. It con 
tains three convents ; one of the bare-footed Fran 



ciscans, a sumptuous and well-built fabric ; one of 
the Mercenarios; and a third of San Juan de Oiosj 
with a well-endowed hospital ; not to mention 
several other chapels and altars in the vicinity. 
It is 140 leagues n. n.w. of Mexico, and 35 of 
Guadalaxara. Long. 101 51 30* w. Lat. 22 & n. 

AGUAS-CALIENTES, another settlement in the 
province and government of Venezuela, of the 
kingdom of Ticrra Firme, situate upon the coast. 

AGUASTELAS, SAN MIGUEL DE, a settle 
ment of the head settlement of the district of San 
Andres of Acatlan, and akaldia mayor of Xalapa, 
in Nueva Espana. It is but lately established, 
and is one league s. of its head settlement. 

AGUATEPEC, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle 
ment of the head settlement of the district and 
akaldia mayor of Tecali in Nueva Espana. It 
contains 48 families of Indians. 

AGUATLAN, the head settlement of the dis 
trict of the akadia mayor of Izucar in Nueva Es 
pana. It was formerly a separate jurisdiction; 
but on account of its smallness, and the ill-fa 
voured and craggy state of its soil, it was incorpo 
rated with another close to it. It contains 46 Indian 
families, and is 12 leagues e. of its capital. 

AGUATUBI, a settlement of the province of 
Moqui in Nuevo Mexico. 

AGUATULCO, a river of the province and 
akaldia mayor of Tegoantepec in Nueva Espana. 
It runs e. and enters the S. sea near the Capolita. 

AGUEDA, MONO DE SANTA, a mountain of 
the n. coast of the straits of Magellan, in the Sierra 
Nevada (snowy sierra). 

AGUEDA, a point or cape near the above moun 
tain. 

[AGUGA Cape, on the coast of Peru, S. Ame 
rica, lies s. of Puira, in the 61 of s. lat. and in the 
8Pofo>. long.] 

AGU1.JO, SAN MIGUEL DE, a settlement of 
the new kingdom of Leon. 

AGLJILA, VILLA GUTIERREZ DE LA, atowii 
of the akaldia mayor of Xerez in Nueva Espana. 
It was formerly very considerable, and had a nu 
merous population of Spaniards, when it was 
made a fortress against the Tepehuanes and Tarau- 
maras Indians. It is an akaldia may or , but its 
jurisdiction is consolidated with another, on ac 
count of its being a place of little consideration, 
and its population being very scanty, and living 
in some small wards and estates in its district, ft 
lies at the e. entrance of the province of Nayarith, 
and is the boundary of the kingdom of Nucva 
Gulicia, being nine leagues c. of Xerez. 

AGUILA, a very lofty mountain of the province 



A G U 

and government of Darien, near the . coast, and 
thus called from an eagle with two heads, which 
was caught here in 1608, and which was sent to 
the queen, Dona Maria-Ana of Austria, mother 
of Philip III. At its skirt is a bay, or swampy 
ground, which is round, and has a very narrow 
inlet. Forty-five leagues from Cartagena. 

AGUILA, a point or cape of the larger island of 
the Maluinas or Falkland isles ; thus named from 
having been discovered by the French frigate, the 
Aguila, or Eagle. It is one of those which form 
the great bay or port. 

AGU1LUSCO, a settlement of the head settle- 
ment of the district of Arantzan, and alcaldia 
mayor of Valladolid, in the province and bishop 
ric of Mechoacan. It contains 32 families of In 
dians, who employ themselves in sowing seed, 
cutting wood, manufacturing vessels of fine 
earthen-ware, and saddle-trees for riding. 

AGUIRRE, a river of the province and go 
vernment of Venezuela. It rises by the side of the 
city of Niiira, runs s. passes through the town of 
San Carlos, and enters the Sarara. 

AGUIRRE, some pastures for young horses in 
the province and corregimiento of Coquimbo, of 
the kingdom of Chile, between the rivers Ramos 
and Mamas. 

AGUJA, Point of the, on the coast oPTierra 
Firme, and of the province and government of 
Santa Marta, between this city and Cape Chichi- 
bacoa. It is the part of land which projects far 
thest into the sea. 

AGUJA, Point of the, another point on the 
coast of the S. sea, and of the province and corre 
gimiento of Piura in Peru. 

AGUJA, Point of the. See article EGUILLE. 

AGUR, FRANCISCO, a settlement of the pro 
vince and captainship of Espiritu Santo in Bra 
zil, situate near the coast and the bay of Espiritu 
Santo. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, a capital city of the pro 
vince and government of E. Florida, situate on the 
e. coast, in a peninsula, or narrow strip of land. 
It has a good port, which was discovered by Ad 
miral Pedro Menendes de Aviles, on St. Augus- 
tin s day in the year 1565, which was his reason 
for giving the place this title, which has, however, 
been twice changed. He also built here a good 
castle for its defence. The city has a very good 
parish church, and a convent of the Franciscan 
order ; and, as far as relates to its spiritual con 
cerns, it is subject to the bishop of Cuba, who has 
at various times proposed the erection of an 
abbey, but has not obtained his wish, although it 
had been approved by the council of the Indies. 



A G U 



19 



It has two hospitals, one for the garrison troops, 
and another tor the community ; it has also an 
hermitage, with the dedicatory title of Santa Bar 
bara. It was burnt by Francis Drake in 1586; 
by Captain Davis, with the Bucaniers, in 1665 ; 
but it was immediately afterwards rebuilt. In 
1702 it was besieged by the English, under the 
command of Colonel Moore, who, failing in his 
attempts to take the castle, which was defended by 
the governor, Don Joseph de Zuniga, exhibited 
his revenge by burning and destroying the town. 
In 1744 the English returned to the siege, under 
the command of General Oglethorp, who was 
equally unsuccessful, in as much as it was most 
valiantly defended by the governor, Don Manuel 
de Montiano, who defied the bombardment of the 
enemy. This fort has a curtain of 60 toises long ; 
the parapet is nine feet ; and the terrace, or horizon 
tal surface of the rampart, is 20 feet high, with 
good bomb-proof casemates, and mounted with 50 
pieces of cannon, having also, on the exterior, an 
excellent covered way. The city, although it is 
encompassed by a wall, is not strong, and its de 
fence consists in 10 projecting angles. It was ced 
ed, with the whole of the province, to the English^ 
by the King of Spain, in the peace of Versailles, in 
1762 ; and it remained in their possession till 1783, 
when it was restored by the treaty of Paris. The 
breakers at the entrance of the harbour have 
formed two channels, whose bars have eight feet of 
water each. Long. 81 40 . Lat. 29 58 . 

AGUSTIN, SAN, a settlement and real of mines, 
of the province of Taraumara, in the kingdom of 
Nueva Yizcaya, which was formerly a population 
of some consequence, and wealthy withal, from 
the richness of its mines, which have lately fallen 
into decay, and thereby entailed poverty upon the 
inhabitants. It is 26 leagues s. of the town of S. 
Felipe de Chiguagua. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another small settlement or 
ward of the head settlement of the district of Zum- 
pahuacan, and alcaldia mayor of Marinalco, in 
Nueva Espafia. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of Nopaluca, and alcaldia 
mayor of Tepcaca, in Nueva Espafia. It contains 
20 families of Indians, and is distant a little more 
than a league from its head settlement. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another, in the head settlement 
of the district of Pinoteca, and alcaldia mayor of 
Xicayan. It contains 70 families of Indians, who 
trade in grain, seeds, and tobacco. Four leagues 
n. of its head settlement. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the dis 
trict of Guilapa, and the alcaldi* mayor of Quatro 



20 A H O 

Villas. It contains 34 families of Indians, who 
cultivate and trade in grain, pulse, coal, and the 
bark of trees. A little more than two leagues to 
the w. with a slight inclination to the s. of its head 
settlement. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another setttlement of the pro 
vince and government of Tucuman in Peru ; si 
tuate on the shore of the river Tercero (third river.) 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the pro 
vince and alcaldia, mayor of Vera Paz in the king 
dom of Guatemala. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and 
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and 
government of Buenos Ayres in Peru, on the shore 
of the river Ibiquay. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and 
alcaldia mayor of Culiacan in Nueva Espana, 
situate near the town of Rosario. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, a point or cape of the coast, of 
Brazil, in the province and captainship of Per- 
nambuco, between the port Antonio Vaz and the 
river Tapado. One hundred leagues from the 
bay of Los Muertos ; [300 miles n. e. from the bay 
of All Souls. Lat. 8 38 s. Long. 35 11 w.l 

AGUSTIN, SAN, another point or cape of the 
coast of the province and government of Rio de 
Hacha, and kingdom of Tierra Firme, close to the 
lake of San Juan, on the e. side. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, a river of the province and 
government of Antioquia, in the new kingdom of 
Granada. It runs from 5. to n. and afterwards, 
with a slight inclination to the w. enters the river 
S. Juan, of the province of Choco. 

AGUSTIN, SAN, a small island of the gulph of 
California, or Red Sea of Cortes ; situate in the 
most interior part of it, and near upon the coast of 
Nueva Espana, opposite the bay of San Juan 
Baptista. 

[AGWORTII, a township in Cheshire county, 
New Hampshire, incorporated in 1766, and con 
tains 704 inhabitants; eight miles e. by w. from 
Charlestown, and 73n.w. by w. from Portsmouth.] 

AHOME, a nation of Indians, who inhabit the 
shores of the river Zuaque, in the province of 
Cinaloa, and who are distant four leagues from 
the sea of California : they were converted to the 
Catholic faith by father Andres de Rivas, a Jesuit. 
Their country consists of some extensive and fer 
tile plains, and they are by nature superior to the 
other Indians of Nueva Espana. Moreover, their 
Heathenish customs do not partake so much of the 
spirit of barbarism. They abhorred polygamy, 
and held virginity in the highest estimation : and 
thus, by way of distinction, unmarried girls wore 

5 



A H U 

a small shell suspended to their neck, until the day 
of their nuptials, when it was taken oft" by the bride 
groom. Their clothes were decent, composed of 
wove cotton, and they had a custom of bewailing 
their dead for a whole year, night and morning, 
with an apparently excessive grief. They are 
gentle and faithful towards the Spaniards, with 
whom they have continued in peace and unity 
from the time of their first subjection. The prin 
cipal settlement is of the same name, and lies at 
the mouth of the river Fuerte, on the coast of the 
gulph of California, having a good, convenient, 
and well sheltered port. 

AHORCADOS, Point of the, on the shore of 
the large lake of Los Patos, of the province and 
captainship of Rey in Brazil. 

AHORCADOS, some small islands or points on 
the coast of the S. sea, in the district of Santa 
Elena, of the province and government of Guay 
aquil, close to the mouth of the river Colonche. 

AHUACATEPEC, SAN NICOLAS DE, another 
settlement of the above head settlement and alcal 
dia mat/or. 

AHUACATES, SANTA MARIA DE, a branch 
of the head settlement of the district and alcaldia 
mayor of Cuernavaca in Nueva Espana. 

AHUACATLAN, SANTA MARIA DE, a set 
tlement* of the head settlement of the district of 
San Francisco del Talle, and alcaldia mayor of 
Zultepec, in Nueva Espana. It is of a cold tem 
perature, inhabited by 51 families of Indians, and 
distant three leagues s. of its head settlement. 

AHUACATLAN, another settlement of the head 
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Zochicoatlan in 
Nueva Espana. It is of a cold temperature, si 
tuate on a small level plain, surrounded by hills 
and mountains. It contains 13 families of In 
dians, and is seven leagues to the n. of its capital. 

AHUACATLAN, with the dedicatory title of SAN 
JUAN, the head settlement of the district of the 
alcaldia mayor of Zacatlan in Nueva Nspana. 
Its inhabitants are composed of 450 families of 
Indians, and .60 of Spaniards, Mustees, and Mu- 
lattoes, including the settlements of the district. 
Five leagues from its capital, and separated by a 
mountainous and rugged road, as also by a very 
broad river, whose waters, in the winter time, in 
crease to such a degree as to render all communi 
cation between the above places impracticable. 

AHUACATLAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district of Olinala, and alcaldia mayor of 
Tlapa, in the above kingdom. It contains 160 
families of Indians, who trade in chia, (a white 
medicinal earth), and grain, with which its territory 
abounds. It lies n. w. of its head settlement, 



A H W 

AHUACAZALCA, a settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of San Luis de la Costa, 
and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in Nueva Espaiia. 
It contains 56 families of Indians, whose com 
merce consists in rice and cotton. Three leagues 
n. e. of its head settlement. 

AHUACAZINGO, a settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of Atengo, and alcaldia 
mayor of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains 
46 families of Indians, and is ten leagues c. of its 
head settlement. 

AHUAL1CAN, a settlement of the alcaldia 
mayor of Tixtlan in Nueva Espaiia ; of a benign 
and salutary temperature, as it is fanned bj the??. 
breezes. It lies three leagues n. of its head settle 
ment, which is Oapan ; and contains 36 families 
of Indians. 

AHUATELCO, a settlement of the head set 
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of 
Izucarin Nueva Espana, situate on the skirt of the 
volcano of the same name. In its district are 
eight settlements, inhabited by 289 families of In 
dians, and 11 of Muste.es and Mulattoes, who 
live in some temporary habitations for labourers. 
It is situate on a cold, rough, and barren soil, but 
is nevertheless fertile in wheat, and abounds in 
water and cattle. Eight leagues n. w. of its capital. 

AHUATEMPA, a settlement of the head set 
tlement of the district of Santa Isabel, and alcaldia 
mayor of Cholula, in Nueva Espana. It contains 39 
familiesof Indians, and is two leagues s. of its capital. 

AHUATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa 
in Nueva Espana. It contains 32 families of In 
dians, and is two leagues n. of its capital. 

AH U AT LAN, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement 
of the head settlement of the district of San Juan 
del Rio, and alcaldia mayor of Queretaro, inNueva 
Espana ; annexed to the curacy of the former 
place, and lying ten leagues n. w. of the latter. 

AHUEHUEZ1NGO, a settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of Chietlan, and alcaldia 
mayor of Izucar, in Nueva Espana. 

AHUEZ1TLA, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa 
in Nueva Espana. It contains^ families of In 
dians, and abounds in cA/a, (a white medicinal 
earth), grain, and earthen- ware. It is nine leagues 
w. n. w. of its capital. 

[AHVVAHHAWAY, a race of Indians, who 
differ but very little in any particular from the 
Mandans, their neighbours, except in the unjust 
war which they, as well as the Minetares, prosecute 
against the defenceless Snake Indians. They claim 
to have once been a part of the Crow Indiansjwhom 



A I A 21 

they still acknowledge as relations. They have 
resided on the Missouri as long as their tradition 
will enable them to inform.] 

AIABACA, a settlement of the province and cor 
regimiento of Piura in Peru. 

AIACASI, a settlement of the province and cor 
regimiento of Chumbivilcas in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Belille. 

AIACOA, a small river of the province and go 
vernment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. It 
rises to the w. of the Sierra Maiguatida, runs e. and 
enters the Orinoco near the rapid stream of the 
Marumarota. 

AIACOCHA, a settlement of the pr <ind 
corregimiento of Huanta in Peru, situate in the 
island Tayacaja. 

AIAHUALTEMPA, a settlement of the head set 
tlement of the district of Zitlala, and alcaldia mayor 
of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains 36 fa 
milies of Indians, and is three leagues to the s. of 
its head settlement. 

AIAHUALULCO, a settlement of the head set 
tlement of the district of Ixlahuacan, and alcaldia 
mayor of Xalapa, in Nueva Espana, which, in the 
Mexican language, signifies a small river. It 
abounds in the best fruits of its jurisdiction, such 
as pears and other sorts of fruit highly esteemed at 
Vera Cruz. It contains only three families of Spa 
niards, 22 of Mustees and Mulattoes, and 70 of In 
dians. In its district are several temporary habi 
tations for labourers, and pastures for breeding cat 
tle, which reach as far as the district of Tepcaca, 
in the lofty eminence of Xamiltepec, 16 leagues 
distant from Xalapa. It includes also within its 
administration the cultivated estates extending as 
far as the place called Puertezuelo, where this juris 
diction approximates to that of San Juan de los 
Llanos on the w. s. w. side ; and in the culture of 
the above estates many Spaniards, Mustees, and 
Mulattoes, are employed. One league s. w. of its 
head settlement. 

AIAHUALULCO, another settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of Zitlala, and alcaldia 
mayor of Chilapa, in the kingdom of Xalapa, and 
annexed to the curacy of this place, from which it 
is three leagues distant, being nine to the s. of its 
head settlement. It contains 42 families of Indians, 
including another small settlement incorporated 
W 7 ith it. 

A1AHUASA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Aimaraez in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Pachaconas. 

AIAMARCA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Castro Virreyna in Peru, an* 
nexed to the curacy of Cordova. 



22 A I A 

A1ANABE, a settlement of Indians of S. Caro 
lina, situate on the shore of the river Uuflle-noir. 

AI APANGO, the head settlement of the district 
of the alcaldia mayor of Chalco in Nueva Es 
pana. It contains 100 families of Indians, and is 
annexed to the curacy of Amccameca, at two 
leagues to the 5. of its capital. 

A1APATA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Carabaya in Peru, and very 
opulent, on account of its silver mines. The sands 
on the banks of the rivers here have been known so 
richly impregnated with this metal, that lumps of 
it have been at different times picked up. It is the 
most considerable population in the province, and 
the temperature is so salutary, that it is very com 
mon to meet with persons of 90 years of age, and 
many also of 100. 

A1APEL, a town of the province and govern 
ment of Antioquia, iu the new kingdom of Gra 
nada, situate on the bank of a large lake or swamp 
of the same name, and which is formed from the 
waters of the rivers Cauca, San Jorge, and others. 
In its district are the laxaderos, or washing places 
for gold, of La Cruz, San Mateo, Thuansi, Can, 
Ure, Man, San Pedro, and La Soledad. 

AIARANGA, a settlement of the province and 
c-orregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Paccho. 

AIARI, a settlement of the province and corre 
gimiento of Huanta in Peru, annexed to the cu 
racy of Mayoc. 

A I ATA, a settlement of the province and cor- 
tcgimiento of Larecaja in Peru. 

AIATASTO, a large river of the province and 
government of Tucuman, in the district and juris 
diction of the city of Salta, on the banks of which 
arc some pasture grounds of the same name, upon 
which are fed 40,000 head of neat cattle, arid 6000 
of horses for breeding. 

AIATEPEC, a settlement of the head settlement 
of the district of Atitlan, and alcaldia mayor of 
Villalta, in Nueva Espana. It contains 45 fami 
lies of Indians, and is 17 leagues from its capital. 

AIAU1, a settlement of the province and corre- 
gimiento of Castro Virreyna in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Huaitara. 

AIAU1RI, a settlement of the province and cor 
regimiento of Lamoa in Peru. In its vicinity are 
some forts, which were built by the Indians in the 
time of their gentilism, and now in a state of great 
dilapidation. There is a lake of warm water here, 
the bottom of which has never yet been found. 
The water always keeps at one height, so that it is 
presumed that it finds its way out through some 
subterraneous channel. There is also another warm 



A I M 

water spring at two leagues distance, "which is very 
noxious, and, as it runs, has the property of petri 
fying, in like manner as the spring of water in 
Guancavelica. 

AIAUIRI, another settlement of the province and 
corregimienlo of Yauyos in Peru. 

A1AUTLA, a settlement of the head settlement 
of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Teutila iu 
Nueva Espana, of a warm temperature, and inha 
bited by 100 Indian families, who support them 
selves by cultivating and selling the vat/?iil/a plant. 
Nine leagues s. of its capital. 

AICAROPA, a small river of the province and 
government of Guayana,or Nueva Andalucia. It 
rises in the country of the Armocotos Indians, runs 
from e. to w. with a slight inclination to the s. and 
enters the Caura. 

AICHES, a settlement of Indians of the province 
and government of Las Texas, in Nueva Espana, 
sitzate in the way which leads to Mexico. 

A1C1ACH1 A, a settlement of the missions which 
belonged to the Jesuits, in the province of Tarau- 
mara and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, 40 leagues 
w. s. w. of the town and real of the mines of Chi- 
guagua. 

A1ECT1PAC, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Yxteapan, and alcaldia 
mayor of Tlapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains 
21 Indian families, and is three leagues e. of its 
head settlement. 

AIENCAS, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Cuenca, in the kingdom of Quito, 
annexed to the curacy of Paccha. 

A1GA, a settlement of the province and corre 
gimiento of Huailas in Peru. 

AIGAME, a settlement and real of mines of 
the province and government of Sonora in Nueva 
Espana. 

A1LES, a river of the province and government 
of Louisiana. It runs s. e. between the rivers Canot 
and Noyre, and empties itself into the Mississippi. 

AIMARAEZ, a province and corregimiento of 
Peru, bounded n. w. and w. by the province of 
Andahuailas, of the bishopric of Guamanga, s. by 
Parinacocha of the same, s. e. by Chumbivilcas, 
and e. by Cotabamba. It is 40 leagues in length 
from n. to s. and 26 in width from e. to w. includ 
ing in its figure on the w. side the last mentioned 
province. It is one of the most uneven soils in the 
kingdom, being full of lofty sierras and snowy 
mountains. It is on this account that its climate is 
very cold, excepting, however, in some vallies, 
where it is more temperate, and where, on some 
small sloping grounds, the inhabitants sow seed and 
grain, and cultivate fruit trees and cane plantations, 



A I M 

from which they are enabled to make sugar. It is 
intersected by three rivers, which are of no use 
whatever to it, being too low in their beds ; but they 
unite and form the Pachachaca, which enters the 
province of Abancay, and has more than 40 bridges 
of wood and cord thrown over it in different parts. 
There are innumerable veins of gold and silver ore- 
in this province, which are not worked, from the 
want of energy, and from the poverty existing 
among the inhabitants ; and thus only some tri 
fling emolument is now and then derived from one 
or the other. It was otherwise in former times, 
but these mines are now almost all filled with water. 
Some mines of quicksilver have been discovered, 
but the working of them has been forbid. Here 
is little of the cattle kind, and no cloth manufac 
tures peculiar to the country are made here, with 
the exception of a sort of thick quilt, which they 
call Chuces ; and a kind of grain is gathered here, 
known by the name of Maino. This province was 
united to the empire of Peru by Capac Yupan- 
qui V. Emperor of the Incas. The language of the 
natives is the same as that which is most universal 
throughout the kingdom. The capital formerly 
consisted of a large and well ordered settlement, 
which was called Tintay, but which is at present 
but thinly inhabited, on account of the scarcity of 
water, and from a plague, in which almost all its 
inhabitants perished. The number of souls in the 
whole of the province may amount to 15,000. It 
contains 50 settlements within its jurisdiction. The 
yearly tribute received by the corregidor used to 
amount to 800,100 dollars, and the duties paid 
upon the akavala, (a centage on goods sold), to 
688 dollars. 

The settlements of its jurisdiction are: 

Chaluanca. Ayahuasa. 

Colca. Huancaray. 

Mollebamba. Sabaino. 

Carabamba. Catarosi. 

Matara. Ant ill a. 

Antabamba. Iluaquirca. 

Oropesa. Pocoanca. 

Totora. Tapairihua. 

Traparo. Chalvani. 

Chacoche. Caypi. 

Caleauzo. Caracara, 

Viri. Sanaica. 

Pampamarca. Huaillaripa, 

Silco. Pichihua. 

Atuncama. Amoca. 

Chacna. Yanaca. 

Capaya. Saraico. 

Muitu. Subyunca. 

Pachaconas. Lucre. 



Sirca, Chuquingft, 

Pichurhua. Ancobamba. 

Colcabamba. Pampayacta. 

Soraya. Chapinmrca, 

Huairahuacuo. Lambraraa. 

Toraya. Pairaca. 

AIMAKAPA, a small river of the province and 
colony of Surinam, in the part of Guayana pos 
sessed by the Dutch. It is one of those which en 
ter the Cuyum near where it joins the Esquivo. 

AINACA, a settlement of the province and r-or- 
rfginiiento of Caxatarnbo in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Cochamarca. 

A1NACOLCA, a gold mine of the province and 
corregimiento of Arequipa in Peru. It is famous 
for the excellent quality of this metal, but it is very 
difficult to be worked, on account of the hardness 
of its stone. 

AIO, a settlement of the province and corregi 
miento of Condensuyos de Arequipa in Peru, an 
nexed to the curacy of Chichas. 

A1OA1O, a settlement of the province and cor 
regimiento of Sicasica in Peru, eight leagues from 
its capital. 

AIOCUESCO, SANTA MARIA DE, the head 
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of 
Antequera, in the province and bishopric of Me- 
choacan in Nueva Espana. It is of a hot tem 
perature, contains a convent of the religious order 
of Santo Domingo, and 400 Indian families, who 
carry on some commerce in the cochineal, (the 
plant producing which they cultivate), and a very 
considerable one in the manufacture of Ptdgues, 
on account of the abundance of Magueyes which 
are found here. Seven leagues s. of its capital. 

AIOTITLAN, the head settlement of the dis 
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Amola in Nueva 
Espana, immediately upon the coast of the S. sea, 
and situate between two deep ravines. Its tem 
perature is very hot and troublesome to live in, on 
account of the various venomous animals and in 
sects that abound in its territory. It contains 76 
Indian families, whose trade consists in making 
troughs and trays very finely painted. This set 
tlement, in which there is a convent of the order 
of St. Francis, is beautifully surrounded with 
plantations. Fifteen leagues distant from its capital. 
AIONANTOU, a settlement of Indians of New 
France, situate in the county of Canahoque, on the 
shore of one of the salt marshes that are found 
there. 

AIOZINAPA, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of Oliuala, and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in 
Nueva Espana, of a hot and moist temperature, 
and abounding in cochineal, fruit, and pulse, with. 



24, A I U 

which the inhabitants trade. These are composed of 
34 Indian families. It is a little more than three 
leagues from its head settlement. 

AIOZINGO, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor 
of Chalco in Nueva Espana, situate on the shore 
of the lake of Mexico, with a good port, at which 
are embarked the fruits of many provinces for the 
supply of that capital, (Chalco), which is within 
eight or ten hours sail from hence. It has a good 
convent of S. Augustin, where a most beauti 
ful image of the virgin is reverenced, and sup 
posed to be wonder-working. Its inhabitants con 
sist of 120 Indian families and some Spanish. It 
is distant one league s. s. e. from its capital. 

AIQUILE, a settlement of the province of Miz- 
que in Peru. 

AIRICOS, a nation of Indians who inhabit the 
plains of Cazanare and Meta, of the new kingdom 
of Granada, to the e. of the mountains of Bogota, 
on the borders of the river Ele. It is numerous, 
and feared by all its neighbours, on account of its 
valour and dexterity in the use of arms. 

AIRICOS, with the dedicatory title of SAN 
FRANCISCO XAVIER, a settlement which belonged 
to the Jesuits, and founded in 1662 by father An 
tonio de Monteverde, and composed of some of 
those Indians who were thus reduced to the Catho 
lic faith. 

AIRIHUANCA, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Cotabamba in Peru. 

AIRS, a small city of the province and colony 
of New Jersey, in the county of Burlington. 

AIUDA, NUESTRA SENORA DE LA, a village 
and settlement of the Portuguese, in the province 
and captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, situate 
upon the sea-coast, and on the shore of the river 
S. Miguel. 

AIUDA, another settlement in the province and 
captainship of Puerto Seguro, situate upon the 
coast on the shore of the port. 

AIUILA, a river of the province and alcaldia 
mayor of Soconusco, in the kingdom of Guate 
mala. It runs into the S. sea between the settle 
ment of Suchitepec and the river Coatlan. 

AIUINOS, a nation of Indians of the province 
and government of Cinaloa in Nueva Espana, 
converted to the faith by father Francisco Olinano, 
of the abolished society of the Jesuits, in 1624. 
They live towards the n. of the above province, 
and in the times of their heathenism they dwelt in 
the lofty mountains, in order that they might de 
fend themselves from the other nations with whom 
they were at war. They are docile, well-inclined, 
and of good habits. 

AIUN, or IUMERI, a river of the province and 



A K A 

viceroy/aft^ of Buenos Ayres. It runs s. and enters 
the Rio Negro. 

AIUNGIIA, PAGO DE, a settlement of the pro 
vince and government of Tucuman, in the district 
and jurisdiction of the city of Santiago del Estero, 
from whence it is 22 leagues distant. It is situate 
on the shore of the river Dulce. 

AIUTLA, the head settlement of the district of 
the alcaldia mm/or of Villalta in Nueva Espana. 
It is of a cold temperature, containing 187 Indian 
families, and a convent of the religious order of S. 
Domingo; distant 13 leagues to the e. of its capi 
tal. 

AIUTLA, another settlement in the head settle 
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Autlan 
of the sanie kingdom, with 23 Indian families, wh* 
have large stores of pulse and fruit, so rich and fer 
tile is their country. It is annexed to the curacy of 
Tenamaztlani, from whence it lies one league s. 

A1UA, a small town of the island of St. Domin 
go, situate in the line which divides the Spanish 
territory from the French. It was the inhabitants 
of this town who chiefly contributed to ensure the 
victory which was gained against the Spaniards in 
the plain of Pucrfo Real, by the president Don 
Francisco de Segura y Sandoval, in 1691. 

AIX, PALMARDE, a large beach on the coast 
of Florida, within the channel of Bahama, near 
the point of Canaveral ; memorable for the ship 
wreck of 22 vessels, composing the fleet of Nueva 
Espana, which took place in 1715, being under the 
command of Don Antonio de Ubila ; memorable 
also for the loss of two galleons from Tierra Firme, 
commanded by Don Antonio de Echevers ; the 
loss of the one and the other amounting to nearly 
20 million dollars. 

AIX, a river of the same province, which runs 
into the sea very near the Palmar. 

AJOIANI, a settlement of the province and cor 
regimiento of Carabaya in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Coaza. 

[A JOS, a parish situate on the foot of the moun 
tains which separate the rivers Paraguay and Pa 
rana, about 24 leagues e. of Asuncion. Lat. 25 
26 34" s. Long. 56 30 a?.] 

AJOUES, a settlement of Indians of the pro 
vince and government of Louisiana, in which the 
French held a garrison and fort for its defence, on 
the shore of a lake near the Missouri. 

AJOUES, another settlement of the same province 
and government, situate on the shore of the river 
Missouri. 

AKANCEAS, a nation of savage Indians of N. 
America, who live at the conflux of the rivers 
Mississippi, and another abundant stream of its 



ALA 

name. The religion of these idolaters is very sin 
gular, for they acknowledge a supreme being, who, 
they imagine, manifests himself to them in the 
figure of some animal which feeds in their fields ; 
and when this dies, they substitute another, after 
having signified very great demonstrations of re 
gret for the fate of the one which is lost. 

AKANKIA, a river of the province and go 
vernment of Louisiana. It is an arm of (he Mis 
sissippi, which runs s. s. e. and enter* the lake of 
Maurepas. 

AKANSA, a settlement of Indians of the pro 
vince and government of Louisiana. It has a fort 
built by the French, and it is near the mouth of 
the river of its name, where it enters the Missis 
sippi. 

AKANSA, another settlement in the same pro 
vince, situate also on the shore of the aforesaid 
river, and distinguished by the name of Petit 
Akansa. 

AKANSA, a river of the above province and 
government. It rises in the country of the Oza- 
ques Indians, runs many leagues s. e. as far as the 
town of Satovis, when, turning to the s. it enters 
by two mouths into the Mississippi, being through 
out subject to large cataracts. 

AKOUKA, a settlement of the province of La 
Guayana, in the Dutch possessions, or colony of 
Surinam ; situate on the shore of the river Little, 
just before it enters the Marawin. 

[ALABAHA, a considerable river in E. Flo 
rida. Also said to be the name of a branch of St. 
Mary s river.] 

[ALABAHA, a considerable river of Georgia, 
which pursues a s. course to thegulph of Mexico, 
100 miles w. of the head of St. Mary s river. Its 
banks are low, and a trifling rain swells it to more 
than a mile in width. In a freshet the current is 
rapid, and those who pass are in danger of being 
entangled in vines and briars, and drowned ; they 
are also in real danger from great numbers of hun 
gry alligators. The country for nearly iOO miles 
on each side of this river, that is to say, from the 
head of St. Mary s to Flint river, which is 90 
miles zo. of the Alabaha, is a continued soft, miry 
waste, affording neither water nor food for men or 
beasts ; and is so poor indeed, as that the common 
game of the woods are not found here. The 
country on the w. of Alabaha is rather preferable 
to that on the ej 

[ALABAMOUS, an old French fort, in the 
t>. part of Georgia ; situate between Coosa and 
TaUapOQse rivers, and not far from their conflu 
ence.] 

[ALABAMA, an Indian village, delightfully 

VOL. I. 



ALA 35 

situated on the banks of the Mississippi, on several 
swelling green hills, gradually ascending from the 
verge of the river. These Indians are the remains 
of the ancient Alabama nation, who inhabited the 
e, arm of the Great Mobile river, which still bears 
their name, now possessed by the Creeks, or Mus- 
cogulges, who conquered the former,] 

[ALABAMA River is formed by the junction 
of the Ooosa or Coosee, or High Town river, and 
Tallapoosee river, at Little Tullasee, and runs in 
a s. w. direction, until it meets Tombigbee river 
from the n. w. at the great island which it there 
forms, 90 miles from the mouth of Mobile bay, in 
thegulph of Mexico. This beautiful river has a 
gentle current, pure waters, and excellent fish. 
It runs about two miles an hour, is 70 or 80 rods 
wide at its head, and from 15 to 18 feet deep in 
the driest season. The banks are about 50 feet 
high, and seldom, if ever, overflowed. Travellers 
have gone down in large boats, in the month of 
May, in nine days, from Little Tallasee to Mobile 
bay, which is about 350 miles by water. Its banks 
abound w ith valuable productions in the vegetable 
and mineral kingdoms. 

[ALABASTER, or ELEUTHERA, one of the 
Banama or Lucayo islands, on which is a small fort 
and garrison. It is on the Great Bahama bank. 
The soil of this island and Harbour island, which 
lies at the n. end of it, is better than Providence 
island, and produces the greatest part of the pine 
apples that are exported ; the climate is very 
healthy. Lat. 24 40 to 26 30 n. Long. 7G 22 
to 76 56 w.] 

[ALACHUA Savannah is a level green plain, 
in the country of the Indians of that name in 
E. Florida, situate about 75 miles w. from St. 
Augustine. It is about 15 miles over, and 50 in 
circumference ; and scarcely a tree or bush of any 
kind to be seen on it. It is encircled with high 
sloping hills, covered with waving forests, and 
fragrant orange groves, rising from an exube 
rantly fertile soil. The ancient Alachua town 
stood on the borders of this savannah ; but the 
Indians removed to Cuscowilla, two miles distant, 
on account of the unhealthiness of the former site, 
occasioned by the stench of the putrid fish and 
reptiles, in the summer and autumn, driven on 
shore by the alligators, and the noxious exhala 
tions from the marthes of the savannah. Though 
the horned cattle and horses bred in these meadows 
are large, sleek, sprightly, and fat, yet they are 
subject to mortal diseases ; such as the water rot, 
or scald, occasioned by the warm water of the sa 
vannah ; while those which range in the high 
forest* are clear of this disorder.] 
E 



26 ALA 

ALACLATZALA, a branch of the head set 
tlement of the district of S. Luis, of the coast and 
alcaldia mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espana. It 
contains 125 Indian families, and is one league 
from the settlement of Quanzoquitengo. 

ALACRANES, some islands, or rather some 
hidden rocks, of the N. sea, in the bay of Mexico, 
opposite the coast of Yucatan. Those who navi 
gate these parts arc accustomed to pass round be 
yond them for fear of venturing amongst them, al 
though there are some good channels among them, 
and withgood soundings. They are for the most part 
barren, producing nothing beyond a herb called 
?20row,and deficient in fresh water ; neither do they 
produce any animal except the mole, which is 
found here in prodigious numbers. There are, 
however, a quantity of birds, of three distinct sorts, 
each forming a community of itself, and entirely 
separated from the other two ; and it has been 
observed, that if one party may have fixed upon 
any place for building their nests, the others never 
think of disturbing them, or driving them from it ; 
but the noise these birds make is so great, that one 
cannot pass near them without suffering consider 
ably from their united clamours. 

[A LAD AS, a parish situate about 14 leagues 
s. e. of Corrientes, in Lat. 23 15 20" s. Long. 58 
30 rr.~) 

ALAHUIZTLAN, SAN JUAN DF, a branch 
of the head settlement of the district of Escateopan, 
and alcaldiamayor of Zaqualpa, in Nueva Espana. 
(t contains 270 Indian families. 

ALAIN, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It rises 
in the country of the Locamas Indians, runs from 
r. to n. and turning to the n. n. f. enters the Pucare. 

ALAMEDA, a settlement of the missions be 
longing to the religious of St. Francis in Nuevo 
Mexico. 

ALAMILLOS, a settlement of the province of 
Taraumara and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya ; one 
of the missions which belonged to the religious of 
St Francis. It is close to the town and real of 
the mines of Santa Eulalia. 

ALAMO, a settlement of the province and 
government of the new kingdom of Leon, situ 
ate 15 leagues to the s. e. of the Point. 

ALAMOS, REAL DE Los, a settlement and 
real of the mines of the province of Sinaloa in 
Nueva Espana. It is situate s. e. of the Sierra 
Mad re, and surrounded by rich silver mines, 
which would produce abundantly but for want of 
labourers. There are in its district five estates 
that are fertile in maize, French beans, and sugar 
cane. The spiritual concerns of all these parts 



ALA 

are under the direction of a curate, whose jurisdic 
tion extends as far as the river Mayo, which flows 
down from the sierra. It is 20 leagues distant 
from the town of Tucrtc, and between these lies 
the valley of Maquipo. [Population 7900 souls.] 

ALAMOS, with the dedicatory title of S. JORGE, 
a town of the province and captainship of Para in 
Brazil, founded by Jorge del Alamo, who gave 
it his name, in a place called La Vigia. It has a 
magnificent parish church, with the title of Nuestra 
Senora de Nazareth , with a large and good fort, 
and well furnished with artillery. Also, at the dis 
tance of a league and an half from the settlement, 
is a house of charity belonging to the religious 
order of the Capuchins of La Piedad. 

ALAMOS, another town of the province and go 
vernment of Sonora, in the line that divides the 
confines of this jurisdiction and the province of 
Ostimuri, between the rivers Hiaqui and La 
Sonora. 

ALAMOS, another settlement of the same pro 
vince and government as the former, situate to 
the s. of the garrison of Coro de Guachi. 

ALAMOS, another of the missions belonging to 
the abolished society of Jesuits, in the province 
of Taraumara and kingdom of Nueva V izcaya. 
It is 27 leagues 5. w. and a quarter of a league s. 
of the real of the mines and town of S. Felipe de 
Chiguaga. 

ALAMOS, another settlement and real of the 
silver mines of the province and government of 
Cinaloa. 

ALANGAS1, a settlement of the kingdom of 
Quito, in the district of the corregimiento of the 
Cinco Leguas de la Capital. In its territory is a 
fountain of hot medicinal waters. 

A LANG AST, a river of the above corregimiento y 
and rising in the desert mountain of Sincholagua ; 
over it there is a large bridge, composed of a single 
arch, but so strong, that when, in 1660, a part 
of the mountain fell upon it, and precipitated one 
half of it into the stream, the other half still re 
mained firm and immoveable. This bridge is 
built of mud and stone. 

ALANIS, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of Maracaibo, in the district of the city 
of Merida, situate in the way which leads from 
this city to the new kingdom of Grenada. 

ALANGI, SANTIAGO DE, a city and head 
settlement of the district of the province of Chi- 
riqui and government of Santiago de Veragua, 
in the kingdom of Tierra Firme. It is small, but 
abounding in fruits and cattle ; in which a regular 
trade is carried on for supplying the city of Pa 
nama. This trade consists principally in pigs, 



ALA 

mules, poultry, cheese, and salt meats. It has 
likewise some mines in its district, which are not 
altogether neglected, though the advantages de 
rived from them would be immensely increased, if 
the number of labourers were greater. It is go 
verned by a lieutenant nominated by the governor 
of Santiago de Veragua. ["Lat. 8 12 n. Long. 
80 40 w.~\ 

ALAQUES, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Tacunga in the kingdom of 
Quito. 

ALAQUINES, a branch of the head settle 
ment of the district of Tamazunchale, and akaldia 
mayor of Valles, in Nueva Espana, situate on the 
shore of a large river which divides this jurisdic 
tion from that of Guadalcazar. 

ALARA, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Antioquia in the new kingdom of Gra 
nada. It rises at the foot of the sierra of Gua- 
moco, and s. of the town of this name ; runs a?, 
and enters the Cauca. 

[ALASKE, a long peninsula on the n. w. coast 
of America, formed by Bristol bay and the ocean 
on the n. w. and n. and by the ocean and the 
waters of Cook s river on the s. and s. e. At its 
extremity are a number of islands, the chief of 
which, in their order westward, are, Oonemak, 
Oonalasha, and Ocutnnak, which form part of 
the chain or cluster of islands called the Northern 
Archipelago. Captain Cook, on his return in 
1779, passed through the channel e. of Oonemak 
island. Sec NORTH-WEST COAST OF AMERICA.] 

ALATAMALIA, a large river of the province 
and government of Florida. It runs nearly due 
e. and enters the sea opposite the Gcorgean isles. 
[This river, which is navigable, is more properly 
of Georgia. It rises in the Cherokee mountains, 
near the head of a western branch of Savannah 
river, called Tugulo. In its descent through the 
mountains it receives several auxiliary streams ; 
thence it winds, with considerable rapidity, 
through the hilly country 250 miles, from whence 
it throws itself into the open flat country, by the 
name of Oakmulgee. Tkence, after meandering 
for 150 miles, it is joined by the Oconee, which 
likewise has its source in the mountains. After 
this junction it assumes the name of Aiatamaha, 
when it becomes a large majestic river ; and flow 
ing with a gentle current through forests and 
plains 100 miles, discharges itself into the Atlan 
tic by several mouths. The n. channel glides by 
the heights of Darien, about 10 miles above the 
bar, and after several turnings, enters the ocean 
between Sapelo and Wolf islands. The s. chan 
cel, which is esteemed the largest aad deepest, 



ALB 27 

after its separation from the n. descends gently, 
taking its course between M Intosh.and Brough- 
ton islands, and at last by the w. coast of St. 
Simon s sound, between the s. end of the island 
of that name, and the ;?. end of Jekyl island. 
At its confluence with the Atlantic it is 500 yards 
wide.] 

ALAUSI, a province and small corregimiento 
or district of the kingdom of Quito ; bounded w. by 
the province of Riobamba, n. w. by Chimbo, s. 
by Cuenca, w. by the district of Yaguache, and 
e. by that of Macas. It is watered by the rivers 
Uzogoche, Gussuntos, Pinancay, Alausi, and 
others of less note. It abounds in mountains, the 
most lofty of which are toward the w. ; the country 
is pleasant, and yields liberally every kind of 
fruit and grain that are common either to America 
or Europe. It contains many sugar mills, and 
the sugar is the best in the kingdom. The air here 
is mild and healthy, and the climate cannot be said 
to be inconveniently hot. It is governed by the 
corregidor, who resides in the capital. 

ALAUSI, the capital of the above province. If 
has in its district some mineral fountains of hot 
water, established with suitable conveniences by 
some families of consideration residing there. Its 
trade consists in cloths, baizes, and cotton gar 
ments, which are wrought in its manufactories. 
It has a very good parish church, and a convent 
of the order of St. Francis. [Lat. 2 12 n. 
Long. 78 39 a>.] 

[ALBANS, ST. a township in Franklin county, 
Vermont, on lake Cham plain, opposite N. Hero 
island, with 256 inhabitants.] 

ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a county of the pro 
vince and colony of New York. It contains a 
certain number of plains fertile ingrain, in which, 
and in planks of pine, its principal commerce con 
sists. The winter is extremely cold, and the river 
Hudson is generally frozen for 100 miles, so as 
to bear immense burthens. The great quantity 
of snow that falls at this season is useful, not only 
because it covers the grain, and keeps it from pe 
rishing by the frost, but because, when it melts, it 
so increases the waters of the river, as to facilitate 
thereby the transportation of the productions of 
the country. 

[ALBANY County lies between Ulster and 
Saratoga; its extent 46 miles by 28. By the 
slate census, Jan. 20, 1796, the number of elec 
tors in this county were 60S7, and the number of 
towns 11.] 

ALBANIA, or ALBANY, the capital of the 
above county, founded by the Dutch in 1608, 
together with that of Orange, on the shore of the 
E 2 



28 A L I> 

river Hudson. It is small, but has a great trade 
from the contiguity of the Iroquese Indians. It 
contains 350 houses, built afterthe Dutch fashion ; 
and that of the magistracy, which consists of 
a mayor, six aldermen, and a recorder, is very 
beautiful. The city is defended by a regular fort 
with four bastions, the rest of the fortification con 
sisting of palisades. Here the treaties and alli 
ances have been made with the Indians. It was 
taken by Robert Car in 1664, and added to this 
province by Colonel Dongan. [It is 160 miles n. 
of the city of New York, to which it is next in rank, 
and 340 s. of Quebec. This city and suburbs, by 
enumeration in 1797, contained 1263 buildings, of 
which 863 were dwelling houses, and 6021 inha 
bitants. Many of them are in the Gothic style, 
with the gable end to the street, which custom the 
first settlers brought from Holland ; the new 
houses are built in the modern style. Its inhabit 
ants are collected from various parts of the world, 
and speak a great variety of languages, but the 
English predominates ; and the use of every other 
is gradually lessening. Albany is unrivalled for 
situation, being nearly at the head of sloop navi 
gation, on one of the noblest rivers in the world. 
it enjoys a salubrious air, and is the natural em 
porium of the increasing trade of a large extent of 
country y>. and n, a country of an excellent soil, 
abounding in every article for the W. India 
market; plentifully watered with navigable lakes, 
creeks, and rivers ; settling with unexampled rapid 
ity ; and capable of afford ing subsistence to millions 
of inhabitants. The public buildings are, a low 
Dutch church, of ancient and very curious con- 
struction, one for Episcopalians, two for Presby 
terians, one for Germans or High Dutch, and one 
for Methodists ; an hospital, city hall, and a hand 
some brick jail. In the year 1609, Henry Hudson, 
whose name the river bears, ascended it in his boat 
to Auraniaj the spot on which Albany now stands. 
The improvements in this city have, of late 
years, been very great in almost all respects. 
Wharfs have been built on the river, the streets 
have been paved, a bank instituted, a new and 
handsome style of building introduced. One mile 
w. ofthis city, in its suburbs, near the manor-house 
of lieutenant-governor Van Renssalaer, are very 
ingeniously constructed extensive and useful 
works, for the manufacture of Scotch and rappee 
snuff, roll and cut tobacco of different kinds, 
chocolate, mustard, starch, hair-powder, split- 
pease, and hulled barley. These valuable works 
are the property of Mr. James Caldwell, who un 
fortunately lost a complete set of similar works by 
re, in July 1794, with the stock, valued at 



ALB 

37,500 dollars. It is a circumstance worthy of 
remark, and is evincive of the industry and eater- 
prise of the proprietor, that the whole of the pre 
sent buildings and machinery were begun and 
completed in the short space of eleven mouths. 
These works are decidedly superior to any of the 
kind in America. All the articles above enume 
rated, even to the spinning of tobacco, are manu 
factured by the aid of water machinery. For the 
invention of this machinery, the proprietor has 
obtained a patent. These works give employ 
ment and subsistence to 40 poor boys, and a num 
ber of workmen.] Long. 73 42 w. Lat. 4S 
40 n. lim.<v 

ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a large river of New 
France, which takes its rise from the lake Chris- 
tinaux, runs n. e. and enters the sea at Hudson s 
bay. 

ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a fortress in New South 
Wales, N. America. [Lat. 52 17 n. Long. 81 
51 w.~] 

ALBARICOQUES, Point of the, a cape on 
the n. coast, in the head settlement of the island 
of Santo Domingo, and in the French territories. 
It lies between the Trou d Enfers and Cape Bom- 
bo n. 

ALBARRACIN, Desert of, a very, lofty 
mountain, always covered with snow, in the new 
kingdom of Granada. 

ALBARRADA, a settlement of Indians of 
the kingdom of Chile, situate on the shore of the 
river Cauchupil. 

ALBARRADA, another settlement, with the dedi 
catory title of San Miguel, in the head settlement 
of the district of Mitla, and alcaldia mai/or of 
Tentitlan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 22 
Indian families, and is seven leagues n. of its head 
settlement. 

ALBARREGAS, a large and abundant river 
of the new kingdom of Granada, which descends 
from the mountains of Bogota, irrigates the coun 
try and the city of Merida, running n. of this 
city until it enters the lake Maracaibo. 

ALBEMARLE, a county of the province and 
colony of N. Carolina, and that part of it which 
is most agreeable, fertile, and salutary. It pro 
duces various sorts of fruits and pulse, and the 
winter is very temperate. This colony was esta 
blished in J670 by the lords and proprietors of it, 
who equipped, at their own expeuce, three ships, 
and a considerable number of persons, with provi 
sions for 18 months, and an abundance of merchan 
dize, tools, and arms fit for the new establishment; 
to which they sent resources yearly, in the pro 
portion required, until it appeared to be in a fit 



ALB 



A L C 



state to maintain itsdf. Thus the colonisfs lived 
for some years, and in time the productions in 
which their commerce consisted, increased to such 
a degree as tcr have caused them to excel all the 
other English colonies. 

ALBEMARLE, another county or part of Vir 
ginia, washed by the river Fluvana on the s. 
\rhieh divides itself into several branches, and 
adds much to the fertility of the country. It is 
bounded e. by the county of Goochiand, a ! . divided 
by a chain of mountains of Augusta, and by that 
of Louisa on the n. [It contains 12,585 inha 
bitants, including 5579 slaves. Its extent, about 
35 miles square.] 

ALBEMARLE, a strait, which is the mouth or 
entrance into the sea of the river Roanoke. 

ALBERTO, a small settlement or ward of 
the head settlement of the district of Tlazintla, 
and alcaldia mayor of Ixmiqnilpan, in Nueva 
Espana. 

[ALBION, NEW, the name given by Sir 
Francis Drake to California, and part of then, w. 
coast of America, when he took possession of it. 
A large uncertain tract of the n, w. coast is thus 
called. Its limits, according to Mr. Arrow- 
smith s chart, are between 27 12 and 41 15 
n. lat. Humboldt asserts, that, agreeably to sure 
historical data, the denomination of New Albion 
ought to be limited to that part of the coast which 
extends from the 43 to the 48, or from Cape 
White of Martin de Aguilar, to the entrance of 
Juan de Fuea. Besides, he adds, from the mis 
sions of the Catholic priests to those of the Greek 
priests, that is to say, from the Spanish village of 
San Francisco, in New California, to the Russian 
establishments on Cook river at Prince William s 
bay, and to the islands of Kodiac and Unalaska, 
there are more than a thousand leagues of coast 
inhabited by free men, and stocked with otters and 
Phocae ! Consequently, the discussions on the 
extent of the New Albion of Drake, and the pre 
tended rights acquired by certain European na 
tions, from planting small crosses, and leaving 
inscriptions fastened to trunks of trees, or the 
burying of bottles, may be considered as futile. 
The part of the coast on which Capt. Cook landed 
on the 7th of March 1778, and which some desig 
nate as New Albion, is in n. lat. 44 33 . e. long. 
235 10 , which he thus describes : The land 
is full of mountains, the tops of which are covered 
with snow, while the vallies between them, and 
the grounds on the sea-coast, high as well as low, 
are covered with trees, which form a beautiful 
prospect, as of one vast forest. At first the natives 
seemed to prefer iron to every other article of 



commerce; at last they preferred brass. They 
were more tenacious of their property than any of 
the savage nations that had hitherto been met 
with ; so that they would not part with wood, 
water, grass, nor the most trifling article without 
a compensation, and were sometimes very unrea 
sonable in their demands." Sec CALIFORNIA, 
NEW.] 

ALBOR, a small island of the N. or Atlantic 
sea, one of the Bahamas, between those of Neque 
and S. Salvador. 

ALBUQUERQUE, SAN ROSA DE, a settle 
ment and real of the silver mines of the alcaldia 
mayor of Colotlan in Noeva Espaaa. It is 19 
leagues s. w. of the head settlement of the district 
of Tlaltenango. 

ALBUQUERQUE, a town of New Mexico, situate 
on the shore of the Rio Grande (large river) of the 
N. [opposite the village of Atrisco, to the w. of 
the Sierra Obscura. Population 6000 souls.] 

ALBUQUERQUE, a small island, or low rocks, of 
the N. sea, near that of S. Andres. 

ALCA, a settlement of the province and corre- 
gimiento of Condensuyos of Arequipa in Peru. 

ALCALA, a settlement ot the province and 
alcaldia mayor of Chiapa, and kingdom of Gua 
temala, in the division and district of that city. 

ALCAMANI, a branch of the head settlement 
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Igualapa in 
Neuva Espana, and two leagues to the n. of the 
same. 

ALCANTARA, S. ANTONIO DE, a town of 
the province and captainship ofMaranam in the 
kingdom of Brazil. It has been frequently invaded 
by the infidel Indians, who destroyed its work 
shops, so that its inhabitants have been much 
seduced. 

ALCANTARA, S. ANTONIO DE, another settle 
ment in the province and district of Chanco, in 
the kingdom of Chile, near the shore of the river 
Mataquino. 

ALCARAI, a small river of the province and 
government of Buenos Ayres. It runs e. and 
enters the river La Plata between those of Lay 
man and Gomez. 

ALCATRACES, Island of the, one of (hose 
which lien, of St. Domingo, between the s. point 
of the Caico Grande, and the Panuelo Quadrado, 
(square handkerchief). 

ALCHICH1CA, S. MARTIN DE, a ward of 
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia 
mayor of Izucar in Nueva Espana, belonging to 
that of Santa Maria de la Asuncion. 

ALCHIDOMAS, a settlement of the province 
of the Apaches in N uevo Mexico, situate on the 



30 



ALE 



shore of the Rio Grande Colorado, (large coloured 
river), or of the North. 

ALCO, a settlement of the province and corre- 
gimiento of Chumbivilcas in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Libitaca. 

ALCOHOLADES, a nation of Indians of the 
province of Venezuela. They are of a docile and 
affable disposition, and live upon the borders of 
the lake Maracaibo. Their numbers are much 
diminished, from the treatment they received from 
the German Weltzers, who, through a covetous- 
ness to possess the gold of these people, killed the 
greater part of them. 

ALCOZAUCA, a settlement of the alcaldia 
mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espana. It contains 
104 families of Spaniards, Mulattoes, and Mustees; 
not a single Indian dwells in it. It is of a mild 
temperature, and in its district were the once cele 
brated mines of Cayro, which were crushed in and 
destroyed, having been almost unparalleled forthe 
quantity of silver that they produced. Eight lea 
gues from its capital. 

ALDAS, a small settlement or ward of the head 
settlement of the district of Santa Ana, and alcaldia 
mayor of Zultepec, in Nueva Espana. 

ALDEA, DEL ESPIRITU SANTO, a settlement 
of the province and captainship of Tondos Santos 
in Brazil, situate on the coast, at the mouth of the 
river Joana. 

ALDEA, DEL ESPIRITU SANTO, another settle 
ment of the province and captainship of Seregipe, 
in the same kingdom, situate on the shore, and 
at the entrance of the river Real. 

[ALDEN, Fort, in Cherry Valley, in the 
state of New York.] 

ALDWORT, a settlement of the island of 
Barbadoes, in the district and parish of Santiago, 
on the a>. coast. 

ALEBASTER, or ELEUTHERA, an island of 
the channel of Bahama. See ALABASTER. 

ALEGRE, a settlement of the province and 
captainship of S. Vincente in Brasil, situate s. 
of the settlement of Alto. 

[ALEMP1GON, a small lake northward of 
lake Superior.! 

ALEXANDRIA, a city of Virginia, [formerly 
called Belhaven, and situated on the southern 
bank of the Patowmac river, in Fairfax county, 
about five miles s: w. from the Federal city, 60 
s. to. from. Baltimore, 60 n. from Fredericks- 
burgh, 168 n. of Williamsburgh, and 290 from 
the sea; 38 54 n. lat. and 77 10 w. long, 
its situation is elevated and pleasant. The soil 
is clayey. The original settlers, anticipating its 
future growth and importance, laid out the streets 



A L G 

on the plan of Philadelphia. It contains about 
400 houses, many of which are handsomely built, 
and 2748 inhabitants. This city, upon opening 
the navigation of Patowmac river, and in conse 
quence of its vicinity to the future seat of the 
federal government, bids fair to be one of the most 
thriving commercial places on the continent. Nine 
miles from hence is Mount Vernon, the celebrated 
seat of the late General Washington.] 

[ALEXANDRIA, a township in Grufton county, 
New Hampshire, containing 298 inhabitants, in 
corporated in 1782.] 

[ALEXANDRIA, a township in Hunterdon coun 
ty, IVew Jersey, containing 1503 inhabitants, inclu 
sive of 40 slaves.] 

[ALEXANDRIA, a small town in Huntingdon 
county, Pennsylvania, on the Frankstown branch 
of Janiatta river, 192 miles n. w. of Philadel 
phia.] 

ALEXO, S. an island of the N. sea, near the 
coast of Brazil, in the province and captainship 
of Pernambuco, between the river Formoso and 
Cape S. Agustin. 

ALFARO, S. MIGUEL DE, a settlement of the 
province and government of the Chiquitos Indians; 
situate on the shore of the river Ubay. It has a 
good port, from whence it is also known by the 
name of Port of the Chiquitos. It is, however, 
at present destroyed, % and the ruins alone remain. 

ALFAXA I UCA,* a settlement of the alcaldia 
mayor of Kilotepec in Nueva Espana. It con 
tains 171 Indian families, and is seven leagues 
e. n. e. of its capital. 

ALFEREZ, Valley of the, in the province 
and corregimiento of Bogota in the new kingdom 
of Granada. 

ALFEREZ, a river of the province and captain* 
ship of Rey in Brazil; it runs n. and enters the 
lake of Mini. 

[ALFORD, a township in Berkshire county, 
Massachusetts, containing 577 inhabitants ; 145 
miles w. from Boston.] 

[ALFORDSTOWN, a small town in Moor 
county, North Carolina.] 

ALGARROBO, a settlement of the province 
and government of Antioquia in the new kingdom 
of Granada ; situate on the bank of an arm of the 
river Perico, in an island which it forms in the 
serranias of Guamoca. 

ALGODON, Island of the, one of those 
which are in the N. sea, between the s. point of 
the Cayco Grande and the Panuelo Quadrado. 

ALGODON, a settlement of the same name. See 
BIEZMK.T. 
ALGODONALES, a settlement of the province 



A L I 

and correrrimiento of Atacama in Peru, situate on 

M 

the coast. 

ALGONQUINENSES, or ALGONQUINS, a 
nation of savage Indians, who inhabit a part of 
Canada: they are continually at war with the 
Iroquees. Their idiom may be looked upon as 
the mother tongue of all the other nations of that 
country, and differs very slightly from the rest, 
so that any one speaking it would be able to 
travel in any other nation in these parts. They 
border on the north side of lake Huron; and 
although inhabiting the whole of the coast of lake 
Superior, their number, according to Mackenzie, 
does not exceed 150 families. 

[ALGONQUINS, of Rainy Lake, Indians of 
N. America, of the precise limits of whose coun 
try we are not informed. They live very much 
detached in small parties. The country they 
inhabit is but an indifferent one ; it has been much 
hunted, and the game, of course, nearly exhaust 
ed. They are well-disposed towards the whites. 
Their number is said to decrease. They are ex 
tremely addicted to spirituous liquors, of which 
large quantities are annually furnished them by 
the n. w. traders, in return for their bark canoes. 
They live wretchedly poor.] 

[ALGONQUINS, of Portage de Prairie, In 
dians of N. America, who inhabit a low, flat, 
marshy country, mostly covered with timber, and 
well stocked with game. They are emigrants 
from the lake of the Woods, and the country e. of 
it ; who were introduced some years since by the 
n. w. traders, in order to hunt the country on the 
lower parts of Red river, which then abounded 
in a variety of animals of the fur kind. They are 
an orderly, well-disposed people, but, like their 
relations on Rainy lake, addicted to spirituous 
liquors. Their trade is at its greatest extent.] 
ALGUILGUA. See article SANTA MONICA; 
ALHUE, a settlement of the province and 
corregirniento of Rancagua in the kingdom of 
Chile, annexed to the curacy of San Pedro. 

ALHUE, a large lake of the same province and 
kingdom. 

[ALIATANS, Snake Indians, of N. America, 
a numerous and well disposed people, inhabiting 
a woody and mountainous country ; they are 
divided into three large tribes, who wander at 
a considerable distance from each other, and are 
called by themselves So-so-na, So-so-bubar, and 
I-a-kar : these are again subdivided into smaller, 
though independent bands, the names of which we 
have not yet learnt : they raise a number of horses 
arid mules, with which they trade with the Crow In 
dians, or which are stolen by the nations on the e. of 



A L I 



31 



them. They maintain a partial trade with the 
Spaniards, from \vhora they obtain many articles 
of clothing and ironmongery, but no warlike im 
plements.] 

[ALIATANS, of La Playes, Indians of N. Ame 
rica, who inhabit the rich plains from the head 
of the Arkansas, embracing the heads of Red 
river, and extending, with the mountains and high 
lands, e. as far as it is known towards the gulph of 
Mexico. They possess no fire arms, but are 
warlike and brave. They are, as well as the 
other Aliatans, a wandering people. Their coun 
try abounds in wild horses, beside great numbers 
which they raise themselves. These people, and 
the West Aliatans, might be induced to trade on 
the upper part of the Arkansas river. The Alia 
tans do not claim a country within any particular 
limits.] 

[ALIATANS, of the West, Indians of N. Ame 
rica, who inhabit a mountainous country, and 
sometimes venture in the plains e. of the rocky 
mountains, about the head of the Arkansas river. 
They have more intercourse with the Spaniards of 
New Mexico than the Snake Indians. They are 
said to be very numerous and warlike, but are 
badly armed. The Spaniards fear these people, 
and therefore take the precaution not to furnish 
them with any warlike implements. In their pre 
sent unarmed state, they frequently commit hos 
tilities on the Spaniards. They raise a great 
many horses. 1 

ALLANTE, a volcano of the kingdom of 
Chile, in the province and country of Arauco ; 
in 1640 it burst, the mountain opening in two 
places, and throwing out large shapeless masses of 
lava, with so great a noise as to be heard at many 
leagues distance : the mischief it did was very 
considerable. 

ALIBAMONS, or ALIBAMIS, a nation of 
Indians of Louisiana, dwelling n. of the Apaches. 
It is very numerous, and is on terms of amity with 
the French ; so that they never have communica 
tion with the English, but from necessity. The 
former, when they first established themselves in 
this country, carried on a large trade here, but it 
afterwards declined, on account of the distance of 
the place. [These Indians are from West Florida, 
off the Allibami river, and came to Red river 
about the same time as the Boluxas and Appala- 
ches. Part of them have lived on Red river, 
about sixteen miles above the Bayau Rapide, till 
lately, when most of this party, of about 30 men, 
went up Red river, and have settled themselves 
near the Caddoques, where, we are informed, they 
have lately raised good crops of corn. The Cad- 



32 A L K 

tlos are friendly to them, and have no objection to 
their settling there. They speak the Creek and 
Chactaw languages, and Mobilian; most of them 
French, and some of them English. There is 
another party of them, whose village is on a small 
creek in Apelousa district, about 30 miles >? w. 
from the church of Appclousa. They consist of 
about 40 men. They have lived at the same 
place ever since they came from Florida ; are 
said to be increasing a little in numbers for a few 
years past. They raise corn, have horses, hogs, 
and cattle, and are harmless, quiet people.] 

[AL1CHE, commonly pronounced EYEISH, 
Indians of N. America, who live near Nacog 
doches, but are almost extinct as a nation, there not 
being more than twenty-five souls of them remain 
ing. Four years ago the small-pox destroyed the 
greater part of them. Some years since they 
were a considerable nation, and lived in a spot 
which bears their name, which the road from 
Natchitoch to Nacogdoches crosses, about twelve 
miles &. of Sabine river, on which a few French 
and American families are settled. Their native 
language is spoken by no other nation, but they 
speak and understand Caddo, with which people 
they are in amity, often visiting one another.] 

ALINA, a settlement of the head settlement of 
the district of Pinzandaro, and alcald ut mayor of 
Tancitaro, in Nucva Espana. It contains 20 fami 
lies of Indians, who engage themselves in the 
commerce of maize and wax, and is seven leagues 
s. of its head settlement. 

ALIS, a settlement of the province and corrc- 
gimiento of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the cu 
racy of Laraos. 

ALISOS, FARALLOX DE LOS, an island of tlie 
N. sea, on the coast of California. 

ALITAT1S, a small island of the coast of 
Brazil, opposite the island of Marajo, and between 
those of Yurua and Nova. 

ALJARACA, a river of the province and cor- 
reginnento of Sicasica in Peru. It rises in the 
Cordillera, e. of its capital, runs n. e. inclining to 
the n. n. e. and enters the Chuquiabo. 

ALJOJUCA, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Tlalchico-mula, and alcaldia 
mayor of Tepeaca, in Nueva Espana ; situate on 
the bank of a great lake, the waters of which are 
somewhat brackish ; and its depth being 70 fa 
thoms, has never been found to vary. It contains 
172 families, and is seven leagues n. of its head 
settlement. 

ALKANSAS, a nation of savage Indians of 
Canada or New France, situate in 33ofw. lat. 



ALL 

on the w. side of the Mississippi. See ALKANSAS 
River. 

ALLAUCA, a settlement of the province and 
corrcgimiento of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Tanripampa. 

[ALLBURG1I, a township in Franklin county, 
Vermont, containing H(j inhabitants, situated on 
Missisquc bay.] 

ALLCA, an ancient povincc of the kingdom of 
Porn, to the s. of Cuzco. These Indians made a 
great and vigorous stand against Manco Capac, 
the fourth emperor of the Incus, and called the 
conqueror; being much favoured by tlieruggedness 
of the country, which abounds in woods, moun 
tains, and lakes, as also in gold and silver mines. 

[ALLEGHANY,a county in Pennsylvania, ex 
tends from the junction of the river of that name 
with the Ohio, where its chief town, Pittsburgh, 
is situated, to the New York line. It contains 
10,309 inhabitants, including 159 slaves.] 

[ALLEGHANV is the most western county in 
Maryland, and has Pennsylvania on the n. The 
windings of the Patowmac river separate it from 
Virginia on the 5. and Sideling-hill creek divides 
it from Washington county on the e. It con- 
4809 inhabitants, including 258 slaves. Cum 
berland is its chief town. J 

[ALLEGHANY Mountains, between the Atlantic 
ocean, the Mississipi river, and the lakes, are a 
long and broad range of mountains, made up of a 
great number of ridges, extending n. e. and s. w 
nearly parallel to the sea coast, about 900 miles 
in length, and from 60 to 150 and 200 miles iu 
breadth. Mr. Evans observes, with respect to 
tliat part of these mountains w r hich he travelled 
over, viz. in the back parts of Pennyslvania, that 
scarcely one acre in ten is capable of culture. 

This, however, is far from being the case in all 
parts of this range. Numerous tracts of fine 
arable and grazing land intervene between the 
ridges. The different ridges which compose this 
immense range of mountains, have different names 
in the different states, viz. the Blue Ridge, the 
North Mountain, or North Ridge, or Devil s 
Back-bone, Laurel Ridge, Jackson s Mountains, 
and Kittatimy Mountains; w : hich see under these 
names. All these ridges, except the Alleghany, 
are broken through by rivers, which appear to 
have forced their way through solid rocks. This 
principal ridge is more immediately called Alle 
ghany, and is descriptively named the Back-bone 
of the United States. From these several ridges 
proceed innumerable branches or spurs. The 
general name of the whole range, taken collective- 



ALL 

Jy, seems not yet to have been determined. Mr. 
Evans calls them the Endless Mountains ; others 
have called them the Appalachian Mountains, from 
a tribe of Indians who live on a river which pro 
ceeds from this mountain, called the Appalachi- 
eola ; but the most common name is the Allegheny 
Mountains, so called, probably, from the princi 
pal ridge of the range. These mountains are not 
confusedly scattered, rising here and there into 
high peaks, overtopping each other ; but run 
along in uniform ridges, scarcely half a mile high. 
They spread as you proceed ,<?. and some of them 
terminate in high perpendicular bluffs: others 
gradually subside into a level country, giving rise 
to the rivers which run s. into the Gulph of 
Mexico.] 

[ALLEGHANY River, in Pennsylvania, rises on 
the>o>. side of the Alleghany Mountain, and after 
running about 200 miles in a s. zv. direction, meets 
the Monongahela at Pittsburgh, and both united 
form the Ohio. The lands on each side of this 
river, for J50 miles above Pittsburg, consist of 
white oak and chesnut ridges, and in many places 
of poor pitch pines, interspersed with tracts of good 
land and low meadows. This river, and the Ohio 
likewise, from its head waters until it enters the 
Mississippi, are known and called by the name of 
Alleghany river, by the Seneca, and other tribes 
of the Six Nations, who once inhabited it.] 

ALLEGU1PPES, a settlement of the province 
and colony of Virginia, in the county of Hamp 
shire, situate on the shore of the river Yauyau- 
gani, and at the mouth which enters the Monan- 
gahela. 

[ALLEMAENGEL, a small Moravian settle- 
ment on Swetara river, in Pennsylvania.] 

[ALLEMAND, a river which falls into the 
Mississippi from the s. e. about 43 miles s. of the 
Natch es.1 

ALLEMANDS, a settlement of the province 
and government of Louisiana, on the shore of the 
river Mississippi, between this river and the lake 
Ovachas. 

[ALLEN-TOWN, in Pennsylvania, North 
ampton county, on the point of land formed by 
Jordan s creek and the Little Leheigh. It con 
tains about 90 houses, and an academy. 

[ALLENSTOWN, a town in New Jersey, in 
Monrnouth county, 15 miles n. e. from Burling 
ton, and 13 s. by e. from Princeton.] 

[ALLENSTOWX, a township in Rockingham 
county, New-Hampshire, containing 254 inha 
bitants; situated on the e. side of Merrimack 
river, 25 miles n. w. of Exeter, and 40 from Ports 
mouth.] 

VOL. I. 



A L M 33 

ALLHEGENI, or rather ALLEGiiANY,a town 
of the province and colony of Pennsylvania, in 
which the English had an establishment and fort. 
It is on the shore of the Ohio, which is also called 
the Vieslle. 

ALLIGATOR, Bay of, on the 5. coast of the 
island of Jamaica. 

ALLIGATOR, a river of N. Carolina, in the 
division of Hyde ; It runs n. and enters the sea at 
the sound of Albemarle. 

ALL1U1TAS, a settlement of the island of 
Cuba, on the n. coast, between the settlement of 
Matanillas and Manati. 

[ALLOWAY Creek, in Salem county, New 
Jersey, emptier into the Delaware. It is navi 
gable 16 miles, interrupted, however, by several 
draw-bridges.] 

[ALL-SAINTS, islands near Guadaloupe 
island in the W r est Indies.] 

[ALL-SAINTS, a parish in George-town district, 
South Carolina, containing 2225 inhabitants, of 
whom 429 are whites, and 1795 slaves. It sends 
a member to each house of the state legislature.] 

ALL-SAINTS Bay. See SANTOS. 

ALMACEN, DEL REY, a settlement of the 
province and corregimiento of Canete in Peru, situ 
ate on the coast, opposite the islands of Chincha. 

ALMAGRO, SANTIAGO DE, a settlement of the 
province and corregimiento of Canete in Peru 3 
founded by the conqueror Diego de Almagro, in 
1536, in the valley of Chincha ; owing to a com 
petition with Don Francisco Pizarro, who had 
founded the city of Lima, and out of honour to 
his native place of this title. It once bore the ap 
pellation ot a city; but its inhabitants so dwindled 
away, that it was forced to resign it a short time 
after. 

ALMAGUER, a city of the province and go 
vernment of Popayan, in the kingdom of Quito r 
founded by Captain Alonza de Fueii Mayor, in 
1543, on the top of a small mountain, which is in the 
middle of a plain called Guachicono. It abounds 
in wheat, maize, barley, fruits, and some sorts of 
cattle. Its temperature is mild and pleasant, and 
in its district are some gold mines. It lies seven 
leagues s. of Popayan. [Lat. 1 56 n. Long. 

[ALMARIA. See VILLA RICA.] 
ALMAS, REAL DEL Rio DE LAS, a Portuguese 
settlement and real of gold mines, in the terri 
tory of the Guayazas Indians, and kingdom of 
Brazil ; situate on the shore and source of the 
river Tocantiues. 

ALMA?, REAL DEL Rio DE LAS, a river of the 
same kingdom and territory, which rises in the 
r 



34 A L O 

sierra near Villaboa, to the s. runs e. and enters 
the Tocantines. 

ALMENAS, a river of the province and corre 
gimiento of Arequipa in Peru, close to the point 
of Chile. 

ALMER1A, a settlement of the jurisdiction 
and government of Vera Cruz in Nueva Espana, 
situate on the coast, at the mouth of the river 
Noadan. 

PALMIRA, a town in Mexico. See ANGELOS.] 

ALMIRANTE, a settlement of the province 
and captainship of Parayba in Brazil, situate on 
the shore of the river Aracay. 

ALMIRANTE, a bay on the coast of the pro 
vince and government of Veragua, in the kingdom 
ofTierra Firme, and w. of Escudo; thus called 
from its having been discovered by Admiral 
Columbus in his fourth voyage. At its entrance 
are many small islands and hidden rocks, upon 
which its discoverer had well nigh been wrecked. 

ALMIRANTE, a river of the province and 
government of Florida, which runs s. e. and enters 
the sea in the bay of Panzacola. 

ALMOLOIA, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement of 
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia 
mayor of Zultepec in Nueva Espana, situate in 
a spacious, very pleasant, and well watered plain. 
Its temperature is mild ; it contains 77 Indian 
families, and is annexed to the curacy of Temas- 
caltepec. It lies three leagues w. of its capital, 
and inclining to the s. 

ALMOLOIA, SAN PEDRO DE, another settlement, 
with the dedicatory title of San Miguel del Rio, 
being the head settlement of the district of the 
alcaldia mayor of Metepec in the same kingdom. 
It contains 156 Indian families, and to its curacy 
are annexed several others. It lies three leagues 
n. w. of its capital. 

ALMOLOLOIAN, the head settlement of the 
district of the alcaldia mayor of Colima in Nueva 
Espana. It contains 60 families of Indians, 15 
of Spaniards and 22 of Mustees and Mulattoes, 
who occupy themselves in the culture of maize 
and French beans ; and has a convent of the order 
of St. Francis, and is a quarter of a league n. of 
its capital. 

ALOA, a settlement of the kingdom of Quito, 
in the corregimiento of the district of the Cinco 
Leguas de esta Capital. 

ALOASI, a settlement of the same kingdom 
and corregimiento as the former. 

ALOJAM1ENTO, a settlement of the pro 
vince and corregimiento of Copiapo in the king 
dom of Chile ; situate on the shore, and at the 
mouth of the river Chiminal. 



ALP 

ALONCHE, a settlement of the district of 
Yaguache, in the province and government of 
Guayaquil, and in the kingdom of Quito. 

ALOTEPEC, a settlement of the head settle- 
ment of the district of Atitlan, and alcaldia mayor 
of Villalta, in Nueva Espana. It contains 67 
Indian families, and is 19 leagues from its capi 
tal. 

ALOZOZINGO, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle 
ment of the head settlement of the district of San 
Martin de Temelucan,atid alcaldia mayor of Gue- 
jozingo, in Nueva Espana, having in it 110 
families of Indians. 

ALPABAMBA, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Parinacocha in Peru, an 
nexed to the curacy of Colta. 

ALPAMARCA, a settlement of the province 
and government of Canta in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Atabillos Altos. 

ALPACIA, a settlement and asiento of the 
mines of the province and corregimiento of Con- 
desuyos in Peru, annexed to the curacy of An- 
dary. 

ALPAIACU, a small river of the province and 
government of Quijos and Marcas in the king 
dom of Quito. It runs from n. to s. and enters the 
Llucin. 

ALPARGATON, a settlement of the province 
and government of Venezuela, situate near the 
coast, in the bay of Burburata, to the w. of Port 
Cabello. 

ALPARGATON, a river in the same province and 
government, which rises in the Serrania, opposite 
the coast, and runs to the w. of Port Cabello. 

ALPIZAGUA, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Culi- 
acan in Nueva Espana. It contains 36 families 
of Indians. Its district abounds in the various 
fruits of that region, and also in some maize. It is 
five leagues e. of its capital. 

ALPOIECA, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Atengo, and alcaldia mayor 
of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana, in which there are 
42 families of Indians. It is one league distant from 
its head settlement. 

ALPOIECA, another settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of Ixcateapan, and alcal 
dia mayor of Tlapa, in the same kingdom. It 
contains 115 families of Mistecos Indians, and is 
two leagues e. of its head settlement. 

ALPOIECAZINGO, a settlement of the head 
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of 
Tlapa in Neuva Espana. It contains 140 fami 
lies of Indians, and is four leagues s. e. of its 
capital. 



ALT 

ALPONECA, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settlement 
of the had settlement of the district and alcaldia 
mayor (*f Jochimilco in Nueva Espaiia. Although 
it is situated within the jurisdiction of that of Te- 
tela, it contains 30 families of Indians, and a con 
vent of the order of St. Dominic. 

ALPUIECA, SANTA MARIA DE, a settlement 
of the head settlement of the district of Huitepec, 
and alcaldia mayor of Cucnavaca, in Nueva Es- 
paiia. It contains 77 families of Indians. 

[ALSTEAD, a township in Cheshire county, 
New Hampshire, containing 1111 inhabitants; 
eight miles s. from Charlestown.] 

ALTA, a lake of the province of Venezuela, and 
government of Cumana. It lies s. of the valley of 
Pasqua, and w. of the river Unare, which is very 
near to and joins it. 

ALTABOIANO, a settlement of the province 
and government of Tucuman, in the district and 
jurisdiction of the city of Cordova. 

ALTABONITA, a small bay of the island of 
Cuba, on the n. n. e. coast, and at the e. head, 
between the bay of Nipe and Port Tanabo. 

ALTAGRACIA, a city and capital of the pro 
vince of Sutagaos in the new kingdom of Granada. 
It was founded in 1540 by the Captains Pedro 
Ordonez de Cevallos, Juan Lopez de Herrera, 
and Diego Sotelo. It abounds in wax, honey, and 
pita, these being the productions in which the na 
tives trade, as likewise in boats, cut out of the 
solid trunks of the large trees, abounding in its 
very craggy mountains. It has at present but a 
miserably scanty population. 

ALTAGRACIA, another settlement, with the de 
dicatory title of Nuestra Senora, in the province 
and government of Cumana. Its inhabitants en 
joy a royal privilege of indemnification from the 
tributes. It is situate on the shore, within a 
cannon s shot of the capital. 

ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro 
vince and government of Tucuman, in the king 
dom of Peru, of the district and jurisdiction of 
the city of Cordova, on the shore and at the 
source of the Rio Segundo. 

ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro 
vince of Guayana and government of Cumana. 
It is one of those which belonged to the missions 
of the Catalanian Capuchin fathers. 

ALTAGRACIA, another settlement of the pro 
vince and government of Gnayana, which is at 
present separated from that of Cumana. 

ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro 
vince and government of Venezuela, in the juris 
diction of the city of S. Sebastian, and valley of 



ALT 35 

Orituco ; in which district there are many estates 
of cacffo, esteemed particularly good, and several 
sugar mills, on either side of the river Orituco. 

ALT A MIR, a settlement of the province of 
Barcelona, and government of Cumana, situate 
on the shore of the river Chivata, to the n. w. of 
the town of San Fernando. 

ALTAMIRA, a settlement of the province and 
government of Sierra Gorda, in the Seno Mexi- 
cano, (bay of Mexico), and kingdom of Nueva 
Espana ; founded by the count of that title, D. 
Joseph de Escandon, colonel of the militia of the 
city of Queretaro, in 1750, who gave it this name, 
from his attachment and friendship towards the 
Marquis of Altamira, auditor of that royal audi 
ence, and one of those who were destined by the 
king to be inspector in the concerns relating to the 
conquest and the population of that province. 

ALTAMIRA, another settlement in the province 
and government of Venezuela, one of those under 
the care of the fathers of the Capuchin missions. 
It abounds in large cattle. 

ALTAR, a town and garrison of the province 
and government of Sonora. 

ALTAR, a settlement in the province and go 
vernment of Venezuela, consisting of Indians con 
verted to the Catholic faith by the Capuchin 
fathers ; in the jurisdiction of the town of San Car 
los, near the river Cojade. 

ALTAR, a very lofty mountain of the kingdom 
of Quito, in the corregimiento of Riobamba, to the 
e. of this town. It is always covered with snow, 
from whence it is called the snow-mountain. It 
serves as a boundary to the mountains of the coun 
try, the other side of this mountain being as yet 
unknown. From it the rivers Llurin and Min 
take their rise, which, united, enter the Pastaza, 
always running e. This mountain is one of those 
which form the Cordillera called, of Collanes. 

ALTO, SAN ANDRES DEL, a settlement of the 
province and government of Mainas in the king 
dom of Quito ; one of the missions held there by 
the abolished order of the Jesuits ; situate on the 
shore of the river Maraiion, and opposite the city 
of S. Francisco de Borja. 

ALTO, SAN ANDRES DEL, another settlement 
in the province and captainship of San Vincente 
in Brazil ; situate s. of the settlement of Espigon. 

ALTO, SAN ANDREI? DEL, another settlement 
in the province and corregimiento of Catamarca 
in Peru. 

ALTO, SAX ANDRES DEL, another settlement, 
with the dedicatory title of San Miguel, in the 
head settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor 

F2 



36 



A L V 



of Tecpatitlan, in the kingdom and bishopric of 
Nueva Galicia. It is seven leagues e. of its capi 
tal. 

ALTO, SAN* ANDRES DEL, another settlement in 
the province and government of Popayan, of the 
kingdom of Quito. 

ALTOBELO, a lofty, sharp- pointed island, 
near the n. coast of flispaniola, discovered at a 
great distance, and lying between the point Beata 
and the island of Vaca. [Long. 71 18 . Lat. 
17 38 a).] 

[ALTON, a tract of land in Strafford county, 
New Hampshire, n. e. from Barnstead.] 

ALTOS, a settlement of the province and cap 
tainship of S. Vincente in Brazil, situate between 
those of Tributes and Porcon. 

ALTOS, another settlement in the province and 
captainship of Rey in the same kingdom, and on 
the shore of the river Curucay. 

ALTOS, a river of the province and government 
of Guanuco in Peru. It is small, runs from s. to 
n. and forming a curve towards the w. enters the 
sources of the river Guallaga, opposite the settle 
ment of Saramajos. 

ALTOTONGA, a settlement of the head settle- 
merit of the district of Xalacingo, and alcaldia 
mayor of Xalapa, in Nueva Espana ; situate in a 
fertile, beautiful, and spacious valley, from which 
it takes its name. It is of a mild temperature, 
abounding in fruits, pulse, and tobacco. Jt con 
tains 105 Spanish families. The word Altotonga 
signifies, in the Mexican language, hot and saltish 
water ; and this comes from a river which has its 
rise in two hills united to each other, and situate 
at a league s distance to the s. This river runs into 
the lake of Alchichica, of the jurisdiction of Te- 
peaca. It lies a league and a half s. e. of its head 
settlement. 

ALVA, SAX Luis DE LAICACOTA DE, an 
establishment of silver mines, celebrated for 
their riches, in a mountain of this name, which 
signifies enchanted lake ; there being a lake at the 
top of the mountain formed by the Indians, who 
made use of it as a place in which to deposit and 
conceal their riches. This place was discovered 
in 1657 by the Colonel Don Joseph de Salcedo, 
who, having received some vague rumours of its 
importance, and finding that there was little need 
of hands for the working the mountain of San 
Joseph, sent his men hither to work. They ac 
cordingly opened the ground, and having suc 
ceeded in finding some metals of a superior quality, 
contrived to let off the lake, so as to come to the 
principal vein. Here they discovered an iia- 



A L V 

mensc quantity of silver, which they dug out at a 
trilling cxpence. They also found the mouths of 
other mines ; namely, of those of Las Anirmis and 
Laicacota Baxa, which were contiguous, and 
equally rich. From the last of these, Salcedo 
took, in one night, 93 casks full of silver, valued 
at a hundred thousand dollars, also a massy lump 
of silver, which weighed seven arrobas. The me 
tal was, moreover, so fine and pure, that, after 
paying the quinto or duty to the king, it was 
coined into money without any previous refine 
ment. From these riches the disgraces of Salcedo 
took their origin ; it was from them that arose the 
bickerings and party spirits which appeared 
among the Andaluces and Criollos on one side, 
and the mountaineers and the Viscainos on the 
other. A battle was the consequence, and the 
plain was covered with dead bodies. The plain 
bears the same name (Alva), and is, to this day, 
strewed with whitened bones. This disastrous 
affair induced the viceroy, the Count of Lemos, 
to come in person to put a stop to these differences ; 
and he, upon his arrival, ordered the settlement, 
which consisted of upwards of 300 houses, to be 
laid waste ; and finding a pretext for the removal 
of the Colonel Salcedo, caused him to undergo his 
sentence in the city of Lima, in 1686 ; but, as the 
sentence was about to be put into execution, it 
happened, and, as it is believed, by the decree of 
heaven, which would bear testimony to his inno 
cence, that the mine became inundated ; so that it 
could never after be emptied ; and although vast 
sums have been employed upon this work, no sil 
ver has ever since been extracted. 

AL VAttADO, a very abundant river of Nueva 
Espana, forming itself from one which descends 
from the sierras of Zongolica and Misteca. All 
these three unite near the settlement of Cuyote- 
peque, in the alcaldia mayor of Cozamaloapan, 
and collecting the streams of many others, which 
swell it to an immense size, it enters the sea at the 
mouth of its name, 12 leagues from Vera Cruz. 
It was anciently called Papaloapan, and was the 
first that was discovered by Herrian Cortes. It 
has a battery at its entrance, guarded by a detach 
ment from V era Cruz. 

ALVARADO, a settlement of the jurisdiction and 
alcaldia mayor of Vera Cruz in Nueva Espana. 
It is of a hot and dry temperature, inhabited by 
60 families of Spaniards and Mulattoes, whose 
commerce consists in fish ; as the land, although 
naturally fertile, yields no productions by which 
their commerce might be enlarged. They have a 
church, iu which the image of our Lady of Con- 



A M A 

ception is revered, on account of the miracles 
wrought by it ; and according to tradition, it was 
said to have been found shut up in a chest, lying 
upon the sea-shore on the coasts of Goazacoalco. 
Fourteen leagues from Vera Cruz, n. w. and 88 from 
Mexico. 

ALVARO, SIERRA DE MAESTRO, or Lunar 
Sierra, a cordillera of the mountains of the coast of 
Brazil, in the province and captainship of Espiritu 
Santo, between the point of Tiburon and the island 
of Reposo. 

A L VERNE, MOUNTAIN OF, a settlement 
composed of Indians, converted by the missions 
of the order of St. Francis, in the district of the 
alcaldia mayor of Gaudalcazar. It contains 30 
families, and is 12 leagues n. of the settlement of 
Sta. Rosa. 

ALZ, MANUEL DE, a river of the kingdom of 
Brazil. It rises between those of La Palma and 
Tocantines, runs nearly s. and, forming a curve 
towards the w. enters the latter river in 10 s. 
according to the map of Cruz, and 11 18 s. ac 
cording to Arrowsmith, [which refutes the opinion 
of Mr. De Lisle, who places it in 7.] 

A LZOUJ, a settlement of the head settlement of 
the district of San Luis, of the coast and alcaldiamay- 
orof Tlapain Nueva Espana. It contains 190 fami 
lies of Indians, who are very industrious in tilling 
and cultivating the ground, which produces, in 
abundance, maize, cotton, French beans, and rice. 

AMA, a settlement of the province and govern 
ment of Canta in Peru, annexed to the curacy of 
Huamanga. 

AMACACHES, a nation of Indians, of the 
kingdom of Brazil, and province and captainship 
of Rio Janeiro, inhabiting the woods and moun 
tains towards the 5. It is very numerous, and 
much dreaded, on account of the incursions which 
they have made upon the Portuguese establish 
ments. Amongst them are to be found some canni 
bals. Their weapons are darts and macanas, a sort of 
club, composed of a very heavy and solid wood ; 
and they use in their wars a very active poison, 
with which they anoint the points of their arrows 
and lances. 

AMACHURA, a river of the province and go 
vernment of Cumana. It runs n. and enters the 
sea in the principal mouth of the Orinoco. 

AMACORE, a large river of the province and 
government of Guayana, which descends from the 
W.Cordillera, and running towards the e. waters 
many parts unknown, or at least inhabited by some 
barbarous Indians. Its banks are covered with 
beautiful and umbrageous trees. After collecting 
in its course the waters of several other rivers, it 
empties itself into the N. sea. 



AMA 



37 



AMACU, a lake of the province of Guayana; 
in that part which is possessed by the Dutch. 

AMACU1CA, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Xonacatepec, and alcaldia 
mayor of Cuernavaca, in Nueva Espana. 

AMACUITLAPILCO, a settlement of the 
same head settlement of the district and alcaldia 
mayor of Xonacatepec. 

AMACURO, a settlement of the province and 
government of Cumana in the kingdom of Tierra 
Firme, situate in the interior of the Serrania. It 
is one of those missions belonging in that province 
to the fathers of the Aragonese Capuchins, at the 
point of Paria, and on the interior coast of the 
gulph Triste. 

AMACURO, a river in the same province, which 
runs towards the n. and joins the Orinoco at its 
large mouth, called De Navios. 

AMADEA, a river of the province and govern 
ment of S. Juan de los Llanos in the new kingdom 
of Granada. It rises to the n. of its capital, and 
joins the Meta very near to its source. 

AMAGUAJES, S. ANTONIO DE, a settlement 
of the province and corregiwiento of Pastes in the 
kingdom of Quito, situate on the shore of a small 
river, which enters that of S. Miguel. 

AMAGUANA, a settlement of the kingdom of 
Quito, in the corregimiento of the district of the 
Cinco Leguas de su Capital. 

AMAGUANA, a river of the same province and 
kingdom, which rises from the n. summit of the 
Paramo, or desert of Elenisa, and running w. 
collects all the waters which take their course 
from that cordillera, and from the mountains of 
Ruminavi and Pasuchua. It afterwards joins the 
river Ichubambato the n. at a small distance from 
the settlement of Conocoto ; and being increased by 
the streams which flow in abundance from the &. 
part of the cordillera t it changes its name to Guail- 
labamba ; and then, receiving also the waters of 
another, called Pisque, takes the denomination of 
Alchipechi, following a ;i. course till it enters the 
river of Esmeraldas ; which is so large, that near 
the settlement of S. Antonio, in the corregimlento 
of Quito, it is necessary to cross it en taravita, its 
width not admitting of its being passed by a ford, 
or by a bridge. 

AMAGUNTICK, a stagnant water, or lake, of 
New France, on the confines of New England. 

AMAIA, a settlement of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Chayanta, or Charcas, in Peru. 

AMAIALUI, a settlement and asiento of the 
gold mines of the province and corregimiento of 
Chayanta, or Charcas, in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Chayantacas. 

AMAIUCA, a small river of the province and 



38 



A M A 



country of the Amazonas. It rises in (he territory 
lying between the Payaguas and the Cobachis In 
dians ; runs with an inclination to the s. s. c. and 
enters the Mazanon, very near the mouth of the 
large river Napo . 

AMAJUNO, a small river of Florida, which 
runs w. and enters the sea opposite the island of 
Anclote. 

AMAMAZOS, a nation of barbarous Indians, 
o the n. of the city of Ganuco in Peru ; bounded 
by the nation of the Panataguas, and s. w. by the 
cordillera real of the Andes. 

AMAMBAI, CORDILLERA DE, a sj emzofthe 
province and government of Paraguay. It extends 
many leagues from the n. n. w. to the s. s. e. and 
its mountains abound in the herb Paraguay. 

AMAMBAI, CORDILLERA DE, a river ot the same 
province, which rises in the territory of the Mon- 
teses Indians. It runs s. and enters the Parana, 
opposite the large island of Salto. 

AMANA, a settlement of the province of Bar 
celona, and government of Cumana, situate on the 
shore of the river of its name, to the n. of the 
Table-land of Guampa. 

AMANA, a river in the same province and go- 
vernment, which rises at the foot of the mountains 
of Bergantin ; runs e. and enters the Guarapiche. 

AMANALCO, S. GERONIMO DE, the head 
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of 
Metepeque in Nueva Espafia. It contains 1224 
families of Indians. 

AMAN1BO, a river of the country of the Ama 
zonas, or Guayana, in the Dutch possessions. It 
runs n. making several windings, and enters the 
sea near the lake of Iracubo. 

[AMANIBO, a town on the coast of Guayana, 
between Paramaribo, and Cayenne.] 

AMANIQUE, a river of the province and 
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Qui 
to. It rises in the territory of the Plateros In 
dians, runs from e. to w. and enters the river 
Perene, or ancient Maranon. 

AMANTANE, SAN MIGUEL DE, an island of 
the great lake Chucuito, belonging to the pro 
vince of Paucarcolla, on the lofty plains of which 
were established some settlements of note, but 
which have, by lapse of time, fallen into decay. 
The houses were somewhat peculiar, having been 
built entirely of stone, and the roofs of the rooms 
having been vaulted with the same ; forming edi 
fices altogether handsome and well-constructed. 
This island, which is three leagues in circumfe 
rence, is full of orchards and gardens, producing 
fruits, herbs, and flowers. 

AMANTARA, a small island of the lake Titi- 



A M A 

caca, belonging to the province and government 
of Chucuito, near the strait of Capachica. 

AMAUTATA, a river of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Carabaya in Peru. It rises in the 
valley of Inaguana, to the s. of the settlement of 
Cuyocuyo, and runs n. forming a curve to enter 
the source of the river Inambari. 

AMAZONAS, SAN FELIPE DE, a settlement ot 
the province and government of Mainas in the 
kingdom of Quito. It is on the shore of the river 
Nanai. 

AMAPAES, a barbarous nation of savage In 
dians in Nueva Andalucia, to the w. of the river 
Orinoco, and near the mountain of Paria. They 
inhabit the territory between the rivers Catury, 
Cayari, and Meta, and are bounded by the Isape- 
rices, with whom they are continually at war. 
They are valiant and hardy, sincere and faithful ; 
they live by the chase, and by fishing, and their 
arms are bows and arrows, which are tipped with 
a very active vegetable poison. The territory is 
caJled Amapaya, and is comprehended in the pro 
vince of Paria. 

AMAPALA, a settlement of the. province and 
government of Nicaragua in the kingdom of Gua 
temala, situate upon a strip or narrow point of 
land "running into the S. sea, at the distance of 
four leagues from the town of San Miguel, and 
220 miles s. c. of Guatemala. [Long. 87 55 w. 
Lat. 13 12 .] 

AMAPILCAN, a settlement of the alcaldia 
mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espafia, containing 
15 Indian families. 

AMACUCHO, alias TAMBERIA, a settlement of 
the province and cor regimiento of Cajamarca in 
Peru. 

AMARETE, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Larecaja in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Charazani. 

AMARGOS, an island of the coast of Chile, 
at the mouth or entrance of the river Valdivia ; 
where there is also a castle of the same name. 

AMARGOSO, a river of the province and cap 
tainship of Rio Grande in Brazil. It rises near 
the coast, runs n. and enters the sea by a wide 
mouth, between the point of Tiburon and that of 
Mello. 

AMARILLO, a river of the province and cor 
regimiento of Loja in the kingdom of Quito. It 
rises at the foot of the sierra, near the settlement of 
Saraguro ; runs w. and enters the Tumbez. 

AMAR1SCOGGIN, a river of the district of 
Maine. See ANDROSCOGGIN. 

AMARO, JUAN, a town of the province and 
captainship of the bay of Todos Santos in the 



A M A 

kingdom of Brazil, founded in the year 1668 by 
a Portuguese gentleman of this name, in virtue of 
the concession of proprietorship made by King 
Don Pedro, and as a reward for the services of the 
former in its conquest. The same gentleman im 
mediately sold it to Colonel Manuel Araujo de 
Aragon, whose descendants are in possession of it 
at the present day. Its population and commerce 
are equally scanty. It is situate near the river 
Longoribo, [or Panuaca. Lat. 13 17 n. Long. 
40 14 w.] 

AM ABO, JUAN, a settlement, also called Mina de 
Luis Amaro, in the territory of Guayazas, of the 
same kingdom , situate on the shore of a river which 
enters the Tocan tines. 

AMARO, JUAN, another settlement of the pro 
vince and captainship of Puerto Seguro in the 
same kingdom ; situate at the port of the capital. 

AMARO, JUAN, another settlement of the pro 
vince and captainship of Pernambuco, situate at 
the source of the river of Antonio Grande, to the 
n. n. e. of the settlement of San Sabastian Novo. 

AMARO, JUAN, another settlement, called Sari 
Amaro el Velho, or Viejo, in the same province 
and captainship as the former. 

AMARO, JUAN, another town of the province and 
captainship of San Vincente in the same kingdom, 
situate on the shore of the bay of this name. 

AMARO, JUAN, a small island near the coast of 
this last mentioned province, where the Portuguese 
have a fort or castle, with the name of La Cruz. 
It is on the side of the bay of San Vincente. 

AMARUCA, a settlement of the province of 
Guayana and government of Cumana ; one of those 
belonging to the missions held there by the Cata- 
lanian Capuchin fathers. It lies s. of the city of 
Santo Tomas. 

AMARUMAIU, a large river of the king 
dom of Peru, which rises in the cordillera of the 
Andes, in 13 30 s. lat. It passes through the 
province of Mojos, after a long course of many 
leagues through unknown parts ; and after fre 
quently changing its name, it enters into the Ma- 
ranon, in 4 36 . s. lat. 

AMASARENDO, a settlement of the province 
and captainship of Parayba in Brazil, situate near 
the coast. 

AMATENANGO, a settlement of the pro 
vince and alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the king 
dom of Guatemala. 

AMATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Zulte- 
pec in Nueva Espana, situate on the top of a moun 
tain. It is of a cold temperature, and its popu- 



A M A 39 

lation consists of 80 Indian families. It lies 12 
leagues s. e. of of its capital. 

AMATEPEC, another settlement of the head 
settlement of the district of Totontepec, in the alcal 
dia mayor of Villalta. It is of a cold temperature, 
contains 15 families of Indians, and lies a little more 
than seven leagues to the e. of its capital. 

AMATICLAN, S. Luis DE, a settlement of 
the head settlement of the district of Huitepec, and 
alcaldia mayor of Cuernavaca, in Nueva Espana. 
It contains 43 families of Indians. 

AMATINCHAN, a settlement of the head set 
tlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa 
in Nueva Espana. It contains 62 families of In 
dians, and lies two leagues n. e. of its capital. 

[AMATIQUES, a sea-port town at the mouth of 
Guanacos river, which empties into the Amatique 
gulf, or gulf of Honduras, in the province of Vera 
Paz, Mexico. The inhabitants are chiefly logwood- 
cutters, and on the s. of the gulf is a tract of land 
called Amatique land. Lat. 15 23 . Long. 89.] 

AMAT1TLAN, SAN CHRISTOBAL DE, a 
settlement of the kingdom of Guatemala, si 
tuate in the valley of Mixto, or of Pinola. In 
the Mexican tongue it signifies the city of letters, 
from a custom which the natives have of writing 
upon the bark of trees, and thus forming tablets, 
which they send to a great distance. It has some 
excellent medicinal baths, renowned for the cure of 
several infirmities. A great commerce is carried 
on from the salt which is collected every morning 
from the shores of a lake, and which they purity. 
It has a large market-place, with a magnificent 
church, and a convent of the order of St. Domi 
nic, being one of the richest establishments main 
tained by this order throughout that kingdom. 
It is said to be famous for having made the dis 
covery of curing the cancer by eating raw lizards. 
The Indians used this remedy from the time of 
their gentilism, and it was first tried by the Eu 
ropeans in 1780, as appears by testimony and in 
formation transmitted by the provisional viceroy 
of New Spain, Don Martin de Mayorga ; the same 
information having been passed, by order of the 
King, to the tribunal of the first physician of this 
court. 

AMATITLAN, SAN CHUISTOBAL DE, another 
settlement of the same province, distinct from the 
former. 

AMATLAN, SANTA ANA TE ? a settlement of 
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia 
mayor of Tanzitaro in Nueva Espana, situate on 
the skirts of the sierra of this name. It is of a 
cold temperature, inhabited by 60 families of In- 



40 



A M A 



dians, 29 of Spaniards, and 12 of Ahistees and 
Mulattoes. So great is its commerce, and so 
abundant is it in fruits and grain, that it could 
maintain, with ease, double its present number. 
It has a convent of Monks, of the order of St. 
Francis ; in whose church, an image of Christ cru 
cified, and which image also bears the title of 
Milagro, or miracle, is held in particular reve 
rence. It is said to have obtained this title from a 
miracle well authenticated among the people of 
this settlement. Fourteen leagues s. of its capital. 

AMATLAN-, SANTA ANA DK, another settle 
ment, with the dedicatory title of San Luis, of the 
head settlement of the district and akaldia mayor 
of Mialniatlan in the same kingdom. It contains 
380 families of Indians, including those of its wards ; 
and here, as in the former settlements, is found 
a fruit something like a filbert, which they call 
coatecos, or tcpexilotes^ which is veryjiard, and of 
which are made beads and rosaries, ornamented 
and painted with different ciphers of Jesus, Mary, 
and Joseph, or sentences of the Magnificat, which 
are so permanent that it has been thought by some 
that the trees produced them in this state : they 
arc not unfrequently carried to Spain in little 
boxes. It is two leagues to the n. of the capital. 

AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settle 
ment belonging to the missions of the order of 
St. Francis, in the akaldia mayor of Tuchipila, 
at a short distance from the large river of Guada- 
laxara. Ten leagues n. W. of its capital. 

AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement 
of the head settlement of the district Tepoxtlan, 
and akaldia mayor of Cuernavaca. 

AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settle 
ment, which is the head settlement of the district 
of the akaldia mayor of Cordova, annexed to the 
curacy of La Punta. It contains 220 Indian 
families, who, from the fertility the ground ac 
quires from the waters of the rich stream of the 
Truchas, arc eabled to cultivate large quantities 
of fruits and pulse. Two short leagues s. of its 
capital. 

AMATLA.V, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement, 
with the dedicatory title of San Joseph, the head 
settlement of the district of the akaldia mayor of 
Zacatlan. In this settlement, and in the wards of 
its district, the families of Indians are estimated 
at 248. 

AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement 
(with the dedicatory title of San Pedro) of the 
head settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor 
of Cozamaloapan. It is of a hot temperature, situ 
ate on the shore of a large river of the same name, 
and was formerly the capital. It contains 150 



A M B 

families of Indians, and is two leagues e. of its 
capital. 

AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement 
of the head settlement of the district and akaldia 
mayor of Izatlan. It is 12 leagues from Aqua- 
lulco, which i^ the capital. 

AMAZONAS. See the article MARANON. 

AMBALEMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction 
of Tocarima, and government of Mariquita, in the 
new kingdom of Granada, situate on the shore of 
the large river Magdalena. It produces in abund 
ance the fruits peculiar to its climate, which is 
excessively hot : these are sugar-cane, maize, 
yucas, and plantains. It is much infested with 
Moschettoes, moths, and serpents ; and its in 
habitants may amount to about 100. It lies 12 
leagues s. w. of Santa Fe. 

AMBANA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimicnto of Caxatambo in Peru. 

AMBAR, a settlement of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Larccaja in Peru. 

AMBARGASTA, a settlement of the province 
and government of Tucuman, in the district and 
jurisdiction of the city of Santiago del Estero ; 
front whence it is distant 52 leagues. 

AMBATO, ASIENTO DE, the division and dis 
trict of the province and corre^imiento of Rio- 
bamba, part of which is in the kingdom of Quito. 
Its temperature is very mild and healthy, the air 
is good, and the earth so fruitful that it is no un 
common thing to see the husbandman sowing, 
reaping, and threshing, all in the same day. The 
crops are abundant, and of the best quality. It 
has many plantations of sugar-cane, from which is 
procured a sugar superior to any produced by the 
estates of the contiguous provinces : it has also 
many delicate and exquisite fruits, and an abund 
ance of cochineal, which they employ for dyeing, 
and of which a much larger quantity might be 
procured. The capital bears the same name, and 
is founded upon a rugged spot on the banks of a 
large river. Its temperature is benign and salu 
brious ; it abounds in all kinds of flesh, and choice 
productions ; the edifices are beautiful : besides 
the parish-church, which is very good and large, 
it has two parish-chapels of ease, and a convent of 
Franciscans. In the year 1698 it was entirely de 
stroyed, from an eruption of the volcano of Coto- 
paxi, which is near to it; and, at the same time, 
the snowy-mountain, or desert of Carguairaso, 
throwing up a river of mud or lava, which inun 
dated the whole country near, ruined the crops, 
and killed the cattle, which in vain endeavoured to 
avoid the destructive deluge. The monuments of 
this misfortune are still visible, and various chinks 



A M B 

or chasms are still remaining, especially one, about 
four or five feet wide, and running from n. to s. 
nearly a league in length, towards the s. point of 
the town ; but nevertheless, owing to the fertility 
and extensive commerce of the town, it has become 
already more considerable than it was formerly. 
In several houses they make a sort of fancy bread, 
so white and of so exquisite a flavour as far to sur 
pass any sort of biscuit ; this article is exported 
largely, even to the most distant settlements, since 
in no other has it ever been imitated with success, 
although the very flour and water have been car 
ried hence for the experiment. It is 18 leagues 
from Quito, and four from Tarunga. [Lat. 1 14 
w. Long. 78 25 .] 

AMBATO, ASJENTO BE, a river of the province 
and corregimiento of Riobamba, near the former 
capital. It runs with such violence, and with 
such a tremendous stream, that it is impossible to 
pass it otherwise than by a very strong built 
bridge : it has one of wood, braced with thick 
links of iron. This river afterwards joins others, 
and these together form a large river, called 
Patate. 

AMBATO, ASIENTO DE, a mountain of the pro 
vince and government of Tucuman in Peru, in the 
jurisdiction of the city of Catamarca, to the w. of 
the jurisdiction. It is large, and renowned not so 
much for its considerable mines, of which vestiges 
are yet apparent, as for the rumbling noises caused 
in it by the air, which seem occasionally to pro 
duce a kind of slight earthquake. 

[AMBER Bay, on the peninsula of Yucatan 
in the bay of Honduras, lies n. of ASCENSION Bay, 
which see.] 

[AMBERGREESE Key, an island in Hanover 
bay, on the e. side of the peninsula of Yucatan, 
in the bay of Honduras. It runs along the mouth 
of the bay, is 70 miles long, but very narrow. 
See ASCENSION Bay. 

AMBOCAS, SAN LUCAS DE, a settlement of 
the province and corregimiento of Loja in the king 
dom of Quito. 

AMBOL, SAN, a small river of the province 
and government of Buenos Ayres. It runs w. and 
enters the Plata near the town of Santa Lucia. 

[AMBOY. See PERTH AMBOY.] 

[AMBROSE, ST. an island in the S. Pacific 
ocean, on the coast of Chile, four or five leagues 
due &\ from St. Felix island. At first view, it 
appears like two small islands ; but after a nearer 
approach, it is found they are joined by a reef. 
It lies in Lat. 26 17 40" s. and Long. 79 8 
35" &. from Greenwich. There is a large rock 
four miles to the n. of the island, called, from its 

VOL. I. 



A M E 41 

appearance, Sail Rock. Captain Roberts, who 
was here in 1792, found St. Felix island inacces 
sible. On St. Ambrose island, his crew killed and 
cured 13,000 seal skins, of the best quality, in 
seven weeks. The island has little else to recom 
mend it. Fish and craw fish abound. The best 
season for sealing is from the 1st of April to the 1st 
of August. The island has the appearance of 
having had volcanic eruptions.] 

AMBROS1O, SAN, a small settlement or ward 
of the head settlement of the district of Ocula, 
and alcaldia mayor of Tocuyo ; thus called by 
Ambrosio de Alfinguer, who wns the first who en 
tered it in 1529. In its vicinity are the Barbarian 
Indians, the Xuruaras, and the Corominos. The 
territory is level, fertile, and abounding in maize, 
and in all sorts of grain ; also in cotton and sugar 
cane, which, however, being very watery, will not 
admit of being made into sugar. The climate is 
hot and unhealthy, and it has to the e. the cordil- 
lera of the mountains of San Pedro, and to the w. 
the cordillera of those of Bogota. 

AMBUQUI, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of the town of Ibarra in the king 
dom of Quito, situate on the shore of the river 
Mira-cerca, of the settlement of Pimampiro. 

AMEALEO, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of San Juan del Rio, and alcal 
dia mayor of Queretaro, in Nueva Espana, an 
nexed to the curacy of Santa Maria of Tequisqui- 
apan. It contains 58 families of Indians. 

AMECA, a head settlement of the district of the 
alcaldia mayor of Autlan in Nueva Espana. It 
contains 40 families of Spaniards and Mustees, and 
43 of Indians, who trade in seeds and swine, hav 
ing enough of them for the supply of the jurisdic 
tion. In its district are many herds of large 
cattle, with some goats. Thirty leagues to the n. 
of its capital. 

AMECA, another settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tala in 
the same kingdom. It is ot a moderate tempe 
rature, fertile in all kinds of seed, fruit, and pulse. 
In its vicinity, towards the w. is the great estate of 
San Nicolas, and to the e. that of Cabejon, besides 
many others on the shore of the river, which runs 
to the town of La Purificacion. Eight leagues w. 
s. w. of its capital. 

AMECAMECA, a head settlement of the dis 
trict of the alcala ia mayor of Chalco in Nueva 
Espana, situate at the skirts of a mountain which 
leads up to the snowy volcano, on which account 
it is of a very cold temperature. The whole of its 
district is full of very fertile estates, and in one of 
these was born the famous Sor Juana Ines de la 



42 A M E 

Cruz, the Mexican poetess, and who was baptized 
in the parish church of this settlement. It con 
tains 570 families of Indians, and some of whites. 
Three leagues between the e. and s. of its ca 
pital. 

AMECAQUK, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Calpa, and alcaldia mayor 
of Atrisco, in Nueva Espana. It contains 275 
families of Indians, and is five leagues s. w. of its 
capital. 

AMEL1E, or AMF.LIA, a county of the pro 
vince and colony of Virginia in North America. 
It lies between several rivers, and is bounded on the 
n. by the county of Cumberland, on the e. by that 
of Prince George, and s. and w. by that of Lu- 
nemberg. [Amelia, including Nottaway, a new 
county, contains 18,097 inhabitants, of whom 
11,037 are slaves.] 

AMELIE, or AMELIA, an island, situated seven 
leagues n. of the city of S. Agustin, on the e. 
coast of Florida. It is nearly two miles wide and 
thirteen long, and one league distant from the river 
of St. Juan. [It is fertile, and has an excellent 
harbour. Its . end lies opposite Cumberland 
island, between which and Amelia isle, is the entry 
into St. Mary s river, in Lat. SO 41 40" n. 
Long. 81 34 40" w.] 

AMKLIE, or AMELIA, a settlement of the same 
province, situate on the shore of the river Con 
ga n- 

[AMELINS, ECOUA, is a s. e. head branch of 
\\abash rive^, whose mouth is nine miles w. e. 
from the mouth of Salarnine river, and 45 miles s. 
zv. from the Miami village and fort.] 

AMENGOACA, a river of the province and go 
vernment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ; it 
rises in the territory of the Uniguesas Indians, 
runs from re. to e. and afterwards turning n. enters 
the Ucayale. 

AMERICA, the Indies, or the New World, 
one of the four parts of the Universe, and the 
largest. It Mas richer and better peopled in the 
time of the Indians, and more fertile and abound 
ing in the necessaries and comforts of life. It is, 
as it were, surrounded by the sea, and is indeed a 
continent as far as the Arctic Pole, where its boun 
daries have not been discovered. This immense 
country, nearly 2000 leagues in length, was un 
known to the ancients, until it was discovered by 
Christopher Columbus, a Genoese, in the service 
of their Catholic Majesties, Don Fernando V. 
and Dona Isabel, in four following voyages. In 
the first voyage he departed from the port of Palos 
dt- Moguer, with three small vessels and ninety 
meu, in the year 1491, and hud to contend with 



A M E 

incredible difficulties, as well in combating the 
prejudices of the Spaniards, who opposed his 
ideas, holding his attempt as something chime 
rical, as in preserving the crews of the vessels that 
accompanied the expedition ; many of whom, 
depressed and tired with the labours and hard 
ships of so long a voyage, endeavoured to put an 
end to their existence. It is improperly called 
America, from the celebrated pilot Horentin Ame- 
rico Vespucio, who discovered the continent to the 
5. of the equinoctial line : others will have that it 
was before discovered by Sancho de Huelva, who 
was driven there in a storm in the year 1484. 
The English assert, that in 1170, or 1190, it was 
discovered by a man of the name of Madoc, or 
Madocro, son or brother of Ousen Quisneth, 
prince of Wales, who, in two voyages to Virginia, 
Florida, Canada and Mexico, founded English 
colonies ; but this is a mere fable. This country 
has produced, and yet produces gold, silver, and 
other precious metals, in prodigious quantities, an 
infinite variety of herbs, plants, fruits, roots, fish, 
birds, and animals unknown, and such as had 
never heretofore been seen ; an astonishing variety 
of exquisite woods, some of the trees being of an 
enormous size. Its natives, though, on account of 
the innumerable nations and provinces of which it 
is composed, differ entirely amongst each other, 
were nevertheless all idolaters. The greater part 
of this immense country, which is, from its size, as 
it were unpeopled, is possessed by the Spaniards, 
who were its discoverers and conquerors ; but after 
this, the French, invited by its riches, established 
themselres in different parts, as also did the En 
glish, the Portuguese, the Dutch, and the Danes. 
America is divided into North and South by the 
isthmus of Panama, or Ticrra Firme. TheN. part, 
known at the present day, extends from 11 to 70 de 
grees of latitude, and comprehends the kingdoms 
of Nueva Espana, California, Louisiana, Nuevo 
Mexico, Virginia, Canada, Newfoundland, Florida, 
and the islands of St. Domingo, Cuba, Jamaica, 
Puertorico, and the other Antilles. The Meri 
dional or 8. part extends itself from 12 degrees n. 
lat. to 60 .s\ comprehending Tierra Firme, Darien, 
the new kingdom of Granada, Nueva Andalucia, 
Peru, Chile, Paraguay, Quito, the country of the 
Amazonas, Brazil, and the Tierras Magallanicas, 
or of the Patagones. Its largest mountains are 
those of the great chain, or Cordillera of the Andes, 
which run from n. to s. from the isthmus of Pa 
nama to Cape Horn. The mountain Chimborazo 
is the loftiest of any known in the world at the pre 
sent day; and others, especially those in Quito, 
are of an extraordinary height, and always covered 

2 



AMERICA. 



43 



with snow. America is also watered by the largest 
rivers in the universe ; such are those of the Ama- 
zouas, Orinoco, Magtlalcna, Atrato, La Plata, 
Esmeraldas, Jeneyro, Negro, Coca, Ucayale, 
Cauca, Putumayo, Beni, Madura, Napo, Pa 
rana, Pilcomayo, Mississippi, St. Lawrence, &c. 
The barbarous nations belonging to it are innu 
merable, and scattered over all parts, living in the 
most savage slate in the mountains, forests, and 
lakes, without any head, government, or laws ; 
some of them are cannibals, and they all gain their 
livelihood, in general, by fishing and the chase. 
Their languages are as various as their different 
nations ; nevertheless the mo-st universal dialect 
that is spoken in Peru is the Quechuan and the 
Aymaran, and in Nueva Espaiia the Mexican. 
Of religions, the most common are, idolatry among 
the barbarians, and the Catholic religion in those 
countries which have been subdued. Some of the 
idolaters worship the sun, moon, and the stars ; 
but they confess, and are sensible of a superior 
Being, who created them, and who preserves them. 
They believe in the immortality of the soul, the 
rewards and punishments of another world, and in 
the common enemy, whom they call Zupay ; in 
the universal deluge, and many other truths, 
although even these are enveloped in a thousand 
errors, and disfigured with accounts and fables 
which have been handed down to them by their 
ancestors ; others, more savage, adore nothing, or 
at least pay but little respect to their idols, which 
they choose from among plants, serpents, and 
quadrupeds. It is evident they have, all of them, 
some confused sort of light, impressing them with 
something that they cannot understand, but 
which they respect and fear. The greater part of 
them are given to polygamy, and they are not 
without their ceremonies in matrimony, and at 
their funerals ; but they are all, without excep 
tion, much addicted to drunkenness, arid have 
different sorts of strong drinks, which they make 
of herbs, roots, fruits, &c. They are, for the 
most part, robust, moderate, liberal, faithful, com 
passionate, patient, and silent ; but revengeful, 
jealous, luxurious, and stupid : of an obscure 
colour, with hair long and black, with round 
faces, being of a sad countenance, beardless, and of 
a good stature and person. There are some that are 
of a good colour, with a cheerful and noble coun 
tenance ; and grace and pleasantness are not want 
ing amongst the women. Besides these Indians, 
America is inhabited by the Europeans, who have 
established themselves here since the times of its 
conquest, also by the sons of those, who are known 



by the name of Creoles, those of Peru being called 
Chapetones, and those of Nueva Espana Cachu- 
pines. The Negroes, who are brought from the 
coast of Africa in considerable numbers, and who 
are sold as slaves to work in the sugar-cane < states, 
and in the mines of gold or silver, and other ser 
vile capacities, are the authors of a race called 
Castas, or peculiar breeds : thus the Mustees are 
the offspring of the Spaniard and the Indian, and 
the Mulattoes of the Spaniard or White and of a 
Negro or other woman ; the names of such off 
spring being Zambo, Cholo, Puchuela, Salta Atras, 
Tente en el Ay re, Quarteron, Quinteron, &c. 
This country abounds in gold, silver, copper, 
quick-silver, iron, antimony, sulphur, nitre, lead, 
load-stone, and marbles of every sort and colour ; 
in diamonds, rubies, emeralds, amethysts, gra 
nites, alabaster, rock-crystal, and all kinds of 
precious stones and minerals, besides its pearl- 
fisheries, which are carried on in many parts. 
Its fields produce every kind of grain, fruit, pulse, 
herbs, plants, and flowers, native to Europe, be 
sides an infinite variety of others peculiar to this 
climate ; such as the cacao tree, the cinnamon, 
pepper, sarsaparilla, xaynilla, scarlet dye, to 
bacco, balsams of a thousand kinds, Brazil and 
log-wood, bark, sassafras, aloes, vu\& azibar ; fine 
smelling incense, gums, barks, resins, and medi 
cinal herbs. The number of cattle is incredible, 
and the breed of European horses and mules de 
serves particular estimation. Its woods are filled 
with tigers, leopards, and bears ; its rivers, witli 
lizards, alligators, and thousands of different kinds 
of fish ; in its fields are found numbers of vipers 
and snakes, differing, to a surprising degree, in 
their powers, qualities, forms, and colours ; also 
other insects and venomous animals. The climate 
is various, and is changed according to the situ 
ation of the country, or of the different places. In 
the valleys and plains, and on the shores of the sea, 
it is commonly very hot ; upon the slopes or skirts 
of mountains, and in the country which lies more 
lofty, the temperature is most commonly mild and 
pleasant. The copious rains that are frequent 
under the equinoctial line, are not the only cause 
of the mildness of temperature experienced in 
those parts, but this is effected in no small degree 
by the winds and snows of the neighbouring moun 
tains, from which proceeds an excessive degree of 
cold. The part possessed by the King of Spain, 
and which is the larger, is governed by four Vice 
roys, established in Lima, Buenos Ayres, Mexico, 
aud Santa Fe ; an account of which governments 
will be found under their articles, and for a des- 
o 2 



44 



AMERICA. 



criptiou of which we have referred to the Chroni 
cles of Antonio de Herrera, as being the most 
punctual and complete. 

In what regards those who first peopled, and 
who were the ancient inhabitants of this hemis 
phere, and from whence they came, we leave this 
problem to be answered by the numerous cele 
brated historians and philosophers who have writ 
ten so much upon this subject ; observing only, 
that the opinion which, at the present day, most 
generally obtains, is, that America was peopled in 
the n. part, from Kamtchatka. 

[AMERICA is one of the four quarters of the 
world, probably the largest of the whole, and is, 
from its late discovery, frequently denominated the 
New World, or New Hemisphere. This vast 
country extends from the 56th degree of s. lat. to 
the north pole, and from the 55th to the 165th de 
gree of w. long, from Greenwich. It is nearly 
10,000 miles in length. Its average breadth may 
be about 1800 or 2000 miles. It has two sum 
mers and a double winter, and enjoys almost all the 
variety of climates which the earth affords. It is 
washed by two great oceans. To the e. it has 
the Atlantic, which divides it from Europe and 
Africa. To the w. it has the Pacific, or Great 
S. sea, by which it is separated from Asia. By 
these it carries on a direct commerce with the other 
three parts of the world. America is divided into two 
great continents, called North and South America, 
by an isthmus about 500 miles long, and which, 
at Darien, about lat. 9 n. is only 60 miles over ; 
other writers say 34 miles. This isthmus, with the 
n. and s. continents, forms the Gulph of Mexico, 
in and near which lie a great number of islands, 
called the West Indies, in contradistinction to the 
eastern parts of Asia, which are called the East 
Indies. 

In America Nature seems to have carried on her 
operations upon a larger scale, and with a bolder 
hand, and to have distinguished the features of 
this country by a peculiar magnificence. The 
mountains of America are much superior in height 
to those in the other divisions of the globe. Even 
the plain of Quito, which may be considered as 
the base of the Andes, is elevated farther above the 
level of the sea than the top of the Pyrenees in 
Europe ; and Chimborazo, the most elevated point 
of the Andes, is 20,280 feet high, which is at least 
7102 feet above the Peak of Teneriffe. From the 
lofty and extensive mountains of America, descend 
rivers, with which the streams of Europe, of 
Asia, or of Africa, are not to be compared, either 
for length of course, or for the vast body of water 



which they convey to the ocean. The Danube, 
the Indus, the Ganges, or the Nile, in the e. hemi 
sphere, are not of equal magnitude, even with the 
St. Lawrence, the Missouri, or the Mississippi, in 
N. America ; and fall far short of the Amazon 
and the La Plata in S. America. 

The lakes of the New World are no less con 
spicuous for grandeur than its mountains and 
rivers. There is nothing in other parts of the 
globe which resembles the prodigious chain of 
lakes in N. America, viz. Superior, Michigan, 
Huron, Erie, and Ontario : they may be properly 
termed inland seas of fresh water : and even those 
of the second or third class are of greater circuit 
(the Caspian sea excepted) than the greatest lake 
of the ancient continent. 

The luxuriance of the vegetable creation in the 
New World is extremely great. In the s. pro 
vinces, where the moisture of the climate is aided 
by the warmth of the sun, the woods are almost 
impervious, and the surface of the ground is hid 
from the eye under a thick covering of shrubs, of 
herbs, and weeds. In the n. provinces, although 
the forests are not incumbered with the same wild 
luxuriance of vegetation, the trees of various spe 
cies are generally more lofty, and often much 
larger, than are to be seen in any other parts of the 
world. 

Notwithstanding the many settlements of the 
Europeans on this continent, great part of Ame 
rica remains still unknown. The n. continent 
contains the four British provinces, viz. 1. Up 
per Canada; 2. Lower Canada, to which are 
annexed New-Britain, and the island of Cape 
Breton ; 3. New-Brunswick ; 4. Nova Scotia, to 
which is annexed St. John s island. Besides these 
there are the island of Newfoundland, and the 16 
United States. It contains also the Spanish terri 
tories of E. and W. Florida, Louisiana, New 
Mexico, California, and Mexico. Besides these 
there are immense unexplored regions to the w. and 
n. w. The s. continent has been already delineated. 

America, so far as is known, is chiefly claimed 
and divided into colonies by three European na 
tions, the Spaniards, British, and Portuguese. The 
Spaniards, as they first discovered it, have the 
largest and richest portion, extending from Louisi 
ana and New Mexico in N. America, to the straits 
of Magellan in the S. sea, excepting the large 
province of Brazil, which belongs to Portugal ; 
for though the French and Dutch have some forts 
upon Surinam and Guayana, they scarcely deserve 
to be considered as proprietors of any part of the 
s. continent. 



AMERICA. 



Next to Spain, the most considerable proprietor 
of America was Great Britain, who derived her 
claim to N. America from the first discovery of 
that continent by Sebastian Cabot, in the name of 
Henry VII. of England, in the year 1497, about 
six years after the discovery of S. America by Co 
lumbus, in the name of the king of Spain. The 
country was in general called Newfoundland, a 
name which is now appropriated solely to an island 
on its coast. It was a long time before the English 
made any attempt to settle in this country. Sir 
Walter Raleigh, an uncommon genius and a brave 
commander, first shewed the way, by planting a 
colony in the s. part, which he called Virginia, in 
honour of queen Elizabeth, who was unmarried. 

The French, indeed, from this period until the 
conclusion of the war of 1756, laid a claim to, and 
actually possessed Canada and Louisiana ; but in 
that war, they were not only driven from Cana 
da and its dependencies, but obliged to relinquish 
all that part of Louisiana lying on the e. side of 
the Mississippi ; and the British colonies, at the 
peace of 1763, extended so far as to render it dif 
ficult to ascertain the precise bounds of the empire 
of Great Britain in N. America. To the n. Bri 
tain might have extended her claims quite to the 
pole. From that extremity, she had a territory ex 
tending s. to Cape Florida in the Gulph of Mexi 
co, in n. lat. 25, and consequently near 4000 
miles in a direct line ; and to the w. the bounda 
ries were unknown : but having entered into dis 
putes with her colonies, she brought on a war, of 
which she felt the ruinous effects, by the dismem 
berment of her empire in N. America ; and Bri 
tish America, at the peace in 1783, was circum 
scribed within the narrow limits already men 
tioned.] 

A Chronological List of the most celebrated Dis 
coverers of America : 
Years. 

1492. Christopher Columbus, a Genoese, who, 
on the llth October, first discovered the 
island which is called San Salvador, one of 
the Lucayas, and afterwards the following : 

1497. The island of Trinidad, coast of Nueva 
Andalucia. 

1498. The island of Margarita. 

1302. Portobello, Nombre de Dios, the Rio de 
San Francisco, with the other coasts and 
islands. This great man, alas ! worthy of a 
better fortune, died on the 20th May, 1506, 
in Valladolid ; and having required in his 
will that his body should be carried em 
balmed to the island of St. Domingo, one of 
the Larger Antilles, these lines were inscribed 



Years. 

upon his tomb, and which, for those times, 
are excellent : 
Hie locus abscondit prceclarf membra Columbi y 

Cujus prcedarum nomen ad asfra xolat. 
Non satis unus erat sibi mundus notus, at orbem 

Ignotum priscis omnibus ipse dedit. 
Divilias summas terras dispcrsit in omnes, 

Atque animas ccelo tradidit innumcras. 
Intpnit campos ditinis legibus aptos, 
Pegibus et noslris prospera regna dedit. 

1497. Americo Vespucio discovered, in the month 
of May, the coast of Paria, and from him the 
whole of the New World takes its name. 

1498. The Antilles, the coast of Guayana, and 
that of Venezuela. 

1501, The const of Brazil, the Bay of Todos 
Santos, and the e. coast of Paraguay. 

1503. A second time the coast of Brazil, the 
river Curubnta, that of La Plata, and the 
coast of Los Pampas in Paraguay. 

1498. Vicente Yanez Pinzon, a Spaniard, dis 
covered Tombal, Angra, the Rio de las 
Amazonas and its islands, the Para or Mara- 
non, and the coast of Paria and Caribana. 

1501. Rodrigo Galvan de Bastidas, a Spaniard, 
discovered the islands Verde, Zamba, the 
city of Calamari, now Cartagena, the Gulph 
of Uraba, part of the n. coast of Darien and 
that of Sims. 

151 1 . Juan Diaz de Solis, a Spaniard, discovered 
part of the course of the river La Plata in Pa 
raguay. 

1512. Vasco Nunez de Balboa discovered the S. 
or Pacific sea through the Isthmus of Pa 
nama. 

Juan Ponce de Leon discovered Florida. 

1514. Gaspar de Morales discovered, in the S. 
sea, the islands of Las Perlas and those of 
Rey. 

1515. Pedrarias Davila discovered the coast of 
Panama, the Cape of Guerra, Cape Blanco, 
and the a?, coast of Darien, as far as the point 
of Garachine. 

1517. Francisco Hernandez de Cordova disco 
vered Yucatan. 

1518. Juan de Grijalba began the discovery of 
Nueva Espana. 

1519. Hernando de Magallanes, a Portuguese, 
discovered the port and river of San Julian^ 
and on the 6th of November of the following 
year, 1520, the strait to which he gave his 
name. He also discovered the land of the Pata- 
gones, that of Fuego, and the Pacific Sea. He 
was the first who went round the world from 



46 



AMERICA. 



Years. 

the w. to the c. in which voyages he spent 
three years and 28 clays, returning to Eu 
rope in the same ship, which was called the 
Victor j/, and of which it was said, 
Prhna ego velivolis ambivi curs ib us orbem. 
Afagelliana worn sub duce duct a f retro*. 
Ambh i, weritotfue vocor Victoria ; sunt mi 

Vela, alce t prelium gloria, pugna mare. 
1522. Gil Gonzalez Davila discovered through 
Nueva Espana the S. Sea, and Andres Nino 
652 leagues of coast in the N. Sea. 

1524. Rodrigo Bastidas discovered Santa Marta. 

1525. Francisco Pizarro, Hernando de Luqne, 
and Diego de Almagro,. joined company in 
Panama, and discovered the river of San 
Juan, the country of Esrneraldas, and the 
coast of Manta. 

1526. Francisco Pizarro discovered the land of 
Tumbez. 

Francisco de Montejo discovered Yucatan. 

Sebastian Gobato, a Venetian, discovered 
the coast and land of Pernambuco, and 200 
leagues further on of the river Paraguay, 
and of that of La Plata. 

1531. Garcia de Lerma, a Spaniard, discovered 
a great part of the large river Magdalena in 
the new kingdom of Granada. 

Diego de Ordcz discovered the grand river 
Orinoco, and the country of the Caribes. 

Nunode Guzman discovered Nueva Gali- 
cia, called Xalisco. 

1533. Francisco Pizarro, Marquis of Los Char- 
cas and Atavillos, discovered the island of 
Puna, Tumbez, Truxillo, the coast of Peru, 
as far as Guanuco and Caxamarca. 
1535. He discovered the river Rimac, Pachaca- 
mac, and the coast of Lima. 

1533. Pedro de Alvarado and Hernando dc Soto 
discovered Cuzco and Chimo. 

1534. Sebastian Venalcazar discovered Quito, 
the Pastes Indians, and other parts of Po- 
payan. 

1535. Diego de Almagro discovered Atacama 
and Chile. 

Pedro de Mendoza, a Portuguese, disco 
vered the rest of the river La Plata, and the 
famous mountain of Potosi. 

1539. Pedro de Valdivia discovered the rest of 
the kingdom of Chile, the country of the 
Araucanos, Chiloe, the land of the Pata- 
gones, and the coast of Magellan to the z& 

1540. Gonzalo Pizarro discovered the rivers Na- 
po arid Coca, aud the province of the Canelos. 



Years. 

1540. Panfilo de Narvaez discovered Nuevo 
Mexico. 

Francisco de Orellana discovered the 
grand river Maranon, or of the Arnazonas. 
1543. Domingo de Irala discovered the rivers 

Paraguay and Guarani. 

1566. Alvarode Mendana discovered the Solo 
mon Isles. 
1576. Francis Drake, an Englishman, discovered 

Cayenne and the coast of Guayana.. 
157S. lie discovered the islands of the straits of 
Magellan, the whole of the coast, of Chile, 
the islands of Mocha, other islands, and the 
coast of Peru. 
15S5. He discovered the coast of the llio del 

Hacha and of Coro, of which it is said : 
Quern tlmuit Icevis etiam Neptunus in widis y 

Et rediit toto victor ab oceano, 
Fcedifragos pellcns pelago prostabit Iberos 
JDrakius, huic tumulus CKquoris unda fuit. 
1601. Juan de Onate discovered the rest of Nu 
evo Mexico. 

1616. Jacobo de Maire, a Dutchman, discovered 
the strait which still preserves the name he 
gave it. 

1617. Fernando Quiros discovered the unknown 
land to the *. near the Antarctic Pole. 

1619. John More, James Hermit, and John 

Hugo Scapenham, Dutchmen, discovered 

the islands of the Estates, Port Mauritius, 

and the island called Hermit. 

1670. Nicolas Mascardi, a Jesuit, discovered the 

city of Cesares, in the kingdom of Chile. 
[1764. Byron, an Englishman Islands in Pacific 

Ocean. 

1766. Carteret, an Englishman do. 
Wallis, an Englishman do. 
Pages, a Frenchman do. 
Bougainville, a Frenchman do. 
1769. Cook, an Englishman made discoveries 



1771. 



in the Pacific. 
Surville, a Frenchman do. 



1775. 



Marion and du Clesmeur, Frenchmen do. 

Hearne, an Englishmando. 

Cook, Clerke, and Gore, Englishmen do. 

Carter, an Englishman in N. America. 
1789. Mackenzie, an Englishman do. 

Pike, an American in Louisiana.] 
A Catalogue of the Founders of the principal 

Cities of S. America. 
Years. 

1502. Christopher Columbus Portobelo. 
1509. Alonso de Ojeda Buenavista. 



* Probably J reta. 



AMERICA. 



Years. 

1.5 JO. Diego Nicuesa Nombre de Dios. 

1514. Gabriel de Roxas Acla. 

1517. Caspar Espinosa Nata. 

1518. Pedrarias Davila Panama. 

1519. Pedro Daza Santiago de Atalayas. 

1525. Gonzalo de Ocampo Cordova deCumana. 
Marcelo Villalobos Margarita. 
Rodrigo Bastidas Santa Marta. 

1526. Ifiigo Carbajal Curaana. 

1530. Ambrosio Alfinger Maracaibo. 

1531. Francisco Pizarro Piura. 

Pedro de Heredia Cartagena and Tolu. 
Fraucisco Pizarro- Arequipa. 
Sebastian Benalcazar Quito. 
Francisco. Pacheco Puerto Viejo. 
Nicolas Federman Rancheria. 
Francisco Pizarro Truxillo, Lima. 
Pedro de Mendoza Buenos Ayres. 
Francisco Henriquez Tenerife. 
Diego dc Almagro Almagro. 
Alonso de Alvarado Chachapoios. 
Pedro de Mendoza Buena Esperanza. 
Sebastian Benalcazar Cali, Popayau. 
Francisco de Orellana Guayaquil. 
Pedro de Anasco Timana. 
Gonzalo Ximenez de Quesada Santa Fe. 
Sebastian Benalcazar La Plata. 
Juan Salazar La Ascension. 
Pedro Anzures Chuquisaca. 
Francisco Pizarro Huamarga. 
Juan Gomez Alvarado Guanuco. 
Lorenzo de Aldana Pasto. 
Sebastian Benalcazar Plasencia. 
Martin Galiano Velez. 
1510. Geronimo Santa Cruz Mompox. 

Pedro Ordifiez de Cevallos, Lope de Her- 
rera, and Diego Sotelo Altagracia. 

1541. Juan Salinas Valladolid. 

Pedro de V aldivia Santiago de Chile. 
Geronimo Aguado Malaga. 
Francisco Henriquez Barbudo. 

1542. Jorge Robledo Antioquia, Anserma, Car- 

tago. 

Sebastian Benalcazar Arma. 
Juan de Salinas Loyola 

1543. Alonso Fuenmayor Almaguer* 
Juan Moreno Caloto. 

Sebast ian Benulcazar -Caramanta. 
Diego Martinz de Ospina Neiva. 
THUS Diaz Melgarejo Ontiveros. 

1544. Sebastian Venegas Tocaima. 
Lorenzo Martin Tamalaincque. 
Fernando Valdez Soiupallon, S. Miguel 

de las Pulmas, 



Years. 
J544. 
1546. 
1547. 



1548. 



1549. 



1535. 

153G. 
1537. 
1538. 

1539. 



1550. 
155 1 . 



1552. 

1553. 
1555. 
1557. 

1558. 
1559. 
1560. 
1562. 

1563. 



1566. 
1570. 
1571. 



Pedro de Valdivia Coquimbo, La Serena. 

Alonso Mercadillo Loxa. 

Jacobo Castellon Cadiz. 

Luis Lanchero Muzo. 

Pedro dc Ursua Tudela. 

Francisco Roldan Victoria. 

Alonso Mendoza La Paz, Vilianueva de 

los Infantes. 

Garcia de Mendoza Confines. 
Juan Nunez de Prado Cordova del Tucu- 

man, Santiago del Estero. 
Diego Palomina Jaen. 
Andres Salinas Salinas. 
Pedro Mercadillo Zamora. 
Fernando de Santa Ana Los Reyes. 
Peel rode Valdivia Villa Rica, La Imperial. 
Andres Lopez Galarza Ibaque. 
Francisco Pedroso Mariquita. 
Pedro Mantilla San Juan Giron. 
Geronimo Avellaneda S. Juan de los 

Llanos. 

Juan Viliegas Segoria. 
Pedro de Valdivia Valdivia. 
Pedro de Alvarado Toro. 
Juan Lopez de Heredia Caguan. 
Andres Hurtado de Mendoza Canete. 
Pedro de Tarita Londres. 
Adriano de Vargas S. Joseph de Cravo. 
Gil Ramirez Davalos Cnenca. 
Miguel de Armendariz Pamplona. 
Andres Hurtado de Mendoza Osorno. 
Diego de Paredes Paz de Truxillo. 
Gil Ramirez Davalos Baeza. 
Lope Garcia de Castro Castro, or Chiloe. 
Francisco Faxardo Carballeda. 
Francisco Rivas Cara. 
Domingo Fernandez de Solo Caceres. 
Diego Lopez de Zuniga fca. 
Juan de los Pinos Merida. 
Alonso Rangel Salazar de las Palmas. 
Pedro Centellas Barcelona. 
Diego Lopez de Zuniga Arnedo. 
Juan de Salamanca-Carora. 
Francisco Cuceres San Christobal. 
Francisco 1 lernandez Ocana. 
Francisco de Toledo Guancavelica. 
Martin de Loyola Santa Cruz de Loyola. 
Miguel de Ibarra Ibarra. 
Juan Pedro Olivcra Cornuta. 
Pedro Sarmiento Filipolis, Nombre de Dios. 
Antoniode los Rios San Jus(ino> 
Domingo Lozano Buga. 
Garcia Hurtado de Mendoza 

Mendoza, 






48 

Years 

1572. Gaillermo de la Mota Villar San Luis 

de Marafion. 

Diego Vaca de Vega Borja. 
Diego Fernandez de Cordova Moquehna. 
Juan de Zarate S. Martin del Puerto. 
Joseph Manso de Velasco Buena vista del 

Callao. 
Catalogue of the Founders of the principal Cities 

of Spanish N. America. 
1494. Bartolomew Columbus St. Domingo. 
Christopher Columbus Bonao. 
Christopher Columbus Concepcion de la 
Vega. 

1502. Juan de Esquivel Higuey. 
Juan de Esquivel Ceibo. 
Nicholas de Ovando Puerto de Plata. 

1503. Diego Velasquez Xaragua. 
Diego Velasquez Salvatierra. 
Diego Velasquez Maguana. 
Diego Velasquez Yaquimo. 

1504. Diego Velasquez Azua. 
Nicolas de Obando Yaguana. 
Nicolas de Obando Buenaventura. 

1505. Rodrigo Mexica Cotui. 

1506. Juan de Esquivel Salvaleon. 

1509. Juan Esquivel Santiago de los Cabal- 

leros. 
Juan de Esquivel Sevilla. 

1510. Juan Ponce de Leon Puertorrico. 
1514. Diego Velasquez Santiago dc Cuba. 

Diego Velasquez Baracoa. 

Diego Velasquez Puerto Principe. 

Diego V r elasquez Sancti Spiritus. 

Diego Velasquez Havana. 

Juan de Garay Melilla. 

Juan de Garay Oristan. 
1518. Hernan Cortes Segura de Tepeaca. 

Hernan Cortes Vera Cruz. 
1520. Gonzalo de Sandoval San Estevan del 
Puerto. 

1522. Andres de Tapia Medellin. 
Gonzato de Sandoval Goazacoalco. 
Gonzalo de Sandoval Colima. 

1523. Juliano Rodriguez de Villafuerte Zaca- 

tula. 

Francisco Fernandez de Cordova- --Leon 
de Nicaragua. 

Francisco Fernandez de Cordova Gra 
nada. 

1524. Francisco Fernandez de Cordova Bru- 

selas. 

Pedro de Alvarado Santiago de Guate 
mala. 

Francisco de las Casas Truxillo. 



AMERICA. 



Years. 

1525. Hernan Cortes Nra. Sra. de Victoria de 

Tabasco, 

1526. Francisco de Montejo Valladolid de Yu- 
} . .catan. 

1528. Diego Mazariegos Villaroel. 

1530. Diego Davila S. Sebastian de Chiametla. 
Niuio de Guzman S. Miguel de Culia- 

can. 
Gabriel de Roxas Gracias a Dios. tmrr^ 

1531. Diego Mazariegos Chiapa. 
Alonso de Carceres Comayagua. 
Nuiio de Guzman Guadalaxara. 
Nuno de Guzman Espiritu Santo. 
Nuiio de Guzman Compostela deXalisco. 
Nuno de Guzman Purificacion. 
Christobal de Olid Pascnaro or Mechoa- 

can. 

1532. Francisco de Montejo Salamanca. 
Diego Davila San Jorge de Olancho. 

1533. Licenciado Saluieron Puebla de los Ange 

les. 

Nicolas de Obando Monte Christi. 
1536. Christobal de Olid Valladolid . 
Pedro de Alvarado San Pedro. 
1538. Alonso de Ojeda Buena V r ista. 
1540. Francisco de Montejo S. Francisco de 

Campeche. 

1542. Francisco de Montejo Merida. 
1551. Francisco de Ibarra Guadiann. 
1560. Juan de Tolosa Zacatecas. 
1565. Pedro Menendez San Agustin. 
1570. Don Martin Henriquez Concepcion de 

Zelaya. 

1596. Andres de Arriola Panzacola. 
1599. Conde de Monterrey Monterrey. 
1613. Martin Reolin Lerma. 
1618. Diego Fernandez de Cordova Cordova. 
1623. Jacobo Castellon Cubagua. 
1637. Martin de Zavala Cadereita. 
1642. Alvaro de Quinoncs LoreHzana. 
1748. Don Joseph Escandon Monclova. 
1750. Don Joseph Escandon Altamira. 

[AMESBURY, a flourishing town in Essex 
county, Massachusetts, on the n. w. bank of Merri- 
mack river, about four miles n. w. of Newbury- 
port, containing 1801 inhabitants. Powaws river 
divides the township from Salisbury, over which a 
handsome bridge has lately been erected. A num 
ber of mills lie on this river round the lower falls. 
See POWAWS River.] 

[AMEWELL is the most populous town in 
Hunterdown county, New Jersey. It contains 
5201 inhabitants, including 283 slaves.] 

[AMHERST, a township in Cumberland coun- 



A M I 

ty, Nova Scotia, situate on Chignecto Bason, on 
the s. side of La Planch river, and on the rivers 
Napan and Macon. The navigation of the two 
last is difficult, on account of shoals. The town 
was settled by North Irish, Yorkshire, and New 
England people.] 

[AMHERST, the shire town of Hillsborough 
county, New Hampshire, is a town of some note, 
formerly Souhegan West, and was originally 
granted from Massachusetts. It has 2369 inhabi 
tants, and was incorporated in 1762. The Aurean 
Academy was founded here in 1790. A few years 
ago, the township being much infested with wolves, 
the people, on a day appointed, surrounded a large 
swamp whicli they frequented, and kept up an in 
cessant firing of guns and beating of drums the 
whole day ; which music forced the wolves to de 
camp the following night with dismal bowlings, 
and they have never done any mischief in the town 
since. Amherst lies on a n. branch of Souhegan 
river, which falls into Merrimack river, and is 60 
miles w. of Portsmouth, and 53 n.w. of Boston. 
Lat. 42 54 n. Long. 71 33 o>.] 

[AMHERST, a township in Hampshire county, 
Massachusetts, containing 1233 inhabitants; 91 
miles w. from Boston, and about eight n.e. from 
Northampton.] 

[AMHERST County, in Virginia, lies between 
the Blue Ridge and the tidewaters, and contains 
13,703 inhabitants, including 5296 slaves. It lies 
on the n. of James river.] 

[AMICU, a lake in the province of Cumana, 
S. America, whose waters run s. through Parima 
river into the Amazon.] 

AMICURI, a lake of the province and country 
of th Amazonas, in the part possessed by the 
Portuguese, formed by a river which enters the 
Madera. 

AMILGAMBO, or AMILGANELO, a settlement 
of the province and government of Tucuman, in 
the jurisdiction of the city of Rioxa, to the n. n. e. 
It is now destroyed, and the ruins of it alone re 
main. 

AMILPA, a head settlement of the district of 
the alcaldia mayor of Xochimilco in Nueva Es- 
pana, situate on the top of a mountain whicli rises 
near the capital. It has in it a very good convent 
of the order of St. Francis, with an endowed ca- 
thedral for the instruction of the novices in the 
Mexican tongue. It is surrounded by many wards ; 
and the number of Indian families amount alto 
gether to 730, who live by tilling the ground. 

[AMILPAS, two volcanoes in the province of 
Guatemala in New Spain, near the mountains of 
Soconusco.] 

VOL. I. 



A M O 



49 



AMILTEPEC, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Juquila, and alcaldia may or 
of Xicayan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 14 
families of Indians, and is six leagues from its ca 
pital towards the n. e. 

AM1NE, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Guayana, which rises in its mountains, and 
runs from w. to e. until it enters the Guarapiche. 

AM1RCARE, a small river of the province and 
government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia, 
which rises near the country of the Caribes In 
dians, runs from w. to e. and enters the Caroni. 

AMIT, a river of the province and government 
of Louisiana, which runs from s. to the side of the 
Mississippi, and enters the Akankia. 

AM1XOCORES, a barbarous nation of Indians 
of the kingdom of Brazil, who inhabit the woods 
and mountains to the $. of the capital of Rio Ja- 
neyro. They are cruel and treacherous, and main 
tain a continual warfare with the Portuguese. 
Their territory and their manners are but little 
known. 

AMOCO, a settlement of the province and eor- 
regimiento of Ayinaraez in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Pocoanca. 

[AMOENIA, a thriving township in Dutchess 
county, New York, six miles distant from Sharon 
in Connecticut. It contains 3078 inhabitants, of 
whom 383 are electors.] 

AMOGUAJES, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settle 
ment of the province and government of Quijos 
Marcas in the kingdom of Quito, situate on the 
shore of a small river which enters the Putumayo. 

AMOI, a river of the province and government 
of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It rises in 
the country of the Simi^ayes Indians, runs from 
n. to s. and enters the Tigre, or Pinguera. 

AMOI A, a river of the new kingdom of Gra 
nada. It rises behind the desert of Ruiz, and 
after many turnings enters the river Magdalena. 

AMOLA, or AMULA, alcaldia mayor and juris 
diction of Nueva Espana, in the kingdom of Nu 
eva Galicia, and bishopric of Guadalaxara. In 
the Mexican tongue it signifies the land of many 
trees, from its being well stocked with them. The 
name is now corrupted, and is called Amula. Its 
jurisdiction is composed of 17 settlements, which, 
from the coast of the S. sea, form a cordillera to 
wards the e. as far as the boundaries of Zavula. 
The capital is the settlement of Tuzcacuezco. 

The settlements of its jurisdiction are : 
Tuzcacuezco, Cuzalapa, 

Mazatlan, Ton ay a, 

San Gabriel, Tetepam, 

Ayotitlan, Xiquilpa, 



A M O 



Chacala, 

Copa/a, Cuicatlau, 

San Juan, Z a pot it Ian, 

Chachichilco, Toxin. 

Tollman, 

AMOLTEPEC, a settlement of the alcaldia 
mayor of Teozaqualco in Nucva Espaua. It con 
tains 96 families of Indians, who gather cochi 
neal and cultivate some maize. Jt is nine leagues 
to the .<?. ofifs capital. 

[ YMONOOSl CK, an Indian name given to 
two fivers in New Hampshire ; the one is called 
Upper Amonoosnck, passing through a track of 
excellent meadow. Jl rises near the n. end of the 
White hills, runs n. about 15 miles, where is a 
carrying place of about three miles to Amariscog- 
gin river. From thence the river runs s. to. and 
w. nearly 18 miles, and empties into the Con 
necticut at Northumberland, near the Upper 
Coos. 

The other is called Great or Lower Amonoo- 
suck, which rises on the w. side of the White 
mountains. It falls into the Connecticut just 
above the town of Ilaverhill in Lower Coos, by 
a mouth 100 yards wide. About two miles from 
its mouth it receives Wild Amonoosuck, 40 yards 
wide, from Francoiiia and Lincoln mountains. 
Two or three hours rain raises the water in this 
last mentioned river several feet, and occasions a. 
current so furious as to put in motion stones of a 
foot in diameter, but its violence soon subsides.] 

AMOPOCAN, a settlement of Indians of the 
province and corregimietilo of Cuyo in the king 
dom of Chile, situate on the shore of a river. 

AMORTAJADO. See SANTA CLARA. 

AMOTAPE, a settlement of the province and 
rorrtgimicfilo of Piura in Prtu, immediately upon 
the coast of the S. sea, and a quarter of a league 
from, the river of its nnme, which forms itself into 
pools in the rainy season, which so fertilize the 
land as to produce abundance of seeds, roo/s, and 
fruits peculiar to a hot climate. It is in the direct 
Voad called Vales, which leads to Piura. In its 
vicinity is a mine of Cope, a sort of black and 
hard naphtha, resembling ns/iphulla, in which a 
great commerce is carried on with the ports, 
Avheie it is used instead of a. quitran, though it is 
more conunonlv mixed with the latter. [In -4 
50 kit. 80 42 w. lung.] and 14 leagues from the 
capital. 

AMOTAPF, a sierra of the same province and 
corregimiento, beginning at cape Blanco, arid 
running in a n. n. c. direction until it becomes in 
corporated with the sierra of Pachini. 

AMOTAP. -, a river ef the above province. 



A M S 

AMOZAQtJE, a settlement and head settle 
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of the 
Puebla de los Angelos, situate in a hot and diy 
temperature. It contains, besides the parish 
church, a convent of the order of St. Francis ; 
one hundred families of Spaniards, Mulattoes, and 
Mustees, and 586 of Indians, including those of 
the wards of its jurisdiction. Three leagues c. of its 
capital. 

[A MPA LLA, by some authors called AM PALI A, 
a city and seaport in Guatemala gulf, in that of 
Mexico, 350 miles s. e. of the city of Guatemala, 
and carries on a brisk trade in cochineal, cocoa, 
hides, indigo, &c.] 

AMPARAES, a settlement of the province and 
corrcgimiento of Paucartambo in Pern, annexed 
to the curacy of that of Cochabamba. [Lat. 
19 12 jr. Long. 67 3 a>.] ,,cqH 

AMPATA, a settlement of the province and 
government of Tucuman, and of the jurisdiction 
of the city of Rioja, and to the s. of the same. 

AMPI, a settlement of the province and ror- 
regimiento of Parinacoche in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Pacca. 

AMPOLA, a river of the province and colony 
of N. Carolina, which runs s. and enters the Al- 
dama. 

AMPONES, a barbarous nation of Indians in 
the province and government of Paraguay. The 
natives are small, and inhabit the forests of the 
Rio de la Plata to the s. It is bounded n. by the 
Yaperaes, e. by the Mcpones, and s. by the Chi- 
menes. They all form one nation, although they 
are dirided into several tribes. They are cour 
teous and valorous, maintain themselves upon 
wild fruits and fish, which they catch in the.yeigh* 
bouring lakes, and which they preserve by smok 
ing. They enjoy a line country and a healthy 
climate. They have some gold mines, and this 
metal is also found in the sand of the shores of 
their rivers; nor are they without some inter 
course with the city of Concepcion. Some have 
been converted to the Catholic faith through the 
zeal and exertions of the Jesuits. 

AMSTERDAM, a capital town of the island 
of Cura/ao, with a large bay on the s. coast, op 
posite the cape of Ilicacos of Tierra Finne. 

[AMSTKHUAM, a new township in Montgomery 
county, New York. It contains 235 inhabitants, 
who arc electors.] 

AMSTERDAM, NEW, a city in the province of 
Guajjfc^ta, and in the Dutch possessions, situate 
near fl|i$oast. [Lat. 6 n. Long. 57 15 o>.] 

AMsk.iiDAM, another city in the province 
and colony of New England, which belongs to 



AMU 

(he English, but founded by the Dutch on the 
shore of the bay and river called Mantrati. See 
NEW YORK. 

AMSTERDAM, an island of the S. sea, discovered 
by the Dutch captain Tasmani, who gave it this 
name in 1643. It lies for the most part very low, 
and is subject to inundations of the sea at the flood 
tides, when the water rises to the height of nine 
feet. It is inhabited by savages of a docile and 
affable nature, who have good means of subsist 
ence. The climate is temperate, and it is seven 
leagues distant from the other island, which the 
Dutch call Rotterdam. 

AMUES, SAN FRANCISCO DE LOS, a settle 
ment and real of the silver mines of the alcaldia 
mayor of San Luis de la Paz, and bishopric of 
Mechoacan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 36 
families of Spaniards, 92 of Mustees and Mulattoes, 
and 43 of Indians, who are all employed in the 
commerce of the silver that is dug from the mines. 
Fifteen leagues e. of the capital. 

AMULALAS, or AMULALS, a settlement of 
the province and government of Tucuman, called 
formerly Mataray. It is a population of the an 
cient Abipones Indians. 

AMURCAS, a nation of barbarous Indians, 
descended from the Panches, in the new kingdom 
of Granada. They live in the forests to the s. of 
the river Magdalena; but of them little is known. 

[AMUSKEAG FALLI, in New Hampshire, are 
on Merrimack river, 16 miles below Concord, 
and seven below Hookset falls. It consists of 
three pitches, one below the other, so that the 
water falls about 80 feet in the course of half a 
mile. The second pitch, which may be seen from 
the read on the w. side, is truly majestic. In the 
middle of the upper part of the fall is a high 
rocky island, on the top of which are a number of 
pits, made exactly round, like barrels or hogs 
heads, some of which are capable of holding 
several tons ; formed by the circular motion of 
small stones, impelled by the force of the descend 
ing water. There is a bridge a little below the 
falls, 556 feet in length, and 20 in breadth, con 
sisting of 2000 tons of timber, and made passable 
for travellers 57 days after it was begun. Lat. 
42 59 nJ 

AMU fURI, a large river of the new kingdom 
of Granada, which runs through the plains of 
Cazanare, and being united to the river of this 
name, enters the Orinoco on the n. side. 

AMUZGOS, a head settlement of the- district 
of the a/ca/(#a mayor of Xicayan in Nueva Es 
pana. It is of a hot temperature, and contains 



ANA l 

three or four families of Spaniards, and 76 of 
Indians, who carry on a commerce in cotton, 
bainilla, tobacco, and cochineal, which are its 
natural productions. It lies 15 leagues between 
n. and s. of its capital. 

ANA, STA. a settlement of the government of 
Mariquita in the new kingdom of Granada. It 
has more than 200 housekeepers, is of a hot tem 
perature, but is nevertheless healthy, and abound 
ing in natural productions, notwithstanding it 
must be allowed, that the water is apt to cause 
cotosj or morbid swellings in the throat, an epi- 
demy to which almost all the inhabitants are sub 
ject. It has been a place of note, in consideration 
of its silver mines, from whence immense quanti 
ties of this metal have been extracted, but they 
are now abandoned. 

ANA, STA. another small settlement or ward in 
the district of Ocuila, and alcaldia mayor of Mari- 
nalco, in Nueva Espana. 

ANA, STA. another settlement in the district of 
Tenanzingo, and of the former alcaldia mayor in 
the same kingdom, situate on the verge of a deep 
chasm, which divides this jurisdiction from that of 
Zaqualpa. It contains 31 families of Indians, is 
of a moderate temperature, and lies two leagues 
from its capital. 

ANA, STA. another settlement and head settle 
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Zul- 
tepec in the same kingdom. It contains 117 
families of Indians, who collect much wax and 
virgin honey in their district. Seven leagues *. 
of its capital. 

ANA, STA. another, in the head settlement of the 
district and alcaldia mayor of Toluca, with 124 
families of Indians, and close to its capital. 

ANA, STA. another, in the head settlement of the 
district of Isabel, and alcaldia mayor of Cholula. 
It contains 134 Indian families, and is three 
leagues s. of its capital. 

ANA, STA. another, in the province and govern 
ment of the Chiquitos Indians in Peru, reduced 
by the missions held there by the Jesuits. In the 
head settlement of the Rio Capivari. 

ANA, STA. another, in the province and govern 
ment of Cartagena, and kingdom of Tierra Firme, 
of the district of Mompox, situate on the shore of 
the large river Magdalena. 

ANA, STA. another, of the missions that were 
held by the Jesuits in the province and govern 
ment of Paraguay, situate on the *hore oft Jie river 
Parana, between the settlements of San Cosine and 
Loreto. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and can- 
H 2 



52 ANA 

tainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore of 
the river Xingu, in the country of the Guaiapis 
Indians. 

ANA, STA. another, of the island of Curac,oa, 
and colony of the Dutch, situate on the s. coast, 
and opposite that of Tierra Firme. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and govern 
ment of Buenos Ayres, situate to the s. of San 
Joaquin. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province of Tarau- 
mara in Nueva Espana, a reduction of the mis 
sions held here by the Jesuits. It is 15 leagues 
from the real of San Felipe de Chiguaga. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province of Cinaloa, 
a reduction of the missions of the abolished society 
of the Jesuits. 

ANA, STA. another, in the kingdom of Nueva 
Mexico, a reduction of the missions of the order 
of St. Francis. 

ANA, Si A. another, in the province and cor- 
regimiento of Castro Vireyna in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Pilpichaca. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and corregi- 
miento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the curacy 
of Pucquin. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and corre~ 
gimiento of Porco in the same kingdom. 

ANA, STA. another small settlement or ward of 
the district and jurisdiction of Valladolid, in the 
province and bishopric of Mechoacan. 

ANA, STA. another,in the head settlement of the 
district of Yautepec, and alcaldia mayor of Nex- 
apa, in Nueva Espana, situate on the top of a 
bill. It contains 18 Indian families, who employ 
themselves in the culture of grain ; and it lies to 
the s. of its bead settlement. 

ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of 
the district of Mitla, and alcaldia mayor of Tentit- 
lan. It contains 25 families of Indians, is of a 
cold and moist temperature, and lies a little more 
than four leagues from its head settlement. 

ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of 
the district of Amaqueca, and alcaldia mayor of 
Zayula, situate between two lofty hills to the s. 
of lake San Marcos. It is of a benign and 
healthy temperature, enjoys pure and delicate 
waters, contains 70 Indian families, and its dis 
trict abounds in maize, wheat, and fruits. Five 
leagues n. e. of its head settlement. 

ANA, STA. another, of the corrtgimiento and 
jurisdiction of Velez, in the new kingdom of Gra 
nada, annexed to the curacy of Chitaraque. It is 
of a hot temperature, abounding in the same fruits 
as that place, and from whence it is but at a small 
distance. It contains 250 housekeepers. 



ANA, STA. another, of the province and corre- 
gimicnto of Angaraes in Peru. 

ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of 
the district of Tepecpan, and alcaldia mayor of 
Theotihuacan, in Nueva Espana. 

ANA, STA. another, which is the real of the 
mines of the alcaldia mayor of Guanajuato, in the 
same kingdom and province, and bishopric of 
Mechoacan. 

ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of 
the district of Huchuetlan, and alcaldia mayor of 
Cuicatlan. It contains 149 families of Indians, 
and is two leagues and a half to the ;/. of its head 
settlement. 

ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of 
the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlajomulco. It 
contains a convent of the order of St. Francis. 

ANA, STA. another, of the missions held there 
by the Jesuits, in the province of Tepeguana and 
kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya: situate on the shore 
of the river Florido, near the settlement and real 
of the mines of Parral. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and go 
vernment of Maracaibo, in the kingdom of Tierra 
Firme; situate on the shores of the lake of this 
name, and at the part opposite to the entrance of 
the same. 

ANA, STA. another, of the same province and 
government as the former, situate in the peninsula 
formed by the cape of San Roman, of that coast, 
and in the w. part. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province of Barce 
lona, and government of Cumana, in the kingdom 
of Tierra Firme; one of those held in charge by 
the missionaries of Peritu, and followers of St. 
Francis ; situate on the top of a mountain, towards 
th s. and a quarter of a league e. of the town of 
San Fernando. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and govern 
ment of Cumana, situate to the e. of the city of Cu- 
managoto, and near the settlement of Aracagua. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and go 
vernment of Moscos in the kingdom of Quito ; 
situate on the shore of the river Yacume, between 
this and that of Marmore. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and country 
of the Amazonas, in the territory of Matagroso ; 
situate near the river Senere, between this and the 
Itenes. 

[ANA, STA. a mission and real of mines of the 
province of Old California, celebrated on account 
of the astronomical observations of Velasquez.] 

ANA, STA. another settlement and parish 01 the 
island of Guadaloupe, situate in the part of the Gran 
Tierra and s. coast, in front of the Diamond isles. 



ANA 

ANA, STA. another, which is the real of the 
gold mines belonging to the Portuguese, in the 
territory and country of the Araes Indians in Bra 
zil, situate on the shores of the port and river of 
that name. 

ANA, STA. another, which is a parish of the 
English in the island of Jamaica, in the n. part. 

ANA, STA. a town of the province and govern 
ment of Venezuela, founded in the peninsula of 
Paraguana, very near the w. coast. 

ANA, STA. another, in the n. part of the island 
Margarita, of the Guayqueries Indians, who are 
indemnified by the king from all contributions. 
They employ themselves in fishing, and in the 
years when the rain is abundant they have plenty 
of maize. They manufacture very fine hats of 
straw,* and cords of the same, which they use 
in ornamenting their lances, and for other pur 
poses. 

ANA, STA. a small river of the province and 
government of Buenos Ayres, which runs into the 
sea near the cape of San Antonio of the Rio de la 
Plata. 

ANA, STA. another, in the province and alcaldia 
mayor of Tabasco in Nueva Espana, which runs 
into the sea between the river Topliquillos and 
Dos Bocos, in the bay of Mexico. 

ANA, STA. another, of the province and country 
of tile Amazonas, in the territory of Matogroso. 
It rises in some mountains near the road that leads 
to Villaboa, runs from n. to s. making several 
windings, and enters the river Prieto, just pre 
vious to its entering upon the confines of Para 
guay. 

ANA, STA. another, also called \acuma, in 
the province and government of Moxos of the 
kingdom, of Quito. It rises near lake Rogacuelo, 
runs towards the s. s. e. and afterwards directing 
its course to the e. enters the river Marmore. 

AN A, STA. another, of Hispaniola or St. Domingo, 
in the part possessed by the French. It runs 
w. and enters the sea by the coast in this direction, 
between the settlement of San Luis and the river 
Tuerto. 

ANA, STA. another, on the coast which lies 
between the river La Plata, and the straits of 
Magellan. 

ANA, STA. islands of the N. sea, near the coast 
of Brazil, in the bay of San Luis de Marauans. 
Of these there are three, but they are all deserted. 
They abound in thick woods, in which are found 
large birds, called by the Indians faux, from suf 
fering themselves to be easily taken. [Long. 43 
44 . Lat. 2 SO 7 .] 

ANA, STA. another small island of the same 



ANA S3 

kingdom of Brazil, on the coast of the province 
and captainship of Maranan, also called Dos 
Macomes by the Portuguese, between the point 
of Arboles Secos (dry trees) and the canal of 
Buen Fondo. 

ANA, STA. another, in the straits of Magellan, 
on the n. coast, near the entrance of the S. sea. 

ANA, STA. a bay of the island of Curazao, op 
posite the cape or point of Hicacos. 

ANA, STA. a mountain of the province and go 
vernment of Venezuela, called El Pan de Santa 
Ana, in the peninsula of Paraguana. 

ANA, STA. a point of land on the w. coast of 
the straits of Magellan, between the bay of Agua 
Buena and that of La Gente. 

ANA, STA. another, on the same coast and 
strait, in the bay of Buena Pesca. 

ASA, STA. another river, with the additional 
title Maria, in the province and government of 
Buenos Ayres. It runs w. and enters the Parana 
between the rivers of Potre and Antonio Tomas. 
[See ANNA and ST. ANN.] 

[ANAHUAC, the ancient Indian name of Now 
Spain, or Mexico, including all the parts of New 
Spain lying between the 14th and 21st degrees oT 
latitude.] 

ANAICA, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of Canta in Peru, annexed to the curacy 
of Arahuay. 

ANAIRAHI, a settlement of the province and 
captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore 
of the river Xingu, in the country of the Guayapls 
Indians. 

ANALCO, the akaldia mayor and jurisdiction 
of Nueva Galicia in Nueva Espana, of the bishop 
ric of Guadalaxara. It is much reduced, and 
extends to only as far as three other settlements, 
but enjoys the title from being governed by ah 
ordinary alcalde, who appoints annually one bf 
those of Guadalaxara. The productions of ifs 
territory are wheat, maize, seeds, and various 
sorts of fruit peculiar to that region. The princi 
pal settlement bears the same name. It is of a 
cold temperature, and inhabited by 16 families of 
Spaniards and Mustees, and 40 of Indians. It 
lies a little more than a league to the e. of Guada 
laxara, and 80 w. of Mexico, with a slight incli 
nation to the n. 

ANALCO, another, with the dedicatory title of 
San Juan, the head settlement of the district and 
alcaldia mayor of Teocuilco in the same kingdom, 
of a moderate temperature. Close to it runs the 
large river of the same name, in which, at certain 
seasons of the year, trout are found. With its 
waters they irrigate and fertilize the land for cut- 



54 



ANA 



tivating several fruits ; but the principal emolu 
ment of the inhabitants, who are cpmposed of 182 
families of Indians, consists in cochineal. Four 
teen leagues to thew. with some inclination to the 
w. of its capital. 

ANALOG, another, with the dedicatory title of 
San Pedro, in the head settlement of the district 
and alcaldia mayor of Juchipila, annexed to the 
curacy of Atemanica, from whence it is two 
leagues arid an half distant. 

ANALCO, another, in the kingdom of Nueva 

"i r* 

Vizcaya, situate somewhat more than a quarter of 
a league to the s. of the capital of Ouadiana. 

ANALOG, another, with the dedicatory title of 
San Antonio, in the head settlement and alcaldia 
mayor of Cumavnca. 

ANA PVCUSI, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Acoria, situate on the shore of the 
river I.^ruchnca. 

ANANDIVA, or ANADINVA, a river of the 
province and captainship of Marauan in Brazil. 

ANANEA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimietito of Asangaro in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of the capital. 

ANANEO, a mountain of the corrcgitnicnlo 
and province of Asangaro in the kingdom of Peru, 
where there are some rich gold mines, which pro 
duce five or six thousand castellanos [an old 
Spanish coin, the fiftieth part of a mark of gold,] 
a year. Formerly it yielded abundantly, but 
the working of it is at present impeded by the 
snows. 

ANAPITI, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Caxamarquilla in Peru. 

ANAPOIMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction 
of Tocaima, and government of Mariquita, in the 
new kingdom of Granada, situate below the plain 
of Juan Diaz. It is of a burning and extremely 
bad temperature, abounding only in ticks or lice, 
which are very obnoxious and troublesome. It is 
situate amidst crags and steep mountains. It is a 
short day s journey from Santa Fe, in the high 
road which leads to Tocaima. It is very scantily 
inhabited, scarcely containing a dozen Indian 
families. 

ANAPUIA, a large province of Andalucia, 
abounding in woods, lying to the s. of the moun 
tains of San Pedro. It extends towards the w. 
from the river Buria, to the e. from the moun 
tains of Meta, and to the n. from the district of 
the province of Venezuela. It is very barren, and 
its woods are inhabited by some families of the 
Parimoes, barbarian Indians. 

ANAQU1TO, a valley or entrance to the city 



A N C 

of Quito, lying on its n. side, having in it a her 
mitage or chapel, in which was buried the first 
viceroy of Peru, Blasco Nunez Vela, who died 
in the battle fought on this plain between himself 
and Gonzalo Pi/arro in 1546. It is more than a 
mile long, and has a lake abounding in fish and 
aquatic fowl. 

ANA U AM A, a river of the country of the 
Amazonas, in the purt possessed by the Portu 
guese. 

ANARIQl 1, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Caxamarquilla in Peru. 

ANASCO, a settlement of the island of Puer- 
torico, situate on the w. coast, on the shore of 
the bay of its name. 

[AN AST ATI A, ST. a small island closS to 
the coast of E. Florida, situated s. of Mastances 
inlet, where the river Mastances forms two islands 
of the same name at its mouth. St. Anastatia 
island is bounded on the n. by St. Augustine s bar. 
Here is a quarry of fine stone for building.] 

ANATIGUCHAGA, lakes of the province 
and government of Maiuas in the kingdom of 
Quito. They are three in number, upon the 
banks of the river Maranon, with which they com 
municate in the territory of the Mainas Indians. 

ANAURA-PUCU, a river of the province of 
Guayana, in the Portuguese possessions. 

ANAU1LLANA, a small river of the province 
and country of the Amazonas, in the Portuguese 
possessions. It runs from n. to s. and enters the 
river Negro, close to the settlement of Toromas. 

ANAUX, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Venezuela, one of the four which supply 
with water the city of Caracas. It rises in the 
serrania which lies between this city and thr port 
ofGuaira s. and enters the Guaire near the ca 
pital. 

ANCA MARES, a nation of Indians who in 
habit the c. shore of the river Madera, bounded s. 
by the nation of Guarinumas, and n. by the Hu- 
nuriaes. It is a very warlike and robust nation. 
In 1683 they attacked the Portuguese, and obliged 
them to give up their intention of introducing 
themselves to the right of navigating the river. 
They are divided into different tribes or parts, the 
most numerous of which are those who form the 
tribe of the Ancamaris, inhabiting the shores of 
the river Cayari. 

ANCA, Point of, on the coast of the king 
dom of Chile, and district of Guadalubquen, one 
of the two which form the mouth or entrance of the 
river of Valdivia. 

ANCAS, a nation of Indians, who give their 
name to a large settlement of the province of 



A N C 

Iluailas in Peru, between that -of Curuay, and 
that of Yungay. The memory of it alone re 
mains, it having 1 been overwhelmed by the ruins 
of a mountain, which burst by an earthquake on 
the 6th of January, in the year 1725, burying 
tlie whole of the population, which amounted to 
15,000 souls. 

ANCASTE, a settlement of the province and 
government of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of 
Gatamarca. 

ANCATATA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Paria in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Challapata. It lies 21 leagues from the 
town of Oruro. 

ANCATEMU, a settlement of Indians of the 
island of La Laxa, in the kingdom of Chile, on 
the shore of the river {Jiiren. 

ANCE, GRAND, a settlement and parish of 
the island of Martinica, a curacy of the religion 
of .Santo Domingo, situate on the n. coast, be- 
\veen the river Capot and that of Lorrain, oil the 
shore of the river of its name. 

ANCE, GRAND, a small river of the above 
island. It runs n. e, and enters the sea close to 
that settlement. 

A SICE, GRAND, a large bay and capacious 
and convenient port of the island of San Christo- 
bal, one of the Antillas, in the s. e. extremity, 
towards the part of the s. w. between the point of 
Salinas and the Gros-Cap. 

ANC^, GRAND, another bay, called La Grande 
del E. in the island of Guadalupe, on the coast 
which looks to that point, between the point of 
Vieux-Fort and Los Tres Rios. 

ANCE, GRAND, another, called Quartel de 
Petite-Ance, a settlement and parish of the 
French, in the part which they possess in the 
island of St. Domingo, oa the n. coast, between 
those of Morin and Llanos of the N. 

ANCE, GRAND, another bay of -the coast of 
the Rio de San Lorenzo, in New France, between 
the rivers Oville and the Three Salmones. 

.ANCE, GUAND, another river, La Petite- 
Ance, in the island of St. Domingo, and in the 
French possessions, it rises near tin? n. coast, 
runs n, n. w. and enters the sea opposite the shoal 
La Cocque Y r ieul!e. 

ANCES, GRANDS, two bays of the island of 
Guadalupe, on the w. w. coast, at a small distance 
from each other, between the fort of San Pedro 
and the point of Gros-Morne, or Gran Morro. 

ANCliAC, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Iluanta in Peru, situate on the 
summit of the mountain, and on the opposite part 
of the river Angoyaco. 



A N C 55 

ANCIIIHUAI, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of liuumunga in Peru, annexetk 
to the curacy of Anco. 

ANCHO, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Santa Marta in the kingdom of Tierra 
Fiirue. It enters the sea from the coast, to the w. 
of the point of Aguja. 

ANCLOTE, a small island close to the coast 
of Florida, between Charles bay and the rrver 
S. Pedro. [Lat. 29 4 n. Long. 83 41 pj.1 

[ANCLOTE Point, on the peninsula of Califor 
nia, and coast of the N. Pacific ocean, lies in 
lat. 29 IT w. and 115 11 w. long.; s. from 
the town of Vclicata, and n. e. from the small 
island of Guadalupe.] 

ANCO, a settlement of the province and corre- 
gimiento of Huamanga in Peru, the province of 
Huanta interposing. It is of a cold temperature, 
but abounding in the productions peculiar to the 
mountains of the Andes, in which i(s inhabitants 
have some estates, where they cultivate cocoa, 
sugar-cane, maize, and some garden herbs. Its 
territory is extremely fertile, but much infested 
by insects and reptiles, such as snakes, vipers, and 
scorpions, which arc common in every part of the 
mountains. Here they have plantains, alligator- 
pears, chirinioyas, guat/abtu- , pines of excellent 
flavour, oranges, lemons, and other fruit. It has 
four other settlements annexed to its curacy, and 
formerly it had also another, called Marocmarca, 
which was in the valley of this name, within the 
mountains ; having been depopulated at the be 
ginning of this century, from the inhabitants re 
tiring to the other settlements, from dread of the 
tigers. It contains 1200 souls, including those of 
the four other aforementioned settlements. Twenty 
leagues distant from its capital. [Lat. 13 14 s. 
Long. 73 10 a>.] 

ANCO, another settlement in the province and 
corrcgimicnto of Omasuios in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Achacache. 

ANCOBAM BA , a settlement of the province and 
corre*rir)riento of Amaraez in Peru. 

rANCOCpS Creek, in New Jersey, a water of 
the Delaware, six miles s.w. from Burlington. It 
is navigable 16 miles; and considerable quantities 
of lumber are exported from it.] 

A.NCON, a very lofty mountain of the pro 
vince ami kingdom of Tierra Firme, near to which, 
and almost at the skirts, is situate the city of Pa 
nama. It is full of a variety of large trees, dif 
ferent birds, and animals ; contains several foun 
tains of very good water, by. means of which the 
city is supplied with a never-failing stream, which 
they call Chorrillo, but which is, however, some 



56 A N C 

distance from the city. There was formerly on 
its summit a telegraph, or watch-tower, supported 
by the king, to give notice of the vessels which 
were coming to that port. 

ANCON, a settlement of the province and cor 
regimiento of Chancai in Peru, situate upon the 
coast. 

ANCON, a point of the coast of the S. sea, in 
the former province and correginnento. 

ANCOX, a gulph, with the sirname of Sardi- 
nas, in the province of Esmeraldas and kingdom 
of Quito. It lies very open, and consequently 
the currents are very rapid. It is somewhat more 
than tive leagues distant from the mouth of the 
river of Santiago, and four from the point of 
Manglares. Its centre is in Lat. 1 25 n. Long. 
78 50 w. 

ANCON, a shoal of the e. coast of the strait of 
Magellan, with the sirname of South. It is oppo 
site the bay of Los Gigantes. 

ANCONES, very lofty mountains on the coast 
and in the government of Santa Marta, on the 
skirts of which is a lake, in which are caught 
botiitos, (sea fish resembling tunnies). They lie 
between the city and the point of Chichibacoa. 

ANCOOS, a small river of the province and 
English colony of New Jersey, in the county of 
Burlington. It runs n. n. w. and enters the Dela 
ware. 

ANCORA, a small island of the coast of Brazil, 
in the province and captainship of Rio Janeyro, 
between Bahia-Hermosa, and the river De las 
Ostras. 

ANCORA1MES, a settlement of the province 
and corregimienlo of Omasuyos in Peru, situate 
upon the e. shore of the lake Titicaca. 

A NCOS, a settlement of the province and cor 
regimiento of Conchucos in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Llapo. 

ANCUD, a small settlement of the island of 
Chiloe, from which the Archipelago derives its 
name, the number of the islands being 40. The 
largest of all, in which is the city of Castro, is that 
of Chiloe, which shuts in the Archipelago on the 
u\ They abound in wheat, maize, and amber. 
It is usual to find gold upon the sea shore. This 
Archipelago is 83 leagues long from n. to s. and 
35 wide from e. to w. 

ANCUIA and ABADES, a settlement of the 
province and government of Pastos in the king 
dom of Quito. 

ANCUMA, CORDILLERA DE, mountains of 
the kingdom of Peru. They run from n. n. w. to 
*. s. e. from the province of Asangaro to that of 
La Paz, on the side of the great lake Titicaca, 



AND 

dividing the provinces of Asangaro and Oina- 
suyos from those of Apolabamba, Larecaja, and 
La Paz. 

ANCUTERES, a nation of infidel Indians, 
inhabiting the forests of the river Napo. They are 
very numerous, savage, treacherous, and incon 
stant ; have amongst them a people called Santa 
Maria de los Ancuteres, on the shore of a river. 
It was a rcducr.ion of the Jesuitical missiona 
ries of the province of Quito; is bounded on the s. 
and s.s. e. by the nation of the Congies Indians, 
and bordering upon those of the Abixiras and 
Icaquates. 

ANDABAMBA, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed 
to the curacy of Acobamba. 

ANDAC, a small river of the province and 
colony of Nova Scotia. It runs s. and enters the 
sea at the bay of Fundy. 

ANDACOLLO, a settlement and seat of the 
gold mines of the province and corrcgimiento of 
Coquimbo in the kingdom of Chile. ^In its dis 
trict is the valley of Las Huigerillas, in which is 
a convent of the strict observers of the religion of 
San Francisco; and upon a lofty mountain, where 
the various ramifications of the cordillera unite, 
is a celebrated gold mineral. On the summit is a 
small plain, from whence runs a stream. In its 
church is reverenced an image of Nuestra Senora 
del Rosario, before which not only the people of 
the neighbouring provinces are eager to make their 
devotions, but also some of the most remote pro 
vinces. 

ANDAHUA, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Condesuyos ofArequipain Peru. 

ANDAHUAILAS, a province and corregi 
miento of Peru, bounded on the n. e. by the pro 
vince of A bancay and by that ofAimaraez, s. e. 
by Parinacocha, s. by Lucanas, w. by Vilcas 
Huaman, and n. e. by the summit of the mountains 
of the Andes, from whence it is not remembered 
that the infidel Indians, (who inhabit the interior 
of those mountains), ever made an incursion upon 
this province. Its forests are very thick. It is 
24: leagues long from n. w. to s. e. and 15 wide. 
The high road from Lima to Cuzco passes through 
it. It lias no other river of note than that which 
runs down from the province of Vilcas Huaman, 
dividing these provinces, and which is called in 
this province river of Pampas. The same has a 
bridge of criznejas or twigs, of 30 yards long, and 
above one and an half wide, by means of which the 
cargas pass which are carried from Lima to Cuz 
co, and also those which pass from the latter place 
to Lima. This province produces wheat, maize, 



AND 

seeds, and all kinds of fruit ; and from its having 
parts in it of a cold temperature, it abounds like 
wise in the productions which arc natural to a 
similar climate, but this, indeed, in a decree not 
more than sufficient to supply its own necessities. 
The only branch of its commerce is sugar, of 
which SO or 40 thousand arrobas are manufac 
tured yearly in several estates. Among the best 
of these is that of Moiobamba, -which is entailed 
on the Marquises of that title. The inhabitants of 
this province should amount to 12,000 souls, 
divided into 27 settlements. The repartimiento 
used to amount to 110,500 dollars, and the alca- 
vala, or centagc on goods sold, to 884 dollars. Its 
capital is the settlement of the same name, in Lat. 
13 25 s. and Long. 73 s 4 x. 

ANDAHUAILAS, a valley of the above province, 
memorable for a great battle, in which the Inca 
Viracocha was victorious over the nation of the 
Chancas, who were commanded by his brother. 
Thirty leagues from Cuzco. 

AiVDAHUAlLILLAS, a settlement of the 
province and corregimiento of Quispicanchi in 
Peru . 

ANDAIMARCA, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Castro- Vireyna in Peru, an 
nexed to the curacy of Huaitara. 

ANDAJES, a settlement of the province and 
corregimicnto ofCaxatambo in Peru. 

ANDALIEN, Valley of, in the province and 
corregimiento of Puchacay in the kingdom of 
Chile. Jt lies e. of the city of Concepcion. 

ANDALIEJ*, a large and navigable river of the 
same province and kingdom, which traverses and 
irrigates that valley. It laves the fields of the 
city of Concepcion, and enters the sea at the bay 
of this name, between the rivers Maule and Bio- 
bio. 

ANDALGALA, a river of the province and 
government of Tucuman, on the confines of the 
kingdom of Chile. 

ANDALGALA, a lake of that province. 

ANDALUCIA,NuEVA, a province of the king 
dom of Tierra Firme, anciently called Serpa ; divid 
ed into North, or Superior, and South, or Inferior. 
It comprehends Guayana, or Caribana and Paria. 
Taking it at its full extent, it is more than 300 
leagues from the island of Margarita, to the cape 
Pinion, or n. shore of the river Maranon, inhabit 
ed by the barbarous nations of the Caribes, Omi- 
guas, Peritoes, Palenques, Arvacos, Amapaes, 
Ivarepices, Parimoes, and others. Among the 
many rivers which lave it, the largest is the Ori 
noco. Its climate is for the most part hot and un 
healthy. The ground is rugged, mountainous, 

VOL, I. 



AND 57 

covered with forests, and but little known. Its 
coasts, as well on the n. as e. were first discovered 
by Columbus in 1497, and afterwards by Ame 
rica Vespucio, with Alonzo de Ojeda, in May 
I4S8. It contains mines of gold and other metals, 
although they are not worked : it has also pearl 
fisheries, which, although in former times t!vy 
yielded most plentifully, are at present neglected. 
It abounds in cattle, and the greatest source of its 
commerce is in cacao, of an excellent quality. 
The capital of the province is Cumana. 

Catalogue of the barbarous nations and principal 
towns of this province. 

Nations. Aquire, 

Acomes, Aricani, 

AmapaeSj Aro, 

Aravis, Aropa, 

Aricaretis, Aruari, 

Aricoris, Atanari, 

Arbacas, Berbis, 

Campagotes, Buria, 

Canuris, Cabomi, 

Carivinis, Caora, 

Chahuas, Capurvaca, 

Cumanaes, Cassipouri, 

Eparagois, Caturi, 

Marones, Cavo, 

May os, Corentin, 

Iflorinies, Coropatuba, 

Omiguas, Coura, 

Palenques, Curiguacuriu, 

Papinis, Demarari, 

Parimoes, Esquebo, or 

Parragotes, Esquibo, 

Peritoes, Europa, 

Saymagoes, Guaveteri, 

Sebayos, Guarepiche, 

Supiayes, Majo, 

Vacuronis, Mahuiri, 

Yaos, Masiacari, 

Vuaripices. Maravin4, 

Cities. Maroni, 

Cadiz Nueva, Macpari, 

Cordova, Moruga, 

Cumana. Orinoco, 

Mountains. Ovarabiche, 

Guanta, Ovetacates, 

Panagara, Pao, 

San Pedro, Paraba, 

Saporovis, Piari, 

Vacarima. Saima, 

Jtivers. Sinamari, 

Amacore, or Surinam, 

Amacuri, Timeraris, 

Amana, Varca, 

i 



58 



AND 



Varima, Essequeb, 

Via, or Mompatar, 

Uvia, Surinam. 

Vyacopo, or Islands. 

Yacopo, Assapara, 

Vyaricopo. Blanca, 

Promontories. Cayena, 

Caldera, Coche, 

Cepercu, Cubagua, 

Cenobebo, Iracapono, 

De Salinas, Maiparo, 

Oranges, Maraca, 

Pinzon, Marasi, 

Roniata. Margarita, 

Lakes. Ovaracapa, 

Cassipa, Escudo, 

Parirne. Tortuga, 

Fountains. Trinidad. 

A ray a, 

ANDAMARCA, a town of the province and 
corregimienlo of Cajamarquilla in Peru. 

ANDAMARCA, another settlement in the pro 
vince and corregimiento of Carangas, of the arch 
bishopric of Charcas, in the same kingdom. 

ANDAMARCA, another, of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Parinacoclias, annexed to the cu 
racy of Charcana. 

ANDAMARCA, another, in the provinceand corre- 
gimiento of Jauxa, annexed to the curacy of Comas, 
situate on the frontiers of the infidel Indians of the 
mountains. 

ANDAMVRCUS, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Chacayan. 

ANDAQUIES, a settlement of the province 
and government of Popayan in the new kingdom 
of Granada. 

ANDARAl, a settlement of the province and 

corregimiento of Condensuyos de Arequipa in Peru. 

ANDARAPA, a settlement of the province and 

corregimiento of Andahuailas in Peru, annexed to 

the curacy of San Geronimo. 

ANDARIEL, a settlement of the province and 
government of Darien in the kingdom of Tierra 
Firme, situate on the n. coast, on the shore of the 
gulph of Uraba. 

ANDASTES, a barbarous nation of Indians of 
Canada, bounded by Virginia. 

ANDES, CORDILLERA DE LOS, a chain of 
mountains and most lofty serranias, which extend 
oyer nearly the whole of America, for the space of 
more than 1000 leagues, running continually from 
n. to s. from the province of Santa Marta, where 
they have their origin, in the Sierra Nevada, of the 
new kingdom of Granada, through the provinces 



of Peru and Chile, as far as the straits of Magellan 
and cape Horn, where they terminate. They are 
divided into two branches : one which passes 
through the interior of the new kingdom of Gra 
nada, on the s. part of the plains of San Juan, 
beginning in Guayana ; and the other which forms 
various lines and curves, divided in different direc 
tions, through Cuzco, Tucuman, Tarma, and Pa 
raguay, and afterwards becomes united with the 
grand chain of mountains of Brazil. It takes its 
course through the isthmus of Panama into the 
kingdom of Nicaragua, passes into those of Gua 
temala, Mechoacan, and the province of (/inaloa, 
and continues itself through the unknown countries 
of N. America. Those mountains are clad with 
immense forests, and their tops are continually 
covered with snows, from the melting of which 
are formed great lakes, and the largest rivers in 
the world. Their greatest elevation is in the 
kingdom of Quito, where the lofty Chimborazo 
rises superbly among the rest; it has many volca 
noes vomiting fire, and which have caused infinite 
mischief in the provinces, producing earthquakes, 
inundations, and scattering, far and wide, mud, 
bitumen, and burning stones : in its entrails are hid 
den the greatest treasures of nature, such as gold, 
silver, and other metals, precious stones, marbles, 
and mineral earths of the rarest and most esteemed 
qualities. Almost all the mines in the bosom of 
these rich mountains are worked, and principally 
those of Peru and Chile. Besides the name of 
Andes, they bear others also, given to them by the 
various settlements in their vicinities. The roads 
which, upon their account, were made by the 
Incas, Emperors of Peru, were truly magnificent ; 
but they are at present destroyed, and those which 
are used now for the communication of the inte 
rior provinces, may be called precipices rather 
than roads, and are only passable on foot, or on 
mules, which are very tractable and safe. These 
mountains are inhabited by many barbarous and 
fierce nations, and they abound in mineral waters 
of approved medicinal virtues. The greatest width 
of these mountains is 20 leagues, being in some 
parts 12 leagues from the sea-coast, and in others 
approaching to it within five leagues. They 
abound in vicunas, guanaeosj monkeys, and apes of 
infinite kinds, tigers, leopards, and swine, who 
have the navel in the spine and smell of musk, 
with a multitude of other curious birds and ani 
mals, altogether unknown in Europe ; such is the 
condor, in the kingdom of Chile, which is a car 
nivorous bird of an extraordinary size, having the 
power to carry with it up into the air animals of 
considerable weight, such as sheep, and even small 
2 



ANDES. 



59 



calves, making, as it flies, a noise which may be 
heard at a great distance. The craggy parts 
abound in cacao., so useful for the Indians, as also 
in cachalagua. It has been attempted to pass 
irom Chile to Peru, but this cannot be effected 
during six months in the winter without imminent 
risk, since many have been lost who have enga 
ged in this enterprise. Indeed it is said, that at 
that time the Cordillera is shut up. 

[The lofty chain of the Andes, running along the 
western coast of America, extends on both sides 
of the equator to near the 30th degree of latitude. 
It is of unequal height, sinking in some parts to 
600 feet from the level of the sea, and at certain 
points, towering above the clouds to an elevation 
of almost four miles. The colossal Chimborazo 
lifts its snowy head to an altitude which would 
equal that of the Peak of Teneriffe, though placed 
on the top of Mount Etna. The medium height 
of the chain under the equator may be reckoned at 
14,000 feet, while that of the Alps and Pyrenees 
hardly exceeds 8000. Its breadth is proportion- 
ably great, being 60 miles at Quito, and J50 or 
200 at Mexico, and some districts of the Peruvian 
territory. This stupendous ridge is intersected in 
Peru and Nueva Granada by frequent clefts or 
ravines, of amazing depth ; but to the n. of the 
isthmus of Panama, it softens down by degrees, 
and spreads out into the vast elevated plain of 
Mexico. In the former provinces, accordingly, 
the inhabitants are obliged to travel on horseback 
or on foot, or even to be carried on the backs of 
Indians ; whereas carriages drive with ease through 
the whole extent of New Spain, from Mexico to 
Santa Fe, along a road of more than 15,000 miles. 
The equatorial regions of America exhibit the 
same composition of rock that we meet with in 
other parts of the globe. The only formations 
which Humboldt could not discover in his travels, 
were those of chalk, roe- stone, grey wakke, the 
topaz-rock of Werner, and the compound of ser 
pentine with granular limestone, which occurs in 
Asia Minor. Granite constitutes, in South Ame 
rica, the great basis which supports the otber for 
mations ; above it lies gnesis, next comes mica 
ceous schist, and then primitive schist. Granu 
lar limestone, chlorite schist, and primitive trap, 
often form subordinate beds in the gnesis and mi 
caceous schist, which is very abundant, and some 
times alternates with serpentine and sienite. The 
high ridge of the Andes is every where covered 
with formations of porphyry, basalt, phonolite, 
and greenstone ; ami these, being otten divided 
into columns, that appear from a distance like 
ruined castles, produce a very striking and pic 



turesque effect. At the bottom of those huge 
mountains, occur two different kinds of limestone ; 
the one with a filiccous base, enclosing primitive 
masses, arid sometimes cinnabar and coal ; the 
other with a calcareous base, and cementing toge 
ther the secondary rocks. Plains of more than 
600,000 square miles are covered with an ancient 
deposit of limestone, containing fossil wood and 
brown iron ore. On this rests the limestone of the 
Higher Alps, presenting marine petrifactions at a 
vast elevation. Next appears a lamellar gypsum, 
impregnated with sulphur and salt; above this, 
another calcareous formation, whitish and homo 
geneous, but sometimes cavernous. Again occurs 
calcareous sandstone, then lamellar gypsum mixed 
with clay ; and the series terminates with calca 
reous masses, involving flints and hornstone. But 
what may perplex some geologists, is the singular 
fact noticed by Humboldt, that the secondary for 
mations in the new world have such enormous 
thickness and elevation. Beds of coal are found 
in the neighbourhood of Santa Fe, 8650 feet above 
the level of the sea ; and even at the height of 
14,700, near Huanuco in Peru. The plains of 
Bogota, although elevated 9000 feet, are covered 
with sandstone, gypsum, shell-limestone, and evea 
in some parts with rock-salt. Fossil shells, which 
in the old continent have not been discovered high 
er than the summits of the Pyrenees, or 11,700 
feet above the sea, were observed in Peru, near 
Micuipampa, at the height of 12,800; and again 
at that of 14,120, besides at Huancavelica, where 
sandstone also appears. The basalt of Pichincha, 
near the city of Quito, has an elevation of 15,500 
feet ; while the top of the Schneekoppe in Silesia 
is only 4225 feet above the sea, the highest point 
in Germany where that species of rock occurs. 
On the other hand, granite, which in Europe 
crowns the loftiest mountains, is not found in the 
American continent above the height of 11,500 
feet. It is scarcely known at all in the provinces 
of Quito and Peru. The frozen summits of Chim 
borazo, Cayambe, and Anitsana, consist entirely of 
porphyry, which, on the flanks of the Andes, 
forms a mass of 10 or 12,000 feet in depth. The 
sandstone near Cuen^a has a thickness of 5000 
feet ; and the stupendous mass of pure quartz, on 
the w. of Caxamarca, measures perpendicularly 
9600 feet. It is likewise a remarkable fact, that 
the porphyry of those mountains very frequently 
contains hornblende, but never quartz, and seldom 
mica. The Andes of Chile have a distinct nature 
from those three chains called the ?Jaritime Moun 
tains, which have been successively formed by th* 
waters of tiie ocean. This great interior structure 



60 



AND 



AND 



appears to be coeval with the creation of the 
world. It rises abruptly, and forms but a small 
angle with its base ; its general shape being that of 
a pyramid, crowned at intervals with conical, and, 
as it were, crystallized elevations. It is composed 
of primitive rocks of quartz, of an enormous size, 
and almost uniform configuration, containing no 
marine substances, which abound in the secondary 
mountains. It is in the Cordillera of this part of 
the Andes, that blocks of crystal are obtained, 
of a size sufficient for columns of six or seven 
feet in height. The central Andes are rich, be 
yond conception, in all the metals, lead only 
excepted. One of the most curious ores in the 
bowels of those mountains is the pacos, a com 
pound of clay, oxyd of iron, and the muriate of 
silver, with native silver. The mines of Mexico 
arid Peru, so long the objects of envy and admira 
tion, far from being yet exhausted, promise, under 
a liberal and improved system, to become more 
productive than ever. But nature has blended 
with those hidden treasures the active aliments of 
destruction. The whole chain of the Andes is 
subject to the most terrible earthquakes. From 
Cotopaxi to the S. sea, no fewer than forty volca 
noes are constantly burning ; some of them, espe 
cially the lower ones, ejecting lava, and others 
discharging the muriate of ammonia, scorified 
basalt and porphyry, enormous quantities of water, 
and especially moya, or clay mixed with sulphur 
and carbonaceous matter. Eternal snow invests 
their sides, and forms a barrier to the animal and 
vegetable kingdoms. Near that confine the tor 
por of vegetation is marked by dreary wastes. 
In these wide solitudes, the condor, a fierce and 
powerful bird of prey, fixes its gloomy abode. Its 
size, however, has been greatly exaggerated. 
According to Humboldt, it is not larger than the 
laemmcr geyer, or alpine vulture of Europe; its 
extreme length being only three feet and a half, 
and its breadth across the wings nine feet. The 
condor pursues the small deer of the Andes, and 
commits very considerable havoc among sheep and 
heifers. It tears out the eyes and the tongue, and 
leaves the wretched animal to languish and expire. 
Estimating from very probable data, this bird 
skims whole hours at the height of four miles ; and 
its power of wing must be prodigious, and its 
pliancy of organs most astonishing, since in an 
instant it can dart from the chill region of mid-air 
to the sultry shores of the ocean. The condor is 
sometimes caught alive, by means of a slip-cord ; 
and this chaie, termed correr bmtres^ is, next to 
a bull-fight, the most favourite diversion of the 
Spanish colonists. The dead carcase of a cow or 



horse soon attracts from a distance crowds of these 
birds, which have a most acute scent. They fall 
on with incredible voracity, devour the eyes and 
the tongue of the animal, and plunging through 
the anus, gorge themselves with the entrails. In 
this drowsy plight they are approached by the 
Indians, who easily throw a noose over them. 
The condor, thus entangled, looks shy and sullen ; 
it is most tenacious of life, and is therefore made to 
suffer a variety of protracted tortures. The most 
important feature of the American continent, is the 
very general and enormous elevation of its soil. 
In Europe the highest tracts of cultivated land 
seldom rise more than 000 feet above the sea ; 
but in the Peruvian territory extensive plains 
occur at an altitude of 9000 feet ; and three fifths 
of the viceroyalty of Mexico, comprehending the 
interior provinces, present a surface of half a mil 
lion of square miles, which runs nearly level, at an 
elevation from 6000 to 8000 feet, equal to that of 
the celebrated passages of Mount Cenis, of St. 
Gothard, or of the great St. Bernard. These 
remarkable facts are deduced chiefly from barome 
trical observations. But Humboldt has adopted a 
very ingenious mode, infinitely superior to any 
description, of representing at one view the col 
lective results of his topographical and mineralo- 
gical survey. He has given profiles, or vertical 
sections, of the countries whlcn he visited, across 
the continent, from Acapulco to Mexico, and 
thence to Vera Cruz ; from Mexico to Guanaxu- 
ato, and as far as the volcano of Jorullo ; arid from 
Mexico to Valladolid. These beautiful plates 
are in every way highly interesting.] 

ANDIETUM, asmall river of the province and 
colony of Maryland. It runs s. and enters the 
Potowmac. 

AND1NOS, a small river of the province and 
country of the Amazonas, in the Portuguese pos 
sessions, and in the territory of the Natayas In 
dians. It runs from s. s. e. to n. n. w. and enters 
the lake Maguegazu. According to the descrip 
tion of Mr. Bellin, who calls it Andiras, it enters 
the river Abacachis. 

ANDOAS, SANTA TOM AS DE, a settlement and 
reduction of the missions held there by the Jesuits, 
in the province and government of Mainas, of the 
kingdom of Quito. 

[ANDO\ /r ER, a large, fertile, and thriving town 
in Essex county, Massachusetts. It contains 2863 
inhabitants, in two parishes. In the s. parish are 
a paper mill and powder mill, from the latter of 
which the army received large supplies of gun 
powder in the late war. There is an excellent aca 
demy in this town, called Phillip s Academy, 



AND 

which owes its existence to the liberal benefactions 
of the family whose name it bears. Andover is 
under excellent cultivation, particularly that part 
ivhich is watered by Shawsheen river. It lies 
about 20 miles &. from Newbury-port, and about 
22 n. from Boston. Lat. 42 41 n. Long. 71 
8 a?.] 

[A-NDOVF.R, in Hillsborough, New Hampshire, 
contains 645 inhabitants, and was incorporated 
1779.] 

[ANDOVER is the s. w. township in Windsor 
county, Vermont, has Chester on the e. lies 32 
miles n. e. of Bennington, and contains 275 inha 
bitants.] 

[AN DOVER, a place in Sussex county, New 
Jersey, near the source of Pequest river, five miles 
s. s. t. from New Town, and 16 in the same direc 
tion from Walpack.] 

ANDRE, BAHIA DE, on the ;?. coast of the 
straits of Magellan. 

[ANDRE, ST. a town in the kingdom of Leon, 
in N. America, near the mouth of Nassas river, 
which falls into the gulf of Mexico.] 

[ANDREANOFFSKI Isles, a crescent of isles 
between Asia and America, discovered in 1760. 
See BEHRING S Straits, and NORTHERN Archi 
pelago. 1 

ANDRES, SAN, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Texupilco, and alcaldia may 
or of Zultepec, in Nueva Esparia, situate on the 
top of an extensive and craggy elevation, of a hot 
and moist temperature. It contains 77 families of 
Indians, and is three leagues to the e. of its capi 
tal. 

ANDRES, SAX, another settlement of the head 
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of 
Toluca, in the same kingdom, with 134 families of 
Indians. It is a small distance n, of its capital. 

ANDRES, SA.V, another, of the head settlement 
of the district of Tlatotepec, and alcaldia mayor of 
Tepeacn. It contains 33 families of Indians, and 
is three leagues from its head settlement. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, which is the head set 
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of 
Tuxt a. It contains 1 170 families of Indians. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Marinalco, 
at the distance of one short league from its capi 
tal. 

AN DUES, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district of Texpatlan, and alcaldia mayor 
of Cuernavaca. 

ANDRES, SAV, another, which is a small ward 
united to that of Tequiszitlan, in the alcaldia may- 
or of Theotihuacan. 



AND 



61 



ANDRES, SAN, another, in the head settlement 
of the district of Ahuacathm, and alcaldia mayor 
of Zacatlan, at more than a league s distance from 
its head settlement. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district of Xonotla, and alcaldi i mayor of 
Tetela, lying one league s.w. of its head settle 
ment. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Guejozingo. 
It contains 15 families of Indians, including those 
of the ward of San Pedro, which is joined to it, 
both being tothe s. of their capital. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, a small settlement or 
ward of the alcaldia mayor of Guauchinango, an. 
nexed to the curacy of that of Tlacuclotepec. 

AN DUES, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district of Papalotipac, and alcaldia mayor 
of Cuicatlan, with 20 families of Indians. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district of Hiscontepec, and alcaldia mayor 
of Nexapa. It comprehends 68 families of Indians. 

ANDRLS, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district of Tepehuacan, and alcaldia mayor of 
Tepee, in which there are reckoned to be 40 fami 
lies of Indians, employed in cultivating cotton. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of the district and ahaldia mayor of Zapatlan and 
Tuspa. In its vicinity, and upon the shores of 
the river Amazonas, is an estate called El Tigre 
a la Raya, (the tiger at bay), and that of Mangtia- 
ro, also upon the shore of the same river. It is four 
leagues from its capital. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the missions that 
were held by the Jesuits, in the province of Te- 
peguana, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situate 
on the shore of the river of Las Nasas. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the mission belong 
ing to the order of St. Francisco, in the province 
of Taraumara, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya; 
10 leagues distant between the s. e. and e. s. e. of 
the real of San Felipe de Chiguaga. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the jurisdiction and 
government of San Juan Giron, in the new king 
dom of Granada, situate in the most uneven part 
of \\\G serrania. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Cartagena, in the kingdom of Ticrra 
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Sinu. 

ANDRI s, SAN, another, of the same province 
and government as the former, and at a small dis 
tance from it. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and 
corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Pucquin. 



<3 AND 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and 
alcaldia mayor of Zacapula in the kingdom of 
Guatemala. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the missions that 
belonged to the Jesuits, in the province and go 
vernment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito, on 
the shore of the river Hayai, at a small distance 
from that of San Juan. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and 
alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the kingdom of Gua 
temala. 

ANDRES, SAN, another settlement and parish of 
the English, in the island of Jamaica, on the s. 
side. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, being a parish and the 
head settlement of the district of the island of Bar- 
badoes, situate upon the e. coast. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the above island, 
of the district and parish of St. Thomas. 

ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and 
alcaldia mayor of Vera Paz in the kingdom of 
Guatemala. 

ANDRES, SAN, an island of the N. sea, situate 
in front of the coast of Tierra Firme, and s. of that 
of Santa Catalina : it is desert. 

ANDRES, SAN, another island of the N. sea, 
one of the Lucayas, between the island Larga and 
that of El Espiritu Santo. 

ANDRES, SAN, a bay of the province and go- 
rernment of La Louisiana, between the two rivers 
Incognitos (unknown). 

ANDRES, SAN, another bay of Florida, in the 
province of Georgia, between that of Santa Rosa 
and the river Apalachicola. 

ANDRES, SAN, a fort of the English, situate in 
an island of the coast of Georgia. 

ANDRFS, SAN, a cape, or point of land, on the 
coast of the Patagones, which lies between the 
river of La Plata and the straits of Magellan. 

[ANDREW S, ST. a small town in the con 
tested country between New Brunswick and the 
United States ; situated in the rear of an island of 
the same name, on the e. side of the arm of the 
inner bay of Passamaquoddy, called Scoodick. 
The town is regularly laid out in the form of an 
oblong square. The few inhabitants are chiefly 
employed in the lumber trade. The common tides 
rise here about 18 feet.] 

[ANDREW S, ST. atownship in Caledonia county, 
Vermont, 100 miles n. e. from Bennington.l 

[ANDREW S, ST. a parish in Charleston district, 
South Carolina, containing 2947 inhabitants, of 
whom 570 are whites, and 2516 slaves.] 



[ANDREW S Sound, ST. lies s. of Jekyl s island, 
and is formed by it and a small island at the mouth 
of Great Sagilla river. The small river opposite 
this sound separates Camden from Glynri county, 
in Georgia.] 

fANUROS Islands, sometimes called Holy 
Ghost Islands, are of very considerable magnitude, 
and have been very erroneously placed in almost 
every map or chart of the Bahama islands. They 
extend in a sort of curve, or crescent, upwards of 
forty leagues in length. There is a passage be 
tween the northern point of them (at J culler s 
keys) and the Berry islands, ofditlicult navigation, 
and not above eight feet deep. Vessels, therefore, 
proceeding from that quarter to Cuba, should go 
round the n. end of all the Berry islands, over the 
Great Bahama bank; which, however, will (not 
admit ressels drawing more than 12 feet. There 
arc also several passages, or creeks, (though very 
shallow), through this chain of islands, particularly 
towards the s. extremity and Grassy Creek keys. 
Upon the w. side of Andros islands is the most 
n. extremity of the Great Bahama bank. On the 
e. side there are no soundings at any considerable 
distance from the shore. The most w. point of 
the principal Andros island lies about 10 or 11 
leagues w. n. w. from the w. end of New Provi 
dence. High Point, which is the most s. part of 
it, lies about eight leagues s. from the w. end ol the 
same island. There are few, if any, inhabitants now 
on Andros island. In the interior of the island, there 
is a shallow swamp or lake of fresh water, almost 
the only one which is to be found in the Bahama 
islands ; and it communicates with the sea by a 
creek, or lagoone, navigable for flat-bottomed 
boats. Great quantities of various sorts of timber 
abound in the interior; but, from the shallowness of 
the banks, and extreme difficulty of getting any 
communication to the coast, the trees remain un 
touched. One part of Andros island extends to 
the w. very far into the Great Bahama bank, in 
a s. w. direction from New Providence, towards 
Salt key and the island of Cuba. In J788 An 
dros island contained about two hundred inhabi 
tants, including slaves; and previous to May 
1803, lands were granted by the crown, to the 
amount of 16,025 acres, for the purpose of culti 
vation. See BAHAMAS.] 

[ANDROSCOGGIN,orAMARiscoGGiNRiver, 
in the district of Maine, may be called the main 
western branch of the Kennebeck. Its sources are 
n. of lake Umbagog. Its course is southerly till 
it approaches near to the White mountains, from 
which it receives Moose and Peabody rivers. It 
then turns to the e. and then to the A- . e. in which 



A N E 

course it passes within two miles -of the sea-coast, 
and then turning n. runs over Pejepskaeg lulls 
into Merry- Meeting- bay, \vhere it forms a junction 
with the Kennebeck, 20 miles from the sea. For 
merly, from this bay to the sea, the confluent 
stream was called Sagadahock. The lands on this 
river are very good. 

ANEAV, Port of the, on the w. coast of the 
island of Newfoundland andgulph of St. Lawrence, 
between cape Raye and the bay of Anguila. 

ANECUILCO, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of the district of Tetelzingo, and alcaldia 
mayor of Coautla, in Nueva Espaila. It contains 
20 families of Indians, and at a little more than a 
league s distance there is the estate of Mapaztlan ; 
in the vicinity of which is a ranc/ieria, consisting 
of 22 families ofMtilattoes and Mustees, who have 
near to this place another estate, in which they 
grind silver-metals, and which is of the real 
of the mines of Coautla. It is one league s. w. of 
its head settlement. 

ANEGADA, a small island of the N. sea, one 
of the Antillas, situate to the e. of that of rtier- 
torico. It is barren, without water, and desert, 
[is dependent on Virgin Gorda. It is about six 
leagues long, is low, and almost covered by water 
at high tides. On the s. side is Treasure Point. 
Lnt. 18 46 n. Long. 61 22 a?.] 

ANEGADA, also a bay of the coast of the straits 
of Magellan. It is large and capacious, and lies 
between that of San Matias and the cape of San 
Andres. 

ANKGADA, a small island near the coast 
of Vera Cruz, in the bay or gulph of Mexico, 
between the Arrecife del Palo, and the island of 
Cabezas. 

AN EG A DA, a point of land of the 5. coast of 
the straits of Magellan, close to the cape of Orange, 
and opposite the bay of La Poses ion. 

AN EGA DA, another bay of the coast of the 
Patagones, which lies between the river of La Plata 
and The strait of Magellan. 

ANECADITOS, a settlement of the island of 
Cuba, on the ?. const, between port Trinidad and 
the island Cochinos. 

ANEGADIZOS, River of the, in the province 
and government of Choco, of the kingdom of 
Tierra Firme. It runs almost directly from e. to 
w. into the S. sea, near the point of Salinas. 

ANEGADIZOS, SENAS DE i,os, the name of three 
mountains, which are upon the coast of the S. sea, 
in the same province and government as the former 
river. 

ANEMBI, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Paraguay in Peru. 



A N G 63 

AUGACIIILLA, a river of the district of Gua- 
dalabquen, in the kindom of Chile. It runs o\ 
and enters the Valdivia near this city. 

ANGAGUA, SANTIAGO DE, a settlement of 
the head settlement of the district of Uruapan, 
and alcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in the province 
and bishopric of Mechoacan ; situate in the in 
terior of the serrania. It contains 22 families of 
Indians, and is distant 10 leagues to the s. of its 
head settlement, and 15 from the capital. 

ANGAMARCA. a settlement of the province 
and corregimienlo of Latacunga in the new king 
dom of Quito. 

ANGAMOCUT1RO, SAN FRANCISCO DC, a 
settlement of the head settlement of the district of 
Puruandiro, and alcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in 
the province and bishopric of Mechoacan ; situate 
on the top of a hill, in the e. part of its capital ; 
is of a warm and dry temperature ; contains 45 
families of Spaniards, Mustees, and Mulattoes, 
and 106 of Indians. Twenty-five leagues e. of its 
capital Pasquaro. 

ANGARAES, a province and corregimiento of 
Peru, bounded on the n. by the province of Jauja, 
on the w. by the Andes, arid joins the province of 
Castro-V irreynato the s. ; to the c. it is bounded by 
the island of Tayacaja, of the province oflluanta : 
24 leagues in length from e. to w. and 12 in width, 
having a very irregular figure. Its temperature is 
for the most part cold, except in one or two 
hollow uneven parts, which are somewhat tempe 
rate ; but there is nevertheless no scarcity in 
wheat, maize, and other seeds. In the temperate 
parts are cultivated the sugar-cane, some fruits 
and herbs, and a kind of hay called ichu, serving 
as fuel for the ovens in which they extract the 
quicksilver, from which great emolument is de 
rived, since the miners buy this article at a great 
price. It abounds in cattle of every kind, and in 
native sheep, which serve to carry the metals to 
the ovens. There are also found in this province 
various coloured earths for painting, such as umber, 
which they call guancahclica^ oropimente^ ocre 
almagre, vermillion, and others of different hues. 
It is watered by the river Sangoiaco, which divides 
it from the island of Tayacaja, belonging to the 
province of lluanta, the river Vilcabamba, which 
also divides it from the province of Tauxa, and 
the rivers Licay and La Sal, all of which run into 
the Maranon. It has six curacies or parishes of 
Indians, and 30 other settlements, dependent upon, 
or annexed to these. Its reparthniento was 36,422 
dollars, of which it paid 1456 of alcumla in five 
years. The capital is Guancavelica, and the set 
tlements of its jurisdiction are, 



A N G 



Andabamba, 

Paucara, 

Ilillinca, 

Vechuilluiaillas, 

Iluachocollpa, 

Pata, 

Iluando, 

Palea, 

Anancusi, 

Pallalla, 

Chacapa, 

Iscuchaca, 

Cuenca, 

Moya, 

Vilcabamba, 

Incahuasi, 

Acobambilla, 

Callanmarca, 

Achonga. 





San Antonio, 

San Sebastian, 

Santa Ana, 

Santa Barbara, 

Acobamba, 

Acoria, 

Conaica, 

Lircay, 

Julcarmarca, 

Autarpanca, 

Iluaillas, 

fluancahuanca, 

Congallo, 

San Christoval, 

Asuncion, 

Sacsamarca, 

Huailazuchu, 

Chacllatacana, 

Espiritu Caja, 

Todos Santos, 
ANGASMAIU, a river of the province and 
government of Popayan, in the valley of Los 
Mahteles. It runs from e. to ?. and, alter collect 
ing the waters of the Tuanambu and the Guaitara, 
enters the Patia on the s. side, which thus be 
comes increased by its stream. It then divides the 
jurisdiction of Quito from that of Popayan, and 
is the mark of the boundary of the inquisition of 
Lima, and the point from whence that of Carta 
gena begins. Its mouth is in Lat. 2 4 n. Long. 
78 24 w. 

ANGASMAHCA, a settlement of the province 
and government of Tarma in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Parianchacra. 

ANG ASMARCA, another, of the province and cor- 
regimiento of Huamachuco, also in Peru. 

ANG ASM A RCA, a river of the same province and 
correginritnfo. It rises to the s. of the capital, 
and enters the river Santa. 

ANGEL, SAN, a settlement of the head settle 
ment of (he district and alcaldia mat/ or of Coyoacan 
in Nueva Espana, of an agreeable and delightful 
temperature, and well stocked with houses, gar 
dens, and orchards, which serve as places of re 
creation to the people of Mexico. There is a 
convent of mo;<ks of the order of St. Francis, 
and another magnificent convent of the bare-footed 
Carmelites, which is a college of studies. It has 
some commerce in cloths and baizes, wrought in 
its manufactories ; is distant somewhat more than 
a quarter of a league from the zz. of its capital. 

ANGIX, SAX, another settlement in the head 
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of 
Periban in the same kingdom. It contains 86 
jfaniilies of Indians, and six of Muslecs, who ob 



tain a livelihood in making shoes and saddles, as 
its territory has no productions whatever. It has 
a convent of the order of St. Francis, and is six 
leagues to the e. of its capital. 

ANGEL, SAN, another, of the kingdom of Chile, 
which is a place of encampment, and a frontier of 
tiie Arucanian Indians, near the river Biobio. 

ANGEL, SAN, another, of the province and 
corngianento of Pasto in the kingdom of Quito, 
situate in the road which leads down from Po 
payan. 

ANGEL, SAX, another, of the province and 
government of Sonora in Nueva Espana, on the 
shore of a river which enters into that of Gila, to 
the a?, of the garrison of Horcarsitas. 

ANGEL, SAN, another, of the missions held by 
the Jesuits, in the province and government of 
Buenos Ayres, on the shore of the river Yui. 
Here the Portuguese, commanded by Gomez 
Freirede Andrade, held their head -quarters, in the 
year 1756, when the lieutenant-general Don Pedro 
Cevallos, with the Marquis of Valdelirios, was 
sent over to treat for an exchange of prisoners 
between the settlement of Paraguay and the crown 
of Portugal. [It was founded in the vear 1707, 
in Lat. 28 17 19" n. Long. 54 52 .] 

ANGEL, SAN, another, of the province and 
corregimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito, 
situate at the source of the river of its name. 

ANGEL, SAN, a large island of the gulph of 
California, or Red sea of Cortes, situate in the 
most interior part of it, at a small distance from 
the coast. 

ANGEL, SAN, a river of the province and cor~ 
regimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito, 
which rises from the desert of Angel, runs s. s. e. 
and enters the Mira, a little before the bridge 
which is across the latter, in Lat. 27 T n. 

ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, a capital city 
of the province of Tlaxcala in Nueva Espana, 
founded in 1533 by the bishop Don Sebastian 
Ramirez de Fuenleal ; is of a warm and dry 
temperature, and one of the most beautiful cities 
of America, being inferior to none in Nueva 
Espana, save its capital. Its temples are sump 
tuous, its streets wide, and drawn in a straight 
line from e. to w. and from n. to s. ; the public 
squares are large and handsome ; and the ancient 
edifices of proportionate architecture. The ca 
thedral is extremely rich, ornamental, and well 
endowed ; to this is united the magnificent chapel 
of Sagrario, with two curacies and four assisting 
parish chapels, which are, the chapel of the In 
dians, that of Los Dolores, at the bridge of San 
Francisco, that of Los Cozos, and another, also 



ANGELES. 



65 



having the name of Los Dolores, contiguous to 
the convent of Bethlemites, and that of San Mar 
cos, as suffragan : besides these, it has four other 
parishes ; that of San Joseph, with five places of 
visitation, which are those of (he Indians, San 
Pablo, Santa Ana, San Antonio, and Nuestra Se- 
nora de Loreto ; also the parish of Santa Cruz, 
with four other places of visitation, namely, of 
Santiago, San Miguel, San Matias, and Guada- 
lupe ; the parish of Santo Angel Custodio with 
two ; Los Remedies, and San Baltasar, and that of 
Santa Cruz with three ; namely, of San Juan del 
Rio, El Santo Christo de Xonacaltepec, and Mise- 
ricordia. It contains the three following convents : 
St. Domingo, a large building ; the royal college 
of San Luis, with public studies and the convent for 
recluses of San Pablo : and in its vicinity two 
large chapels, one of the Mistecos Indians, and 
another of the order of Penitence, to which is an 
nexed that of La Santa Escuela. It has also a 
convent of the religious order of St. Francis, and 
some independent chapels of the order Tercera of 
Indians ; and without the walls of the city, other 
churches and hospitals. It has also the college which 
was formerly of the Jesuits, and contiguous to that, 
the church of San Miguel, of Indians ; and of San 
Ildefonso,of barefooted Carmelites, which is a house 
for novices and for studies ; two colleges of San J uan 
de Dios, one for novices and the other a hospital, 
called San Pedro ; the college of San Hipolito de la 
Caridad, and the convent of Bethlemites, of the 
La Convalescence, with schools for children ; the 
church of the Oratorio de San Felipe Neri, and that 
of the congregation of the ecclesiastics of St. Peter, 
for the practising of ministers in the duties of the 
pulpit and the confessional. Its monasteries are 
those of Concepcion, San Geronimo, Santisima 
Trinidad, "Santa Catalina, of Dominican nuns ; 
Santa Ines de Monte Policiano, of the same order ; 
of Santa Rosa de Maria, of barefooted Carmelites ; 
of Santa Monica, of the Recoletan Agustines, Ca 
puchins, and St. Claire. The colleges which 
adorn this city are, San Pedro and San- Juan, in 
which is included the Tridentine seminary, where 
the collegians are taught grammar, the graver 
sciences, and the Mexican tongue ; also the great 
college of San Pedro and San Pablo, for studying 
theology and philosophy ; of San Geronimo, for 
teaching grammar ; and of San Ignacio, for the 
graver studies. Here is a college for children, 
with the title of La Caridad ; another entirely for 
married women and widows ; that of Jesus Maria, 
contiguous to that of San Geronimo ; and another 
female convent, with a magnificent temple and de 
vout sanctuary of the miraculous image of Nuestra 

VOL, I. 



Sefiora de la Soledad. Besides these aforesaid 
temples, there are, without the walls of the city, 
various chapels and hermitages in the wards of 
the Indians which encompass it ; and with those 
who inhabit these wards, and those within the 
city, the numbers of families amount to 3200 of 
Mexican Indians, and 15,000 Spaniards, Mustees, 
and Mulattoes. The commerce which they main 
tain, although it has been upon the decline from 
the beginning of the present century, with regard 
to what it was before, consists of cloths and fruits 
of Spain and of the country, and some cloths 
from China, besides various effects which find 
their way hither from the other provinces. It 
also traffics in soap of various qualities, cotton 
manufactures, fine earthen ware, resembling that 
of Talavera, and all kinds of iron and steel work, 
as plough-shares, chopping-knives, table-knives, 
spurs, and stirrups ; and, what are held in particular 
estimation, the white arms, renowned for a singular 
temper, and not inferior to those of Toledo. It 
is the seat of the bishop suffragan to the arch 
bishop of Mexico, established in the year 1526, in 
the city of Tlaxcala, and translated to this in 
1550. Its mitre has had the glory of having 
adorned the head of the venerable Senor Don Fray 
Juan de Palafox, whose canonization is no small 
subject of discussion at the present day. This 
famed person was the author of many sacred and 
profound works, and among the rest, those of the 
turbulent disputes which he maintained with the 
extinguished society of the Jesuits. 

[La Puebla de los Aageles, the capital of the 
intendancy of its name, is more populous than Lima, 
Quito, Santa Fe, and Caracas ; and after Mexico, 
Guanaxuato, and the Havannah. the most consider 
able city of the Spanish colonies of the new conti 
nent. La Puebla is one of the small number of Ame 
rican towns founded by European colonists; for in 
the plain of Acaxete, or Cuitlaxcoapan, on the spot 
where the capital of the province now stands, 
there were only in the beginning of the 16th cen 
tury a few huts, inhabited by Indians of Cholula. 
The privilege of the town of Puebla is dated 28th 
Sept. 1531. The consumption of (lie inhabitants, 
in 1802, amounted to 52,951 cargas (of 300 pounds 
each) of wheaten flour, and 36,000 car gas of 
maize. Height of the ground at the Plaza Mayor, 
7381 feet; population, according to Humboldi, 
67,800. This city is 22 leagues to the e. of 
Mexico. Long. 98 3 . Lat. 19.] 

Catalogue of the Bishops of La Puebla de los 
Angeles. 

I. Don Fray Julian Garces, native of Aragon. 
a Domincan, preacher to the Em ptror Charles Y,. 
K, 



66 



ANGELES. 



elected bishop of Tlaxcala in 1527 ; lie died in 
1542. 

2. Don Fray Pablo de Tulavera, native of the 
town of Navalinarquende ; elected in 1543 ; died 
in 1545. 

3. Don Fray Martin Sarmicnto, native of Oja- 
castro, a Franciscan monk, commissary-general of 
India; elected in 1546; died in 1557. 

4. Don Bernardo de Villa Gomez ; elected in 
1559 ; died in J570. 

5. Don Antonio dc Ruiz de Morales y Molina, 
native of Cordova ; elected in 1572; he died in 
1576. 

6. Don Diego dc Romann, a native of Valla- 
dolid, canon of Granada, inquisitor, founder of 
the college of the Jesuits of his country ; elected 
in 1378 he died in 1606. 

7. Don Alonso de la Mota y Escobar, native of 
Mexico, dean of that metropolitan church ; he 
founded the college of San lldefbnso, of the 
Jesuits of this city, endowed it with provisions for 
25 nuns ; and under his direction and influence, 
were founded the convents of Santa Teresa and 
Santa Ines. 

Also, Don Juan de Santo Matia Saenz de Ma- 
fiosca, bishop of Cuba, removed to this, but died 
before he took possession of it. 

8. Don Gutierre Bernardo de Quiros, native of 
Tineo in Asturias, inquisitor of Toledo and Mex 
ico ; elected in 16^6; he died in 1638. 

9. Don Juan de Palafox y Mendoza, native of 
Ariza in Aragon, treasurer of Tarazona; elected 
in 1639 ; promoted to the archbishopric of Mexico 
in 1556. 

10. Don Diego Osorio de Escobar y Llamas, na 
tive of Coruna, canon of Toledo ; elected in 1556, 
founder of the convent of LaSantissima Trinidad, 
of monks of Concepcion ; promoted to the arch 
bishopric of Mexico in 1667. 

11. Don Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, na 
tive of La Palencia, mayor collegian of Cuenca, 
magistral canon of Segovia, bishop of Chiapa and 
of Gnadalaxara ; promoted in 1667; he founded 
the colleges of San Pedro and San Pablo, of St. 
Domingo, that of San Joseph dc Gracia, for 
children, and that of Santa Monica ; he finished 
the beautiful tower of the church, erected two 
gates of marbles, put up the statues, and finished 
the exchange, which fronts the mart ; he was pro 
moted to the bishopric of Mexico in 1703, presented 
to this in 1676 ; he did not accept of the promotion of 
the bishopric or vice-royalty of Mexico, to which 
he was invited ; he died in the year 1699. 

Don Fray Ignacio de Urbina, of the order of 
St. Gerorae, archbishop of Santa Fe, in the Nuevo 



Reyno de Granada ; he was before presented to 
this in 1702, but declined it. 

12. Don Garcia Legaspi Altamirano, native of 
Mexico, archdeacon of that metropolis ; as bishop 
of this church, promoted in the year 1703, of 
which he took possession the following year, and 
in a short time died. 

13. Don Pedro Nogales Davila, native of Za- 
lamea in Estremadura, of the order of Alcantara, 
inquisitor of Logrono ; he was elected in 1708, 
and died with the reputation of sanctity in 1721. 

14. Don Juan Antonio de Lardiz-avaly Elorza, 
native of Segura in Guipuzcoa, mayor collegian of 
San Bartolome, magistral canon of Salamanca, 
and professor of sciences in that university ; he 
was elected in 1722, and was offered the arch 
bishopric of Mexico in 1735 ; this however he de 
clined accepting, and died in 1733. 

15. Don Benito Crespo, a knight of the order 
of Santiago, native of Estremadura, dean of 
Oaxaca, bishop of Durango ; promoted to La 
Pnebla in 1734, and died in 173?! 

16. Don Pedro Gonzalez Garcia, native of Tor- 
delaguna ; he was delaying three years and an 
half in the port of Santa Maria, without daring to 
embark on account of the war, when he was pro 
moted to the bishopric of Alvila in Spain, in 
1743. 

17. Don Domingo Pantalcon Alvarez de Abreu, 
native of Canaria, archbishop of St. Domingo ; 
promoted to this of La Puebla in 1743; he en 
couraged the foundation of the convent of Santa 
Rosa, and dedicated the church of Nuestra Seiiora 
del Refugio, in the small settlement of Las Caleras ; 
he died in 1763. 

18. Don Francisco Xavier Fabian y Fuero, 
native of Terzaga, bishop of Siguenga, of which 
he was magistral collegian in the grand college of 
Santa Cruz, canon and abbot of Santa Leocadia 
in the church of Toledo ; elected in 1764, and 
promoted to the archbishopric of Valencia in 
1774. 

19. Don Victoriano Lopez Gonzalo, vicar- 
general of the church of La Puebla ; elected in 
1774. 

[ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, Intendancy of. 
This intendancy, which has only a coast of 26 
leagues towards the great ocean, extends from 16 
57 to 20 40 of n. latitude, and is consequently 
wholly situated in the torrid zone. It is bounded 
on the . e. by the intendancy of Vera Cruz, on 
the e. by the intendancy of Oaxaca, on the s. by 
the ocean, and on the w. by the intendancy of 
Mexico. Its greatest length, from the mouth of 
the small river Tecoyame to near Mcxitlan, is 118 



ANGELES. 



[leagues; and its greatest breadth, from Techuacan 
to Mecameca, is 50 leagues. 

The greater part of the intendancy of Puebla is 
traversed by the high cordilleras of Anahuac. 
Beyond the 18th degree of latitude the whole 
country is a plain eminently fertile in wheat, 
maize, agave, and fruit trees. This plain is from 
1800 to 2000 metres, or 5905 to 6561 feet, above 
the level of the ocean. In this intendancy is also 
the most elevated mountain of all New Spain, the 
Popocatepetl. This volcano, first measured by 
Humboldt, is continually burning ; but for these 
several centuries it has thrown nothing up from its 
crater but smoke and ashes. This mountain is 
COO metres, or 1968 feet, higher than the most 
elevated summit of the old continent. From the 
isthmus of Panama to Bering s straits, which 
separate Asia from America, we know only of 
one mountain, Mont St. Elie, higher than the 
great volcano of Puebla. 

The population of this intendancy is still more 
unequally distributed than that of the intendancy 
of Mexico. It is concentrated on the plain which 
extends from the eastern declivity of the snowy 
mountains to the environs of Perote, especially on 
the high and beautiful plains between Cholula, La 
Puebla, and Tlascala. Almost the whole country, 
from the central table-land towards San Luis and 
Ygualapa, near the S. sea coast, is desert, though 
well adapted for the cultivation of sugar, cotton, 
and the other precious productions of the tropics. 
The table-land of La Puebla exhibits remark 
able vestiges of ancient Mexican civilization. The 
fortifications of Tlaxcala are of a construction 
posterior to that of the great pyramid of Cholula, 
a curious monument, of which Humboldt promises 
to give a minute description in the historical account 
of his travels in the interior of the new continent. It 
is sufficient to state here, that this pyramid, on the 
top of which he made a great number of astrono 
mical observations, consists of four stages ; that in 
its present state the perpendicular elevation is only 
54 metres, or 177 feet ; and the horizontal breadth 
of the base, 439 metres, or 1423 feet ; that its 
sides are very exactly in the direction of the meri 
dians and parallels ; and that it is constructed (if 
we may judge from the perforation made a few 
years ago in the n. side) of alternate strata of brick 
and clay. These data are sufficient for our recog 
nising in the construction of this edifice the same 
model observed in the form of the pyramids 
of Teotihuacau, which that author also de 
scribes. They suffice also to prove the great 
analogy between these brick monuments, erect 
ed by the most ancient inhabitants of Anahuac, 



the temple of Belus at Babylon, and the pyra 
mids of Menschich-Dashour, near Sakhara in 
Egypt. 

The platform of the truncated pyramid of Cho 
lula has a surface of 4200 square metres, or 45,208 
square feet English. In the midst of it there is a 
church dedicated to Nuestra Senora de los Reme 
dies, surrounded with cypress, in which mass is 
celebrated every morning by an ecclesiastic of In 
dian extraction, whose habitual abode is the sum 
mit of this monument. It is from this platform 
that we eujoy the delicious and majestic view 
of the Volcan de la Puebla, the Pic d Orizaba, 
and the small Cordillera of Matlacueye, which 
formerly separated the territory of the Cholulans 
from that of the Tlaxcaltec republicans. 

The pyramid, or teocalli of Cholula, is exactly 
of the same height as the Tonatiuh Itzaqual of 
Teotiuhacan, already adverted to ; and it is three 
metres, or 9. 8 feet, higher than the Mycerinus, er 
the third of the great Egyptian pyramids of the 
group of Ghize. As to the apparent length of its 
base, it exceeds that of all the edifices of the same 
description hitherto found by travellers iu the old 
continent, and is almost the double of the great 
pyramid known by the name of Cheops. Thosewho 
wish to form a clear idea of the great mass of this 
Mexican monument, from a comparison with objects 
more generally known, may imagine a square, four 
times the dimensions of the Place Vendome, co 
vered with a heap of bricks of twice tlie elevation 
of the Louvre ! The whole of the interior of the 
pyramid of Cholula is not, perhaps, composed of 
brick. These bricks, as was suspected by a cele 
brated antiquary at Rome, M. Zoega, probably 
formed merely an incrustation of a heap of stones and 
lime, like many of the pyramids of Sakhara, visited 
by Pocok, and more recently by M. Grobert. Yet 
the road from Puebla te Mecameca, carried across 
a part of the first stage of the teocalli, does not 
agree with this supposition. We know not the 
ancient height of this extraordinary monument. 
In its present state, the length of its base is 
to its perpendicular height as eight to one, while 
in the three great pyramids of Ghize, this propor 
tion is as one and six-tenths and one and seven - 
tenths to one, or nearly as eight to five. 

The intendancy of Puebla gratifies the curiosity 
of the traveller also with one of the most ancient 
monuments of vegetation, the famous ahahuete, 
(cupressus disticha. Linn.), or cypress of the 
village of Atlixco, which is 76.4 feet English in 
circumference, measured interiorly (for its trunk 
is hollow) ; the diameter is 16 feet English. This 
Cypress of Atlixco is, therefore, to within a few 
K 2 



ANGELES. 



[feet of the same thickness as the baobab (andan- 
sonia digitata) of the Senegal. 

The district of the old republic of Tlaxcala, in 
habited by Indians jealous of their privileges, and 
very much inclined to civil dissensions, has for a 
long time formed a particular government. It is 
indicated in the general map of New Spain as 
still belonging to the intendancy of Puebla ; but 
b^ a recent change in the financial administration, 
Tlaxcala and Guautlade las Hamilpas were united 
to the intendancy of Mexico and Tlapa, and 
Ygualapa separated from it. 

There were, in 1793, in the intendancy of Pue 
bla, without including the four districts of Tlax 
cala, Guautla, Ygualapa, and Tlapa : 

Males 187,531 souls. 

Fcmaleg m ^2l 

,Males 25,617 

Females 29,363 

iMales 37,318 

[ Females 40,590 

Secular ecclesiastics * 585 

Monks 446 

Nuns.. 427 



Indians, 

Spaniards 
or whites, 

Mixed race, 



Result of the total enumeration, 508,098 souls, 
distributed into six cities, 133 parishes, 607 vil 
lages, 425 farms (haciendas), 886 solitary houses, 
(ranches), and 33 convents, two-thirds of which 
are for monks. 

The government of Tlaxcala contained, in 1793, 
a population of 59,177 souls, whereof 21,849 
were male, and 21,029 female Indians. The 
boasted privileges of the citizens of Tlaxcala are 
reducible to the three following points: 1. The 
town is governed by a cacique and four Indian 
alcaldes, who represent the ancient heads of the 
four quarters, still called Tecpectipac, Ocotelolco, 
Quiahutztlan, and Tizatlan ; these alcaldes are 
under the dependence of an Indian governor, who 
is himself subject to the Spanish intendant : 2. 
The whites have no seat in the municipality, in 
virtue of a royal cedula, of the 16th April 1585 : 
and, 3. The cacique, or Indian governor, enjoys 
the honours of an alferez real. The progress 
of the industry and prosperity of this province 
has been extremely slow, notwithstanding the 
active zeal of an intendant equally enlightened 
and respectable, Don Manuel de Flon, who lately 
inherited the title of Count de la Cadena. The 
flour trade, formerly very flourishing, has suf 
fered much from the enormous price of car 
riage from the Mexican table-land to the Ha- 
vannah, and especially from the want of beasts of 
burden. The commerce which Puebla carried on 



till 1710 with Peru, in hats and delft ware, has en 
tirely ceased. But the greatest obstacle to the 
public prosperity arises from four-fifths of the 
whole property ( fined s) belonging to mort-main 
proprietors ; that is to say, to communities of 
monks, to chapters, corporations, and hospitals. 
The intendancy of Puebla has very considerable 
salt-works near Chila, Xicotlan, and Ocotlan, in 
the district of Chiautla, as also near Zapotitlan. 
The beautiful marble, known by the name of 
Puebla marble, which is preferable to that of Biza- 
ron and the Real del Doctor, is procured in the 
quarries of Totamehuacan and Tecali, at two and 
seven leagues distance from the capital of the in 
tendancy. The carbonate of lime of Tecali is 
transparent, like the gypsous alabaster of Volterra, 
and the Phengites of the ancients. 

The indigenous of this province speak three 
languages totally different from one another, the 
Mexican, Totonac, and Tlapanec. The first is 
peculiar to the inhabitants of Puebla, Cholula, and 
Tlascala ; the second, to the inhabitants of Za- 
catlan ; and the third is preserved in the environs 
of Tlapa. Whatever may be the depopulation of 
the intendancy of Puebla, its relative population is 
still four times greater than that of the kingdom of 
Sweden, and nearly equal to that of the king 
dom of Aragon. The industry of the inhabi 
tants of this province is not much directed to 
the workitig of gold and silver mines. Those 
of Yxtacmaztitlan, Temeztla, and Alatlauquitepic, 
in the Partido de San Juan de los Llanos, of 
La Canada, near Tetela de Xonotla, and of San 
Miguel Tenango, near Zacatlan, are almost aban 
doned, or at least very remissly worked. 

The most remarkable towns of the intendancy of 
Pnebla are, the capital of this name, Tlascalla, 
Cholula, Atlixco, Tehnacan de las Granadas, 
Tepeaca or Tepeyacac, Huljocingo or Huexot- 
zinco. Population in 1803, 813,300. Extent of 
surface in square leagues, 2696. Number of 
inhabitants to the square league, 301.] 

ANGELES, PUFBLA DE LOS, with the dedicatory 
title of Nuestra Senora, a town of the province 
and government of Popayan, founded in 1565 by 
the captain Domingo Lozano. It was large and 
well peopled ; but it is at present reduced to a 
miserable state, by the repeated ravages committed 
in it by the infidel Indians of the frontier. Twenty 
leagues from Tocaima, and nine from the town of 
Neiva. 

ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, an other settlement, 
with the sirname of Angeles de Roamainas, a re- 
duccion of the missions which belonged to the re 
gulars of the company of Jesuits, in the province 



A N G 

and government of Mainas, of the kingdom of 
Quito, situate on the shore of the river Napo ; 
founded by the father Lucas Maxano in 1659, 
from a nation of Indians of its name. 

ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, with the 
dedicatory title of Santa Maria, in the province 
and government of Cumana, of the kingdom of 
Tierra Firme, situate in the middle of the serrania. 
It is one of those of the mission which is under the 
care of the Capuchin Catalanian fathers. 

ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, with the 
dedicatory title of Nuestra Senora, in the district 
of Chiriqui, of the province and government of 
Yeragua, kingdom of Tierra Firrae. 

ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, with the same de 
dicatory title, a reduction of the missions in Ori 
noco, held by the regulars of the extinguished 
order of Jesuits, of the province of the new king 
dom of Granada, situate on the shore of that river. 
It is composed of Indians of the nation of Saliva. 
In 1733 it was destroyed and burnt by the Caribes 
Indians, who could not, with all their strength, 
destroy the cross that was in it. 

ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, of the pro 
vince and government of La Senora in Nueva Es- 
pafia; situate on the shore of the river of this name. 

ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, of the 
district and corregimiento of Bogota in the new 
kingdom of Granada, near the capital of Santa Fe. 

ANGELES, PUEBLV DE LOS, a bay on the coast 
of thegulph of California, or Red sea of Cortes, in 
the most interior part of it, behind the island of 
the Angel de la Guardia. 

ANGELES PUEBLA DE LOS, a port on the coast 
of the province and alcaldia mayor of Tecoantcpec 
in Nueva Espana, and in the S. sea. It is the 
mouth of the river Cayola, between that of La 
Galera and the settlement of Tanglotango. 

ANGLOIS, CUL DE SAC, a port of the 5. e. 
coast of the island of Martinica, very convenient, 
secure, and well sheltered. It is between the cape 
Ferre, and the bay of the same name. 

ANGLOIS, CUL DE SAC, another port on the 
n. coast of the river Lawrence in New France, 
to the s. of St. Pancras. 

ANGOGARD, a settlement of New France, or 
Canada, situate on the shore of the river St. Law 
rence, at a small distance from the city of 
Quebec. 

ANGOIACO, a river of the province and cor 
regimiento of Angaraes in Peru. It is the same 
that afterwards takes the name of the Ancient Ma- 
raiion ; some call it Sangolaco. 

ANGOL, a city of the kingdom of Chile, 
founded by Pedro de Valdivia, with the name of 



A N G 69 

Los Confines. It was afterwards changed by Don 
Garcia Hurtado de Mendoza to a more open and 
level spot, eight leagues from the cordillera^ and 
20 from La Concepcion, in a soil abounding in 
fruits, seeds, and vines ; as also in raisins, figs, and 
other dried fruits. It is surrounded by Cyprus, 
and is bounded by the river Biobio on the s. and 
by another small stream on the n. which, running 
rapidly, might encourage the building of mills 
upon it. This city was destroyed by the Arauca- 
nos Indians, who set fire to it in 1601, putting to 
death a great number of its inhabitants. It has 
never yet been rebuilt ; and the ruins of it alone 
remain a mournful witness of its melancholy catas 
trophe. 

ANGOSTO, Port, of the strait of Magellan, 
discovered by Pedro Sarmiento on the 7th of 
February 1580. It is one of the parts which this 
admiral took possession of for the crown of Spain, 
putting up a cross, when in the night he saw a 
globe of fire rising from the earth, which afterwards 
became elongated in the air, so as to represent a 
lance ; it then took the figure of a half-moon, 
being of a bright red and whitish colour. This 
port has a clear bottom at 22 fathoms depth, and 
is three leagues from the point of San lldefonso. 

ANGOSTURA, a strait of the river Paraguay, 
in the province and government of this name, in 
that part which is entered by the Pilcomayo, and 
where a redoubt has been thrown up for the defence 
of that pass. 

ANGOSTURA, another, in the river Orinoco; it 
becomes narrowest in the province and govern 
ment ofGuayana, where was lately built the city 
of Guayana. 

ANGRA DE LOS REYES, a city of the pro 
vince and captainship of the Rio Janeiro in Brazil, 
situate upon the coast of a small bay, so called, 
and which gives it its name : it has two churches, 
a monastery of nuns, and it is garrisoned by a 
detachment of 20 men. Its fisheries are the only 
means of its commerce ; it is 36 miles from the 
river Janeiro. Lat. 23 4 s. Long. 44 11 w. 

ANGUALASTA, a settlement of Indians of the 
province and government of Tucuman, and juris 
diction of the city of Rioja, in Peru. 

ANGUASSETCOK, a settlement of the Eng 
lish, in the province and colony of New Hamp 
shire. 

ANGUILA, or SVAKE Island, in the N. sea, 
one of the Small Antilles, inhabited by the English, 
is 10 leagues in length, and three in width, and 
takes its name from its figure. Its productions are 
tobacco, much esteemed for excellent quality, 
maize, and some sugar. It abounds in cattle, 



70 



A N I 



which have multiplied in a wild state in the woods ; 
has only one port or bay of any convenience. I-t 
was in the possession of the English from the 
year 1650, when it was but badly peopled ; has 
been at different times ravaged by the French ; 
but in the year 1745 these were caused to retire 
with great loss. N. of the island of San Martin, 
and s. e. of La Anegada, in lat. 18 12 n. and 
long. 63 10 w. [It is included amongst the 
Virgin islands, and of the government of the go 
vernor general of the Leeward islands.] 

ANGUILA, another, a small island or rock of 
the coast of the island of Cuba, close to that of 
Los Roques, between that island and that of San 
Andres, one of the Lucayas. 

[ANGLJ1LLE, Cape, a point of land in New 
foundland island, on the w. side, in the gulf of 
St. Lawrence, 6 leagues n. from cape Ray, the 
s. w. extremity of the island, in lat. 47 57 w.] 

[ANGUH.LE, a bay on the n. n. e. side of the 
island of St. John s, in the gulf of St. Lawrence, 
opposite Magdalen isles, and having St. Peter s 
harbour on the s. c. and Port Chimene on the n. w.~] 

ANGUILLE, a point or strip of land of the same 
coast, and near the former bay. 

ANGUSTIAS, a settlement of the province 
and corrcgimicnto of Tunja in the new kingdom of 
Granada, situate in the district of the city of 
Pamplona, and valley of Los Locos, on the shore 
of the river Macio. 

ANHEIMBAS, a small river of the province 
and government of Paraguay. It runs e. and enters 
the Parana. 

ANIBA, a small river of the province and 
country of Las Amazonas, in the Portuguese pos 
sessions, and in the territory of the Urubaquis 
Indians. It runs from n. to s. and enters the pools 
there formed by the Maranon, which, according 
to the description of Mr. Bellin, are a lake called 
Sarava. 

ANIBALIS, a barbarous nation of Indians, 
descended from the Betoyes, in the llanos of Casa- 
nare and Meta, of the new kingdom of Granada : 
they are very numerous, and of a gentle nature, re 
duced to the Catholic faith by the missionaries of 
the abolished society of Jesuits in the year 1722. 

AN 1C AN, small islands of the S. sea, near 
those of Malvinas, or of Falkland, discovered by 
Monsieur de Bougainville, when he established 
himself here with the French. 

ANIL, a river of the province and captainship 
of Maranon in Brazil. 

AN1LORE, a river of the province and country 
of Las Amazonas. It rises in the Cacao moun 
tains of the Oreguatos Indians, runs many leagues 



ANN 

from s. to n. and enters the river Madera, in the 
terriory of the Unuriaos Indians. 

ANIMAS, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Florida. It runs s. and enters the rivers 
Jordan and St. Philip, and then runs n. 

ANIMAS, a small island of the gulph of Cali 
fornia, or Red sea of the Cortes. The interior 
part is very close upon the shore. It is one of 
those which is called De Salsiuedes. 

ANIMAS, another, of the river of Valdivia, in 
the kingdom of Chile, and district of Guadalab- 

i 

quen, opposite the city. 

ANIME, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of San Juan de los Llanos in the new 
kingdom of Granada, situate near the river Ariari. 

[ANN ARUNDEL County, in Maryland, lies 
between Patapsco and Patuxent rivers, and has 
Chesapeak bay s. e. Annapolis is the chief town. 
This county contains 22,598 inhabitants, of whom 
10,131 are slaves.] 

[ANN, Fort, in the state of New York, lies at 
the head of batteaux navigation, on Wood creek, 
which falls into S. bay, lake Champlain, near 
Skenesborough. It lies six miles and three quar 
ters s. w. by s. from Skenesborough Fort, 10 e. s. e. 
from Fort George, and 12 n. e. by . from Fort 
Edward on Hudson river. Such was the savage 
state of this part of the country ; and it was so cover 
ed with trees laid lengthwise and across, and so 
broken with creeks and marshes, that general Bur- 
goyne sarmy, in July 1777, could scarcely advance 
above a mile in a day on the road to Fort Edward. 
They had no fewer than 40 bridges to construct, 
one of which was of log work two miles in length ; 
circumstances which in after ages will appear 
hardly credible. Lat. 43 22 n. Long. 73 27 a?.] 

[ANN, ST. a lake in Upper Canada, n. from 
lake Superior, which sends its waters n. e. into 
James s bay through Albany river.] 

[ANN, ST. is the chief town of the province of 
Parana, in the e. division of Paraguay, S. America.] 

[ANN S, ST. a port on the e. side of Cape Bre 
ton island, where fishing vessels often put in. It 
lies on the n. w. side of the entrance into Labrador 
lake.] 

[ANN S, ST. is a small town on the river St. 
John s, province of New Brunswick, about 80 
miles from St. John s. It is at present the seat of 
government.] 

ANNA, of the North, a river of the pro 
vince and colony of Virginia, which runs e. and 
enters the Rapahanock. 

ANNA, called, of the South, to distinguish it 
from that of the same province and colony. It also 
runs c. and enters the Pamunkey. 



ANN 

AXNA, a county of the province and colony of 
Maryland, one of the 10 of which it is composed. 

ANNA, an island of New France, in lake Supe 
rior, between the island of Pont Chatrain and the 
s. coast. 

ANNA, a cape or point of land of the coast of 
New England, in the province and colony of Mas 
sachusetts. It runs many leagues into the sea, be 
tween the river Penny cook and Port Boston. [It 
forms the n. side of Massachusetts bay, as cape 
Cod does the s. side. Lat. 42 40 n. Long. 70 
38 w. See GLOUCESTER. This cape was so named 
in honour of Anne, consort of king James the 
First.] 

ANNA, ST. another cape of the s. coast of the 
river St. Lawrence, in the province of Acadia or 
Nova Scotia. 

ANNA, ST. a settlement and establishment of the 
French, called La Criquede St. Anne, in the part 
\vhich they possess in Guayana. 

ANNAC1OIS, or ANNACOUS, a barbarous na 
tion of Indians, in the kingdom of Brazil, and pro 
vince and captainship of Puerto Scguro. They 
inhabit the woods and mountains to the w. near the 
rivers Grande and Yuearu. They are constantly 
in a state of warfare, night and day, and are irre 
concilable enemies of the Portuguese, -whose colo 
nies and cultivated lands they continually infest, 
and which they destroyed in 1687. 

ANNAPOLIS, REAL, a city and bay of the 
province and colony of Nova Scotia. It was the 
capital until this was translated to Halifax, since 
it was but small and badly fortified. It was found 
ed, with the name of Severn, by the relics of an 
army established here in the time of Queen Anne of 
England, on the shore of an excellent bay towards 
the n. The French established themselves here in 
the year J605, under the command of Mr. Pointis, 
who came from the island of Santa Cruz with a 
certain number of colonists. He gave it the name 
of Port Royal ; but the English, headed by co 
lonel Nicholson, drove them from the port. This 
port, besides being covered with the thickest clouds, 
is of difficult ingress and egress. Ships can make 
it only at one certain period of the year, and then 
but with great precaution ; the currents here being 
so rapid, as generally to drive them stern foremost ; 
but indeed, if it were not for this, it would be one 
of the best ports in the world. It is two leagues in 
length, and has a small island, called the island of 
Goals, almost opposite the middle of the quay. It is 
of a good depth , and well sheltered from every wind . 
\V hen it belonged to the French , the sh ips employed 
in the whale fisheries used to put in here ; but this 
commerce is at present wanting, since the English 



A. N N 



71 



rather prefer Port Breton. The city, although 
small, has some beautiful edifices, but of moderate 
height. The English destroyed the old forlifica- 
tion, and constructed another of a regular form, 
with four bastions, a deep ditch, a covered way, a 
counterscarp, a half-moon, and other exterior 
works detached from the body of &e fortified 
place, all of which excite in the Indians reveren 
tial awe. It has also different batteries conveniently 
placed to repel the attacks of an enemy, who can 
only hope to carry it by bombardment. This 
fortified place appears to be the battery of New 
England, and is the last to impede the invasion of 
the French or Indians on the e. as well by sea as 
land. Not far from the port is a point of land, 
lying between two rivers, where the tide falls 10 
or 12 feet, and all around are beautiful meadows, 
which are thronged with all kinds of birds. Its 
principal commerce consists in skins, which they 
exchange with the Indians for European manufac 
tures. It is the residence of a governor, and is 
garrisoned by 500 men. At the beginning of this 
century it was, amongst the French, the very Dun 
kirk of America, serving as an asylum for pirates 
and cruisers, to the ruin of commerce and the 
fisheries. [The harbour is two leagues in length 
and one in breadth, and the small island, before 
referred to, is almost in the middle of the basin, 
which is said to be large enough to contain 
several hundred ships. Its depth of water is no 
where less than four or five fathoms ; it being 
six or seven on one side of the island, and on the 
other 16 or 18. The town is not large, but has 
some very handsome buildings. It is fortified ; 
nor can it be easily attacked but by a bombard 
ment. The fort is capable of containing about 
100 men in its present state.] Long. 65 22 . 
Lat, 44 49 n. 

ANNAPOLIS, REAL, a capital city of the coun 
ty of Ann Arundel, in the province and colony of 
Maryland, at the mouth of the Severn, and was, by 
an act of the Assembly in 1694, declared a maritime 
city, it being ordained that it should be the resi 
dence of a collector and commandant of the ma 
rine ; from which time it began to take the name of 
Annapolis. Hither also was transferred the tribu 
nal of the county, together with all the state 
papers, acts, and other important documents : 
the parish church w;ts erected in 1699, and a puh- 
lic school was founded agreeably to an act of the 
.Assembly, having the archbishop tor its chancel 
lor. Procurators, visitors, and governors were 
also appointed to preside in this citji, though this 
establishment failed to answer the wise purposes 
of its creation. The alba-aaid tribunal meets, in 

9, 



72 A N O 

ordinary, on the second Tuesday in September, 
November, January, March, and May. This 
city consists of more than 40 houses, but has 
not arrived at that pitch of grandeur that was 
expected, on account of its planters and mer 
chants having been always at variance, as are 
those of Virginia; and from this it is judged, 
that it can never hope to rise at a greater elevation 
of dignity or fortune. [It stands at the mouth of 
the Severn, 30 miles s. of Baltimore, 32 e . by n. 
from the Federal city, 72 s. zo. from Wilmington 
in Delaware state, and 132 s. w. from Philadel 
phia. In 1694 it was made a port town. It is 
situated on a peninsula formed by the river and 
two small creeks, and affords a beautiful prospect 
of Chesapeak bay, and the e. shore beyond it. This 
city is of little note in the commercial world, but 
is the wealthiest town of its size in the United 
States. The houses, about 300 in number, are 
spacious and elegant, indicative of great wealth. 
The state house is the noblest building of the kind 
in the Union. It stands in the centre of the city, 
from which point the streets diverge in every 
direction like radii. Lat. 39 2 n. Long. 76 
40 a;.] 

[ANNAPOLIS River, in Nova Scotia, is of small 
size. It rises in the e. near the head waters of the 
small rivers which fall into the basin of Minas. 
Annapolis river passes into the bay of Fundy 
through the basin of its own name ; on the s. side 
of which, at the mouth of the river, stands the 
town and fort of Annapolis Royal. It is navi 
gable for ships of any burden 10 miles ; for those of 
100 tons, 15 miles ; and is passable for boats within 
20 miles of Horton. The tide flows up 30 miles.] 

[ANNAPOLIS, a county on the above river, ad 
joining to King s county, having five townships, 
viz. Wilmot, GranvihY, Annapolis ; the chief 
towns, Clare and Monckton. It is chiefly inha 
bited by Acadians, Irish, and New Englanders.] 

[ANNATOM, one of the New Hebrides cluster 
of islands.] 

ANNOTO, a river of the island and govern 
ment of Jamaica. It runs n. and enters the sea 
on the coast lying in this point, and between the 
rivers Blowing and Paltnito. 

ANO, NUEVA, a port of the N. sea, of the 
coast of California, or Red sea of Cortes; disco 
vered in 1613, on the first of Januan^, on which 
account this name was given it. 

ANOANAPA, a small river of the province and 
government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. It 
rises in the country of the Amacotas Indians, runs 
from *. to . and enters that of Aicaropa. 

ANOLAIMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction 



of Tocaima and government of Mariquita, in the 
new kingdom of Granada. It is of a hot tempe 
rature, abounding in fruits peculiar to the climate, 
such as rnaize, plaintains, yucas, and quantities of 
sugar-cane, of which sugar and preserves are made 
in an infinite variety of mills ; and in this consists 
the commerce of the natives. These may amount 
to somewhat more than 100, exclusive of some In 
dians. Eight leagues from Santa Fe. 

ANOPL, a settlement of the province and go 
vernment of Pastes in the kingdom of Quito. 

ANOURAMA, a river of the province and 
captainship of Para in Brazil. It runs e. and joins 
the Maranon between the rivers Urupi and Mara- 
capucii. 

ANOURIAHI, a settlement of the province 
and captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the 
shore of the river Xingu. 

ANOZONOI, a settlement of the province and 
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito. 

ANSERMA, SANTA ANA DE, a city of the 
province and government of Popayan, in the dis 
trict and jurisdiction of the audience of Quito, 
founded in 1532 by the field-officer Jorge Robledo, 
upon a hill seven leagues distant from the river 
Cauca. It is of a very hot temperature ; the 
earth abounds in gold mines and in salt, from which 
it took the name of the Vozanser, which, in the 
idiom of the Indians of this country, signifies salt. 
Its productions are rare, and it is very subject to 
tempests, when balls of fire and lightning often 
cause serious mischief. It was at first called Santa 
Ana de los Caballeros, on account of the number 
of the knights who assembled at its foundation. la 
its vicinity dwelt the Tapuyas, Guaticas, Quin- 
chias, Supias, and other Indians, who are now no 
longer heard of here. Fifty leagues n. e. of Po 
payan. 

ANSERMA, a settlement of the same name, with 
the addition of Vieja, of the same province and 
government, situate between two rivers. 

[ANSON, an interior county of N. Carolina, in 
Fayette district, having Mecklinburgh county n. 
and Bladen and Cumberland counties on the e. It 
contains 5J33 inhabitants, including 828 slaves. 

ANTA, a settlement of the province and cor- 
regimicnto of Abancai in Peru. 

ANTA, a province of <he kingdom of Quito, but 
little known, to the s, of the city of Jaen, covered 
with impenetrable forests, lakes, rivers, and pools. 
It is unknown whether it be inhabited by infidel 
Indians. 

ANTA, a river of the province and captainship 
of Rey in Brazil. It runs s.s.w. and enters the 
river Curucny 



ANT 

A NT ABA MBA, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Aymaraes in Peru. 

ANTAL1S, a barbarous and warlike nation of 
Indians of the kingdom of Chile, to the w. of Co- 
quimbo, bounded by the province of Putunu- 
aucasi. They valorously opposed the progress 
of Inca Yupanqui, compelling him to end his 
conquests on the other side of the river Maule, the 
last boundary of Peru. 

ANTAPALPA, a settlement of the province 
and .corregimiento of Chilques and Masques in 
Peru, annexed to the curacy of Omacho. 

ANTARPANGO, a settlement of the province 
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed 
to the curacy of Yulcarmaca. 

ANTEGO. See ANTIGUA. 

ANTEQUERA, [now called Oaxaca,] a ca 
pital city of the province and alcaldia mayor of 
Oaxaca in Nueva Espana, founded in a beauti 
ful and spacious valley of this name, in 1528, by 
Juan Nunez del Mercado. It is a large and fine 
settlement, of an extensive vicinity and great com 
merce, as well from the fertility of its soil, and 
from the abundance of its fruits, as from its being 
in the direct road to the provinces of Guatemala. 
It has, besides the curacy of the Sagrario of its 
cathedral, the assisting parish chapels of La San- 
gre de Christo, Nuestra Senora de las Nieves, 
Nuestra Scfiora de la Consolacion, San Joseph, 
the hospital of San Cosme and San Damian, and an 
hermitage of La Santisima Trinidad ; eight con 
vents of monks, which are, two of Santo Domingo, 
one called Elgrande, a sumptuous fabric, and the 
other San Pablo ; one of Dezcalzos of San Fran 
cisco, that of San August in of Nuestra Senora de 
la Merced, of Carmetitas Dezcalzos ; a college 
which belonged to the abolished society of the re 
gular order of the Jesuits, with a house for stu 
dents ; two hospitals, one of San Juan de Dios, 
and another of Bethlemites ; two colleges, deno 
minated Santa Cruz and San Bartolome, for the 
education of children; thirteen monasteries of 
nuns, amongst which, are that of Santa Monica de 
Augustinas, the church, which is of magnificent 
structure, and the gate of most exquisite archi 
tecture, dedicated to Nuestra Senora de la Soledad 
(to whose image, it being very beautiful and mi 
raculous, that city pays singular devotion) ; 
another of La Concepcion, another of Santa Cata- 
lina de Sena, another of Capuchinas ; and a col 
lege for the education of children. The city is 
one of those most conspicuous for the beautiful 
symmetry of its streets, for its public places and 
edifices, which would have been still finer, had 
they not suffered by earthquakes. The tempera- 

VOL. I. 



ANT 73 

ture, although somewhat hot, is nevertheless 
healthy. Its eastern part is situated upon the 
long-continued top of a hill. It abounds in ex 
quisite fruits, such as pears of various kinds, 
apples, sapataSf pomegranates, melons, pines, 
dates, limes, cedars, lemons, pitahayas, nuts, 
and some grapes. Its wheat is scanty, and of bad 
quality. The principal productions in which it 
pays its duties to the King, are cacao of Soco- 
nusco, ready-made chocolate, and powders of 
Oaxaca, justly esteemed and celebrated for giving 
a delicate flavour to chocolate. It also fabricates 
black sealing-wax and some rosaries, the beads of 
which are made of the kernel of a fruit called te- 
pexiloty on which they write with wonderful 
skill some versicles of the magnificat, and paint 
upon them images with a nicety that makes them 
much esteemed. In the cathedral, which is beau 
tiful and amply large, (having three naves), as 
well as in the chapels, is reverenced an arm of 
San Juan Chrisostomo, with other precious relics ; 
and in one of its chapels, a cross about a yard in 
length, made from a part of that wonderful cross 
of Guatulco, brought thither by the bishop Don 
Juan de Cerbantes. The inhabitants of this illus 
trious city, which has San Marcial for its patron, 
are composed of 6000 families ; and in the year 
1766, through the benign influence of the pa 
tron, the number of souls amounted to 20,000. 
It is 85 leagues to the e. s. e. of Mexico. Long. 
277 10 . Lat. 18 2 . 

[ANTERIM, a township in Hillsborough coun 
ty, New Hampshire, having 528 inhabitants, 
incorporated in 1777, 75 miles w. of Portsmouth, 
and about the same distance n. w. of Boston.] 

[ANTHONY S Falls, ST. in the river Mis- 
sissippi, lie about 10 miles n. w. of the mouth 
of St. Pierre river, which joins the Mississippi 
from the w. and are situated in about lat. 44 50 
n. and were so named by father Louis Hcnnipin, 
who travelled into those parts about the year 1680, 
and was the first European ever seen by the na 
tives there. The whole river, 50 yards wide, 
falls perpendicularly above 30 feet, and forms a 
most pleasing cataract. The rapids below, in the 
space of 300 yards, render the descent consider 
ably greater ; so that when viewed at a distance, 
they appear to be much higher than they really 
are. In the middle of the falls is a small island, 
about 40 feet broad, and somewhat longer, on 
which grow a few hemlock and spruce trees ; and 
about half-way between this island and the eastern 
shore, is a rock, lying at the very edije of the fall, 
in an oblique position, five or six feet broad, and 
30 or 40 long. These falls are peculiarly situated, 



74 ANT 

as they are approachable without the least obstruc 
tion from any intervening hill or precipice ; which 
cannot be said, perhaps, of any other considerable 
fall in the world. The scene around is exceed 
ingly beautiful. It is not an uninterupted plain, 
where the eye finds no relief, but composed of 
many gentle ascents, which, in the spring and 
summer, are covered with verdure, and interspers 
ed with little groves, that give a pleasing variety 
to the prospect. 

At a little distance below the falls is a small 
island, about one acre and an half, on which grow 
a great number of oak trees, all the branches of 
which, able to bear the weight, are in the pro 
per season of the year loaded with eagle s nests. 
Their instinctive wisdom has taught them to 
choose this place, as it is secure, on account of 
the rapids above, from the attacks either of man 
or beast.] 

[ANTHONY S Kill, a western water of Hudson 
river. Its mouth is seven miles above that of 
Mohawk river, with which likewise it communi 
cates at the e. end of Long lake,] 

[ANTHONY S Nose, a point of land in the 
high lands on Hudson river, in the state of New 
York, from which to Fort Montgomery on the 
opposite side, a large boom and chain was ex 
tended in the late war, which cost not less than 
70,000/. sterling. It was partly destroyed, and 
partly carried away, by General Sir Henry Clin 
ton, in October 1777. Also the name given to 
the point of a mountain on the n. bank of Mohawk 
river, about 30 miles above Schenectady. Around 
this point runs the stage road.] 

[ANTICOSTI, a barren, uninhabited island, 
in the mouth of St. Lawrence river. It is, how 
ever, of very considerable size, being 120 miles 
long, and 30 broad. The French formerly had a 
settlement on this island, but at present it is unin 
habited ; nor can it ever become of much im 
portance, as it does not possess a single harbour 
where a vessel can ride in safety. The wood 
which grows upon it is small, and the soil is rec 
koned unfruitful ; which, added to the severity of 
the winter, will ever prove serious obstacles to its 
colonization.] 

[ANT1ETAM Creek, in Maryland, rises by 
several branches in Pennsylvania, and empties into 
Potowmack river, three miles s. s. e. from Sharps- 
burgh. Elizabeth and Funk s Towns stand on this 
creek. It has a number of mills and forges.] 

ANTIGOA, PUNTA DE LA, an extremity and 
cape of the island of Guadalupe, which runs into 
the sea, facing the n. 

ANTIGONA, a settlement of the province and 



ANT 

government of Tarma in Peru, annexed to the 
curacy of Ondores. 

ANTIGOSTI, a large island of the gulph of 
St. Lawrence, at the entrance of the river of this 



name, in Canada. 



ANTIGUA, an island of the N. sea, one of the 
Small Antillas, called by the English, who possess 
it, Antego. -It is six or seven leagues long, and 
nearly the same broad. It is of difficult access 
for vessels, on account of the currents and shallows 
with which it abounds. It was first thought un 
inhabitable from a supposed want of water ; but 
the English, who established themselves in it, 
discovered some fountains, and the inhabitants, 
who may amount to about 900 persons, have 
made many wells and cisterns for preserving the 
rain water. It abounds in every kind offish, and 
one of a peculiar sort, which they call perro dt 
mar y . or sea-dog, from its devouring the other fish j 
and even the fishermen, on which account the 
bathing here is very dangerous. It has some very 
good ports and bays, such as the bays of St. John 
and Willoughby, and the ports English and Fal- 
mouth. It has also a species of sea woodcock, 
which has a beak similar to that bird, the upper 
part of which is much larger than the lower; it 
moves either jaw with equal ease ; and some have 
been seen four feet long, and 12 inches wide to 
wards the head ; they have two fins on each side, 
and a large one upon the belly, rising like the 
crest of a cock, and extending from the head to 
the tail : but what is most extraordinary, is the 
hard beak with two sharp and black horns, nearly 
an inch and an half each, which the creature has 
the power of withdrawing with pleasure into its 
belly, this serving as a scabbard ; it has no 
scales, but a black and rough skin upon its back. 
This island abounds also with a variety of birds ; 
and that which is the most common, is peculiarly 
beautiful to behold, having the upper part of the 
wings and belly of a golden colour, the other half 
and the back of sky-blue, the tail and long fea 
thers of the wings of a mixture of a very bright 
red and blue, and studded with other feathers of 
gold ; but the most singular feature is its head, 
which is covered with a sort of dark bonnet, fring 
ed with green, yellow, and clear blue; it has 
also a variegated beak ; there is a ring of white 
round the eyes, and the pupil is of a beautiful yel 
low and red, having the appearance of a ruby set 
in gold ; and upon the head is a plume of feathers, 
of the colour of vermillion, and others of the co 
lour of pearls. This bird is about the size of a 
pheasant. The climate is hot, unsalutary, and 
is very subject to hurricanes, similar to that 



AN T I G U A. 



dreadful one which happened in 1707. It is not 
deficient in cattle, and its wild wax is similar to 
that of Mainas. This island was first discovered, 
about the year 1623, by Sir Thomas Warner, 
and the English established themselves in it in 
1636. The king of England granted it, in 1663, 
to William Willoughby, who sent to it, in 1666, a 
numerous colony to people it. It was the same 
year attacked and ravaged by the French, from 
whom it was retaken, in 1690, by Christopher 
Codrington. In 1736, three Indians, by name 
Court, Tombay, and Hecules, entered into a 
conspiracy to put some gunpowder in a situation 
that it might explode and blow up a saloon in 
which the governor was giving a ball and enter 
tainment ; but it was timely discovered, and the 
conspirators met with the punishment they de 
served. 

[Antigua lies between lat. 17 and 17 12 n. 
and between long. 61 38 and 61 53 w. ; is situate 
about 20 leagues to the e. of St. Christopher s ; 
and was discovered at the same time with that 
island by Columbus himself, who named it from 
a church in Seville, Santa Maria de la Antigua. 
We are informed by Ferdinand Columbus, Utitt 
that the Indian name was Jamaica. It is a singu 
lar circumstance, that this word, which in the 
language of the larger islands signified a country 
abounding in springs, should, in the dialect of 
the Charibbes, have been applied to an island 
that has not a single spring or rivulet of fresh 
water in it, notwithstanding what Alcedo asserts. 

This inconvenience, without doubt, as it ren 
dered the country uninhabitable to the Charibbes, 
deterred for some time the European adventurers 
in the neighbouring islands from attempting a 
permanent establishment in Antigua ; but nature 
presents few obstacles which the avarice or indus 
try of civilized man will not endeavour to sur 
mount. The lands were found to be fertile, and 
it was discovered that the water preserved in the 
cisterns was wonderfully light, pure, and whole 
some. So early as 1632, a few English families 
took up lands there, and began the cultivation of 
tobacco. 

But the settlement was nearly strangled in its 
infancy. The attack by the French, in 1666, has 
been already mentioned. It was then that the 
island was invaded and ravaged with fire and 
sword. All the Negroes that could be found 
were taken away ; and the inhabitants, after be 
holding their houses and estates in flames, were 
plundered even to the clothes on their backs and the 
shoes on their feet, without regard to sex or age. 



Its recovery from this calamity was owing 
chiefly to the enterprising spirit and extensive 
views of Colonel Codrtngton ofBarbadoes. This 
gentleman removing to Antigua about the year 
1674, applied his knowledge in sugar-planting 
with such good effect and success, that others, 
animated by his example, and assisted by his ad 
vice and encouragement, adventured in the same 
line of cultivation. Mr. Codrington was some 
years afterwards nominated captain-general and 
commander-in-chief of all the Leeward Charibbean 
islands ; and deriving from the appointment the 
power of giving greater energy to his benevolent 
purposes, had soon the happiness of beholding 
the good effects of his humanity and wisdom, in. 
the flourishing condition of the several islands un 
der his government. 

The prosperity of Antigua was manifested in 
its extensive population ; for when, in the year 
1690, General Codrington commanded on the ex 
pedition against the French inhabitants of St. 
Christopher s, Antigua furnished towards it no 
less than 800 effective men : a quota which gives 
room to estimate the whole number of its white 
inhabitants, at that time, at upwards of 5000. 

About 34,000 acres of land in this island are 
appropriated to the growth of sugar, and pastur 
age annexed ; its other principal staples are cot 
ton-wool, ginger, and tobacco ; and they raise 
in favourable years great quantities of provisions. 

This island contains two different kinds of soil : 
the one a black mould on a substratum of clay, 
which is naturally rich, and when not checked by 
excessive droughts, to which Antigua is particu 
larly subject, very productive ; the other is a. 
stiff clay on a substratum of marl ; it is much less 
fertile than the former, and abounds with an 
irradicablc kind of grass, in such a manner, that 
many estates, consisting of that kind of soil, which 
were once very profitable, are now so impoverish 
ed and overgro\vn with this sort of grass, as either 
to be converted into pasture land, or to become 
entirely abandoned. Exclusive of such deserted 
land, and a small part of the country that is alto 
gether unimprovable, every part of the island may 
be said to be under cultivation. 

The island is divided into six parishes and 1 1 
districts. The parishes are, St. John s, St. Mary .--, 
St. George, St. Peter, St. Paul, and St. Philip. 
It has six towns and villages : St. John s, (the 
capital), Parham, Falmouth, Willoughby Bay, 
Old Bay, Old Road, and James Fort ; the two 
first of which are legal ports of entry. JNo island 
in this part of the West Indies can boast of sol 
L 2 



ANTIGUA. 



[many excellent harbours ; of these the principal 
are English harbour and St. John s, both well 
fortified ; and at the former are a royal navy yard 
and arsenal, with conveniences for careening ships 
of war. The military establishment generally 
consists of two regiments of infantry, and two of 
foot militia. There are likewise a squadron of 
dragoons, and a battalion of artillery, both raised 
in the island ; and the regulars receive additional 
pay, as in Jamaica. The governor or captain- 
general of the Leeward Charibbean islands gene 
rally resides in Antigua, but visits occasionally 
each island within his government ; and in hear 
ing and determining causes from the other islands, 
presides alone. He is chancellor of each island by 
his office ; but in causes arising in Antigua, he is 
assisted by his council, after the practice of Bar- 
badoes ; and the president, together with a cer 
tain number of the council, may determine 
chancery causes during the absence of the go 



vernor-general. The other courts of this island 
are, a court of king s bench, a court of common 
pleas, and a court of exchequer. The church of 
the United Brethren has been very successful in 
converting to Christianity many of the Negro 
slaves of this and the other islands. 

It is difficult to furnish an average return of the 
crops of this island, which vary to so great a de 
gree, that the quantity of sugar exported in dif 
ferent years has been from 2500 to 18,000 hogs 
heads. Thus, in 1779, were shipped 3382 hogs 
heads and 579 tierces; in 1782, the crop was 
15,102 hogsheads and 160.3 tierces; and in the 
years 1770, 1773, and 1778, there were no crops 
of any kind ; all the canes being destroyed by a 
long continuance of dry weather, and when the 
whole body of Negroes would have been in danger 
of perish ing for want of food, if American vessels 
with corn and flour had been at that time denied 
admittance. 



Account of the number of vessels, &c. that have cleared outwards from Antigua, between 5th January 
1787, and the 5th January 1788, which was esteemed a favourable year, together with an account 
of their cargoes, and the value thereof. 



Whither Bound. 


Shipping. 


Sugar. 


Rum. 


Molai- 

SM. 


-j. 

-c 

_= 


CottB. 


Dyeing Trood, in 
value. 


Miscellaneous 
articles, in value. 


Total. 




No. 


Tonnage 


Men. 


Cwt. c,r . Ibi. 


Gallons. 


Gall*. 


Ibi 


IbR. 


L. i. d. 


L. . d. 


L. s. d. 


Great Britain - 


65 


13,806 


90] 


254,575 1 18 


128,936 


3,510 


6 


131,01* 


1,742 6 6 


46,466 18 3 


484,483 19 6 


Ireland - - 


16 


1,909 


159 


22,295 


97,400 








29,500 


2,400 


43 


50,768 16 8 


American States 


71 


8,281 


552 


<J,779 


375,150 


1,700 





. 





407 5 


44,679 19 2 


Brit. Col. in Amer. 


34 


2,127 


177 


844 


109,320 


700 











14 7 


11,031 15 4 


Foreign W. Indies 


4? 


2,540 


269 


33 


5,740 





- 








1,075 


1,632 5 


Total from Antigua 


233 


28,663 


2,018 


284 ; 526 1 18 


716,546 


5,910 


M 


160,510 


4,142 6 6 


48,006 10 3 


592,596 15 8 



In the report of the privy council on the slave 
trade, in 1788, the British property vested here 
is estimated at 69,277 taxed acres of patented 
estates, and the Negroes are computed at 60,000, 
valued at 50/. each Negro. In the same report, 
a general appraisement of British property, vested 
in the British colonies makes the land, buildings, 
and stock, double the value of the Negroes, and 
the towns, stores, arid shipping about ^ f of the 
land. 

Has. 

In 1783, Antigua produced, of sugar, 3,900 
1787, produced and exported, 19,500 
1792, four years average, only 3,900 
It is thought that 17,000 hogsheads of sugar, of 
\Qcwt. may be reckoned a good crop ; but the es 
timate of the sugar produced in Antigua cannot 
exceed an average of 9000 hogsheads, of 13 cwt. 
at the king s beam. 

2 



By return to the house of commons, 1806, the 
hogsheads of sugar, at 13 cwt. exported, were 
In 1789, - - - 12,500 
1799, - - - 8,300 
1805, - - - 3,200 

The official value of the imports and exports of 
Antigua were, in 

Imports. Exports. 

1809, - .198,121 j216,000 

1810, - .285,458 .182,392 

And the quantities of the principal articles ex 
ported into Great Britain were, in 



Coffee. 


Sugar. 


Rum. 


Cotton 
wool. 


Brit. Plant. 


For. Plant. 


Brit. Plant. 


For. Plant. 


1809 
1810 


Cwt 

309 
40 


Cwt. 

3,983 

2,164 


Cwt. 
106,1.50 
188,799 


Cwt. 

629 
3,821 


Galls. 
143,223 

77,092 


Ibs. 
112,016 

39,880 



ANT 

[The island abounds in black cattle, hogs, fowls, 
and most of the animals common in the other 
islands. By returns to government in 1774, the 
white inhabitants amounted to 2590, and the 
slaves to 37,808 ; but the latter were estimated in 
1787 at (50,000, as above mentioned. 

The import of slaves into Antigua, by report of 
privy council 1788, at a medium of four years, 
and by a return to house of commons in 1805, 
on a medium of two years, from 1803, were, 
in 



ANT 



77 



Average of four 


Imports. 


Re-exports. 


Retained. 








years to 1787 


768 


100 


668 


Two years to 1805 


434 


100 


334 



ANTIGUASI, a settlement of the province 
and government of Tucuman in Peru, and of the 
district and jurisdiction of the city of Cordova. 

ANTILLA, a settlement of the province and 
coregimiento of Abancaiin Peru. 

ANTILLA, another, of the province and corre- 
gimiento of Angaraes in the same kingdom, an 
nexed to the curacy of Sabayno. 

ANT1LLAS, or ANTILLES, islands of the N. 
sea, discovered by Christopher Columbus in his 
first voyage, in 1492, situate between 18 and 24 
n. lat. extending themselves in the form of a bow 
from the coast of Florida to the n. to the coast of 
Brazil to the s. They are divided into the Wind 
ward and Leeward islands, and into Greater and 
Less. Of the Greater are Cuba, Hispaniola or 
St. Domingo, Jamaica, and Puertorico ; of the 
Smaller the principal are 28. 

Belonging to the English. 
Virgines, Nevis, 

Anguila, Antigua, 

St. Christopher s, Monserrat. 

Barbadoes, 

Belonging to the French. 
S. Bartholomew, Deseada, 

[[Ceded to Sweden Los Santos, 
in 1785.] Martinica, 

Guadalupe, Granada. 

Mariegalante, 

Belonging to the French and Dutch. 
San Martin. 

Belonging to the Dutch. 
San Eustaquio, Bonaire, 

Aves, Curazao. 

Belonging to the Spanish. 
Margarita, Trinidad. 

Belonging to the Danes. 
St. Thomas, Santa Cruz. 



Charibbes. 

Dominica, Becoya. 

San Vincente, 

Desert. 

Tabago, Santa Lucia. 

Almost all enjoy a benign temperature, and the 
cold of winter is unknown to them. The fields 
preserve an everlasting verdure, and the soil is 
fertile in every kind of production, particularly 
in sugar, brandy, cotton, ginger, indigo, coffee, 
and tobacco ; these being the principal branches 
of commerce. Besides the above-mentioned islands, 
are those of Anegada, Sombrero, Saba, Grana- 
dilla, and others much smaller, which are, more 
properly speaking, little isles or rocks. At the 
time of their disco very they were peopled by In 
dian Charibbes, who are cannibals of a very fierce 
nature; a few of whom still keep possession of 
some of the smaller isles. The Europeans esta 
blished themselves in them in 1625, after that the 
Spaniards had kept in their possession some of the 
principal of them from the time they were first 
discovered. They have since been colonized by 
the English, French, Dutch, and Danish, and 
numbers of Negroes have been brought from the 
coast of Africa to labour in them ; these latter 
forming the greater part of their population. 
Although the vine has been brought hither, the 
wine produced from it is not found to keep. 
These islands are extremely subject to violent 
hurricanes, and it is seldom that five years elapse 
without some deplorable calamity taking place. 

[The whole of the lesser islands, with the ex 
ception of St. Bartholomew, which still belongs to 
Sweden, and Margarita to Spain, have fallen into 
the hands of the English. See WEST INDIES, 
also each island under its respective head.] 

ANT1NGO, a settlement of the province and 
government of Tucuman in Peru, of the jurisdic 
tion of the city of Rioja, situate to the . of the 
same. 

ANT1OQU1A, the province and government 
of the new kingdom of Granada, one of those which 
are called Equinocciales, from their being close 
upon the line, bounded n. by the province of Car 
tagena, s. by Popayan, e. by the jurisdiction of 
Santa Fe, and w. by the government of Choco. 
It was called, in the time of the Indians, Hebex- 
ico, and was discovered and conquered in 1541 
by the brigadier George Robledo. It is of a 
benign and mild temperature, abounding in pro 
ductions and in gold mines, from which it derives 
its source of commerce. It has also some mines 
of hyacinths, granite, and rock-crystal ; but they 
are little wrought, from the scarcity of workmen. 



78 



ANT 



The country is mountainous, and watered by 
various rivers, although it is not without some 
large tracts of level ground. The capital is Santa 
Fe. 

ANTIOSA, VALLE DE, in the province and 
corregimiento of Chilchas and Tarija in Peru. 

[ANTIQUERA, a seaport town in the pro 
vince of Oaxaca in Mexico. See ANTEQUERA.] 

[ANTIQUERA, a town in New Spain, province 
of Oaxaca, 75 miles s. of the city of Oaxaca. See 
ANTEQUERA.] 

ANT1SANA, PARAMO DE, a very lofty 
mountain covered with snow, in the kingdom of 
Quito, towards the e. From it the rivers Quixos 
and Caranga take their source ; some believe that 
it is a volcano. It is elevated 3016 feet above the 
level of the sea. It belongs, with its district, to 
the house of the Marquises of Orellana, who have 
also given to it a title, calling it Vizcondes de An- 
tisana. 

[The above is a porphyritic mountain of the 
Andes, in the vicinity of Quito, which was as 
certained by Humboldt, in 1802, to have rising 
from it a crater, in the midst of perpetual snow, 
to an elevation of 19,150 feet above the level of the 
sea.] 

[ANTISANA, a hamlet in the Andes of the 
kingdom of Quito, elevated, according to Hum 
boldt, 3800 feet above the celebrated plain of 
Quito, and 13,500 above the sea, and said to be 
unquestionably the highest inhabited spot on the 
surface of our globe.] 

ANTOFAGASTA, a settlement of the pro 
vince and correguruento of Atacama in Peru, be 
longing to the archbishopric of Charcas, annexed 
to the curacy of its capital. 

ANTO1NE, S. Cape of, on the e. coast of 
the island of Newfoundland, between the bay of 
Pistolet and that of Luvres. 

ANTOGO, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Coquimbo in the kingdom of 
Chile, situate on the shore of the river Mamas. 

ANTOGO, a volcano of the mountains of the 
Cordillera of the same kingdom. 

ANTON, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of 
Penonome, in the province and kingdom of Tierra 
Firme, situate near the coast of the S. sea, be 
tween the two rivers Chiru and Colorado, of a 
warm temperature. It abounds in cattle of the 
swine kind, in maize and other seeds, in which 
its commerce consists, and with which it supplies 
the city of Panama, and the vessels which sail 
from its port for the provinces of Peru. Eighteen 
leagues to the s. w. of its capital. 

ANTON, another, in the province and cajptain- 



ANT 

ship of Paraiba in Brazil, situate on the coast 
and shore of the river Camaratuba. 

ANTON, another, of the province and captain 
ship of Pernambnco, in the same kingdom, on the 
shore of the river Tapicura. 

ANTONA, LACUNA DE, a port of the coast of 
the island of St. Domingo. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a settlement of the head 
settlement of Tollman, and alcaldla mayor of 
Queretaro, in Nueva Espana, with 32 families of 
Indian?. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of Tampolomon and alcaldia of Valles, in the same 
kingdom ; annexed to the curacy of its liead set 
tlement. It is of a hot and moist temperature, pro 
duces different sorts of grain and seeds, as do the 
other settlements of its jurisdiction, and much 
sugar-cane, of which the natives make sugar for 
their commerce. It contains 128 families of Guas- 
tecos Indians, and is 17 leagues to the s. of its 
capital, and four to the e. of its head settlement. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
and alcaldia mayor of Toluca. It contains 51 
families of Indians, and is at a little distance to 
the a? of its capital. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, the head settlement 
of the alcaldia mayor of Metepec. It comprehends 
261 families of Indians. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of Ahuacatlan, and alcaldia mayor ofZacatlan; 
three leagues from its head settlement. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of Coronan<o, and alcaldia mat/or of Cholula. It 
contains 44 families of Indians, and lies a league 
and a half n. of its capital. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, a small settlement or 
ward of the alcaldia mayor of Guauchinango, 
annexed to the curacy of Pantepec. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of Huehuetlan, and alcaldia mayor of Cuscatlan, 
situate in an umbrageous valley. It contains 140 
families of Indians, who employ themselves in, 
preparing, and in the commerce of, saltpetre, and 
in spinning cotton. It lies to the s. of its head 
settlement. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement of 
Chapala, and alca Idia mayor of Zay ula , on the shore 
of the great lake or sea of Chapala. It contains 27 
families of Indians, who employ themselves in 
fishing, and in the culture of various seeds and 
fruits, which the fertility and luxuriance of the 
soil produces; and with these they traffic with the 
neighbouring settlements, by means of canoes. One 
league w. of its head settlement. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the government ef 



ANT 

Neiba in the new kingdom of Granada, annexed 
to the curacy of the town of La Purificacion, 
situate on the spot which they call del Paramo. 
It contains 500 housekeepers; and at a very little 
distance is a convent of Agustine Rocolects. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the kingdom of 
Quito, of the corregimiento of the district of Las 
Cinco Leguas de la capital. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province of Te- 
peguaria, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situated 
130 leagues to the n. w. of the real of Guanacebi, 
in the vicinity of which is a large uninhabited spot, 
called Tinaja. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Cumana in the kingdom of Tierra 
Firme, situate in the middle of the serrania. It is 
a reduction of Indians, and one of those held under 
the care of the Arragonese Capuchin fathers. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, which is the parish of 
the ancient Barinas, situate in the serrania and 
table plain of Moromoy, where that cily was. In 
its district are some small estates of cacao and 
sugar-cane, and some very rich modern establish 
ments of indigo. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, with the addition of 
Las Cocuisas, in the province of Barinas, situate 
near to the river Apure. Its district abounds in 
the larger cattle. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, with the addition of 
X-os Altos, situate in the vicinity of the city of 
Caracas. Its mountains abound in excellent woods 
and in maize. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a town of the province and 
government of Guayana in the kingdom of Tierra 
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Paragua. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Maracaibo in the kingdom of 
Tierra Firme, and district of the city of San Chris- 
tobal ; situate in the road which leads down to 
the Nuevo Reyno. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province 
and government as the former, situate in the district 
of the city of Pcdraza. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province 
and government, on the shore of the river Paragua, 
near its source, between the cities of Pedraza and 
Barinas Vieja. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another settlement and asiento 
of the mines of the province and government of 
Chucuito in Peru, near the volcano of Ornate. 



ANT 



79 



ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
captainship of the bay of Todos Santos in Brazil, 
situate on the shore of the river Paraguaca, near 
the bay. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
captainship of Sergipe in the same kingdom, situ 
ate on the coast, and at the mouth of the large 
river of San Francisco, at the same point. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province 
and captainship, situate at the source of the river 
Sirugipa. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another settlement and real of 
the silver mines in the province and bishopric 
of Guadalaxara in Nueva Espaiia. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
corregimiento of Colchagua in the kingdom of 
Chile, on the coast, and at the mouth of the river 
Rapel. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
corregimiento of Aconcagua in the same king 
dom. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of 
Cordova, to the w. of this city. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province 
and government as the former, situate between the 
settlements of Solo and Tororal. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
corregimiento of Coquimbo in the kingdom of 
Chile, on the shore of the river Mamas. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and 
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, distinct from 
the other of the same name, which is found in it. 
It lies upon the coast, and at the mouth of the river 
of Sun Angelo. 

ANTONIO, SA\ T , another, of the same captainship 
and kingdom, on the shore of the river Tapi- 
cura. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the captainship of 
Para in the same kingdom, on the shore of the 
river of the Amazonas, and??, of the capital. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
corregimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito, 
situate to the s. s. e. of the capital. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Popayan in the new kingdom of 
Granada. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the missions held 
there by the regulars of the company of Jesuits, in 
the province of Gaira, of the government of Para 
guay. It is destroyed, and the ruins of it alone 
are visible upon the shore of the river Guabay, 
from the time that it was razed by the Portuguese 
of San Pablo, in 1680. 



80 



ANT 



ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Buenos Ayres, situate upon the 
shore of the river Ibiguay. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the country and 
province of Las Amazonas, and territory of Mata- 
groso, between the river Itenes and that of 
Senere", to the w. of the town of S. Francisco 
Xavier. 

AJTTONIO, SAN, another, with the surname of 
Abad, in the province and government of Carta 
gena, of the district of Sinu, situate on the bank of 
the stream Ingles ; one of those lately formed in 
1776 by the governor Don Juan Pimienta. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and 
captainship of Los lllieos in Brazil ; situate near 
the sea coast, and at the source of river Santa 
Cruz. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and 
taptainship of Paraiba in Brazil, on the shore of 
the river Camaratuba. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, on the coast 
of the river Ciranhaya. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the missions, who 
maintained the religion of S. Francisco, in Nuevo 
Mexico. 

ANTONIO SAN, another, of the head settlement 
of Teutalpan, and alcaldia mayor of Zacatlan, in 
Nueva Espana ; one league distant from its head 
settlement. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, called El Cerro del 
Antonio, in the province and government of Car 
tagena, situate on the sea shore, on the n. coast, 
and also to the . of thereat De la Cruz. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a capital town of the province 
and alcaldia mayor of Zuchitepec in the kingdom 
of Guatemala. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a village in the province and 
captainship of Todos Santos in Brazil. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a town of the province and 
taptainship of the bay of Todos Santos in Brazil. 

[ANTONIO, SAN, a town in New Mexico, on the 
o>. side of Rio Bravo river, below St. Gregoria. 
Also the name of a town on the river Hondo, 
which falls into the gulf of Mexico, n. e. of Rio 
de Bravo, and on the eastern side of the river, s. 
by w. from Texas.] 

[ANTONIO, SAN, another town in the province 
of rfavarre in N. America, on a river which runs 
5. w. in the gulf of California.] 

ANTONIO, SAN, a bay on the coast of the S. sea, 
of the province and government of Choco, close 
to that of San Francisco Solano. 

[AJTTONIO, SAN, DE LOS CUES, averypopu- 



A N T 

lous place of the intendancy of Oaxaca, on the 
road from Orizaba to Oaxaca, celebrated for the 
remains of ancient Mexican fortifications.] 

ANTONIO, SAN, a port of the n. coast of the 
island of Jamaica, between Cold bay and the 
river Grande. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the coast of the 
kingdom of Chile, in the S. sea, and of the pro 
vince and corregimicnto of Melipilla. Lat. 33* 
39 s. Long. 71 41 w. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a cape or point of land of the 
river Mississippi, opposite the Isla Grande. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the 
province and government of Buenos Ayres, one of 
the two which form the entrance of the mouth of 
the river of La Plata. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, which is the w. extre 
mity of the island of Cuba, opposite that of Coto- 
che, of the province of Yucatan, from whence it 
is four leagues distant. Long. 84 56 . Lat. 
21 54 . 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the 
province and captainship of Todos Santos in Brazil, 
close to the cape of S. Salvador ; there is a castle 
in it of the same name, and a settlement, in which 
excellent sugar is made. Long. 38 37 w. Lat. 
13 s. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a small island of the coast of 
Brazil, between this and that of Santa Catalina, in 
the captainship of Rey : the Portuguese have a 
fort in it of the same name. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a small river of the same king 
dom ; it rises in the sierra of Los Coriges, runs c* 
and enters the Tocantines on the w. side. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another small river of th 
province and government of Buenos Ayres, which 
runs w. and enters the Parana, between those of 
Anna Maria and Bernardo de Arcos. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
captainship of Rey in Brazil, which runs e. and 
enters the great lake of Los Patos, in the territory 
of the Tages Indians. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a large river of the province 
and captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil ; it enters 
the sea, upon the coast between that of Camaraibi, 
and that of Antonio Pequeno, so called to distin 
guish it from this river ; also called Antonio 
Grande. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, called Antonio Peque 
no, to distinguish it from the former; in the same 
province or captainship. It runs into the sea 
between that river and the lake Del Norte. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Texas in Nueva Espana. 



A N Z 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Costarica, in the kingdom of Gua 
temala ; it runs into the N. sea, between the rivers 
Conception and Talamancas. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and 
government of Paraguay ; it runs n. and enters the 
Grande de Curituba. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a point of land on the coast of 
the strait of Magellan, between the bay of Arenas 
and the bay of Santa Catalina. At this point 
Pedro Sarmicnto took possession of that country 
for the crown of Spain. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the 
province and corregimiento of Melipilla in the 
kingdom of Chile, between those points which 
form the port of the same name. 

ANTONIO, SAN, some shallows or rocks on the 
coast of Brazil, of the province and captainship 
of Los Ilheos, at the entrance or mouth of the 
river of Santa Crnz. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a canal, running from the 
river of Magdalena, which enters the swamp of 
Santa Marta, of the province and government of 
this name. 

ANTONIO, SAN, a fort of the province and 
government of Buenos Ayres, on the banks, and at 
the source of the river Sala, built as a defence 
against the Pampas Indians ; it lying directly in 
the road which leads to Tucuman. 

ANTONIO, SAN, another fort and garrison of the 
province and government of Buenos Ayres. 

[ANTRIVENTR1A, a subdivision of Tierra 
Firme, lying to the s. of Cartagena.] 

ANUNCIACIOiV, NUFSTRA SENORA DE LA, 
a settlement of the province and government of 
Mainas in the kingdom of Quito, situate at the 
source ofthe river Santa Maria. 

[ANVILLE, or Miller s Town, in Dauphine 
county, Pennsylvania, at the head of Tulphe- 
hocken creek. When the canal between the 
Susquehannah and Schuylkill, along these creeks, 
is competed, this town will probably rise to some 
consequence. It lies 18 miles n. e. by e. from Har- 
risburgl*, and 65 n. w. from Philadelphia.] 

[ANZ FRMA. See ANSERMA.] 

ANZUI ^LOS, a river of the province and 
government of Costarica in the kingdom of Gua 
temala ; it vises near the coast, runs e. and enters 
the sea bet.veen the rivers San Juan de Nicaragua 
and Matiiu;, in the province of Veragua. 

ANZUKROS, or ANZURES, a river of the 
province nnd government of Quijos and Marcas 
in the kingdom of Quito ; it runs nearly due s. 
and enters the Putumayo. 

VOL. I. 



A P A 



81 



APABOTA, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Guayana, or N.ueva Andalucia ; it rises 
in the country of the ferocious Charibbee Indians, 
and enters the Arui, on the n. side, a little before 
that of the Apaguata. 

APACEO, SAN JUAN BAUTISTA DE, ahead 
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor 
of Zelaya, in the province and bishopric of Me- 
choacan; it contains 135 families of Indians, ami 
200 of Spaniards, Mu sices , and Mulattoes, as well 
as a convent of Franciscan monks. The territory 
of its jurisdiction is very fertile and pleasant; it 
is renowned for its abundant crops of grain and 
delicate fruits, especially the grape, which is held 
in high estimation for the superiority of its fla 
vour. Four leagues to the s. of its head settle 
ment. 

APACF.O, another settlement, with the dedica 
tory title of Santa Maria, in the head settlement of 
the district of Zitaguaro, and alcaldia mayor of 
Maravatio, in the bishopric of Mechoacan ; it 
contains 24 families of Indians, and is three 
leagues to the s. of its head settlement. 

APACHE, a settlement of the province and 
corregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to 
the curacy of Paccho. 

[APACHIERA, an audience and province of 
New Mexico, whose capital is St.. Fe.] 

APACUATA, a small river of the province 
and government of Guayana, or Nueva Anda 
lucia. It rises in the country of the ferocious 
Charibbee Indians, and enters on the n. side into 
the Arui. 

APAGO, a river of the province and govern 
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ; it rises 
in the cordillera, runs n. and enters the Maranon, 
forming first some lakes by its waters. 

APALACHES, a nation of Indians of Florida, 
in the territory of its name ; dwelling on the side 
of a chain of rugged mountains. They are very 
fierce, and so valorous, that it has never been pos